public disclosure authorizeddocuments.worldbank.org/curated/en/747431468260641687/...jammalmadugu...
TRANSCRIPT
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
1 A n 9 r a Pradesh Road Sector Project 'I'he Louisr~erger Group, Inc. Feas~bility sdy, Des~gn and Detailed Engineering
INDEX
CHAPTER - 1:
CHAPTER - 2:
CHAPTER - 3:
CHAPTER - 4:
CHAPTER - 5:
CHAPTER - 6:
CHAPTER - 7:
CHAPTER - 8:
CHAPTER - 9:
APPENDICES
ABBREVIATION
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
DESCRIPTION OF T H E PROJECT
ENVIRONMENT REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
BASELINE ENVIRONMENT
STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATION
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
PROJECT IMPACTS AND ISSUES
IMPACT MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Detaded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan ( 1 )
A , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 4 'Thc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~hlity Study, Des~gn and Detalled Engineering
sos R&B
APRDC
APRSP
GO1
GOAP
SH
MDR
ODR
EIA
EMP
DoF
MoEF
FHWA
CPCB
IMD
COI
PIA
PD
ROW
AAQ SPM
RPM
AADT
PUC
AS1
NOC
RH
PAP
RAP
OMC
CSC
EMU
EO
ABBREVIATIONS
Strategic Option Study
Road & Building Department
A.P. Road Development Corporation
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
Government of India
Government of Andhra Pradesh
State Highway
Major District Road
Other District Road
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Department of Forest
Ministry of Environment and Forest
Federal Highways Authority
Central Pollution Control Board
India Meteorological Department
Corridor of Impact
Project Influence Area
Project District
Right of Way
Ambient Air Quality
Suspended Particulate Matter
Respirable Particulate Matter
Annual Average Daily Traffic
Pollution under Control Certificate
Archaeological Survey of India.
No Objection Certificates
Relative Humidity
Project Affected Person
Resettlement Action Plan
Optimum Moisture Content
Construction Supervision Consultant
Environment Management Unit
Environment Officer
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan Page - 1
1 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'l'he Louis Berger ~ r o ; ~ , Inc. Feas~b~lity Study, Design and~etiuled Englneerlng
PIU
PU
Project Implementation Unit
Package Unit
Detaded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan Page - 2
I . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 1 hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bll~ty Study, D e s ~ g n and Detalled Englneerlng
---
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
A.1 BACKGROUND
APRDC has planned to improve the State road network by providing better quality and safer roads to the users in sustainable manner with loan assistance from World Bank. Improved quality of roads, better institutional operation and management system of APRDC and safe roads are important features of the project component. In this connection RDC has selected 38 corridors (cumulative length of 2002 km) of hlgh-density (traffic) roads through Strategic Option Study (SOS) to be developed in phased manner.
A.2 OBJECTIVES OF T H E ASSIGNMENT
The main objective would be to alleviate the current unsafe and congested condtions of the road network connecting the villages and towns by providng better quality and safe roads to the users in a sustatnable and environment friendly manner. Government of India, Go1 through Ministry of Environment and Forest (hloEF) enforces Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 for environmental protection because of intervention of new projects or activities, or on expansion and modernization of existing projects or actlvity based on their environmental impacts.
A.3 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (EA)
The environmental assessment scope includes screening and scoping, environmental assessment and environmental management plans for the indvidual project roads as required. The E;\ process also envisages to develop a comprehensive environmental management frame work for the entire project which wdl adopted as part of the corporate environmental policy for AP Road Development Corporation.
A.4 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ROAD
The Project road, blydukuru - Jarnmalmadugu Road is a section of State Highway No.57, located in Rayalseema Regon of ,Indhra Pradesh. The Project road starts from km 153/000 in hlydukuru town at the junction with NH-18 in Kadapa district and runs south east hrection connecting Jammalmadugu, Vishwandhapuram, Proddutur, Chanduru and terminates at km 194/000 near Jammalmadugu R&B Guest House. The Proddutur bypass between km 171/400 and 177/400 is not included in the project scope. Cumulative length of PR is 35.0km. The project road wdl improve connectivity to district town Kadapa, important tourist place, through NH-18 and is widely used by interstate traffic..
Based on the traffic demand the PR is proposed to be upgraded to 4lane configuration from Slydukuru to Jammalmadugu, except Proddutur Bypass which is out of the scope of this project.
A.5 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Table 1 presents the environmental regulations and legislations relevant to AP state road project
Table 1: Environmental Regulations and Legislations
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan Page - 1
SR. N o
2
3
Act / Rules
Envtronment Protection Act-1986
Enrironmental Impact Assessment Notification
14th Sep-2006
Noafication for usc of fly ash
Purpose
To protect and improve ovcrall cn~ironment
To pror~dc cnvironmcntal clearance to new development activities following cnrironmental impact assessment Rcusc large quantity of fly ash discharficd from thermal po\\.er plant to minimize land use for
- Applicable Yes, No
Yes
N O
Yes
- Reason for Applicability
As all environmental notifications, rules and schedules, are issued under this act.
This notification is NOT applicable to Projccr road, the status o f the project road is hlajor District Road.
Thcrmal plant wtthin 1 0 O h reaches.
hloHF. Gol; Doli, 'Iate ';ov. C1'CH' SPllB
hloEF. E I M
I - Andhra Pradesh Road Sec r Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detaile #' ~ n ~ z e e r i n ~
SR. No
4
5
l l .Ihc Land :\cquisition ;\ct 1894 & 1989
Purpose
Protcctlon Of fragile coastal bclt
Address Grieranccs regarding the process of en\.uonmental clearance.
Act / Rules
(Ioastal Rc~uiatlon %onc(CK%) Nutiticati(,n 199 1 (2002)
National I'nrironmenr :\ppcUate Authority Act (NEAA) 1997
. . Set Out for there \\dl be acquisition of land 1 Revenue
for nidening, geometric Department State p ~ e m m e n t improrements and Govemmcnt.
7
1981 I MoEF circular (1998) on 1 1 1
(Conservation) ~ \ c t 1927 Thc Forest ((i~nscn-ation) 'kt . 1980 forest (conversion ) Rules
MoEF
A<:S";$;
l.es
Moe f Circular on hlarginal Land
and Bypasses 1999 Thc 1:orest
'1'0 check deforestation by restricting conversion N O fnrest area within the of forested areas into projcct influence area. non- forested areas
Forest Dcpartmcnt, GoAP
Reason for Applicability
Koad IS n(>[ Iocatccl along cnastal bclt
(;rie\.anccs if any n:~ll be dealt wlth,wlthin this act.
This act \ d l bc applicable to as
Defming "marginal land' acquisition rclating to the 1997 Notification
Authority
N EAA
. . I linear,Plantation on
and Protection / planting
NO
11
- -- - -- Detded Project Report, Env~ronmental Impact iissessment & Environmental hlanagemcnt Plan l'agc - 2
Superseded by 2006 Notificatl~~n
NO
12
13
14
l5
16
l7
18
l9
lincar I'lantation
Wild I.ifc Protection ,2c t 1972
i ~ r ti^)^ and control o f ~ o ~ u t i o n ) Act, 1981
Roadsidc tree plantation in Andhra Pradesh docs not comes undcr the forest act.
1 Water Prevention and Control of PoUution) llct1974
Noise Pollution (Kcgulation and Control Act) 1990
,2ncien t hionuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act1958
Liabfity and ' lnsumnce Act 1991
Baplosi\.c i\ct 1984
hfinor Mineral and concession RUICS
Central Motor Vehicle Act I988 and Central PIiotor Vchicle Rules1989
National I'oresr Policy1952 National Forest Policy(Rcriscd) 1988
hioEF
'Ih protect wildlife through ccrtain of National I'arks and Sanctuaries
'l'o control air pollution by controUing
air Dcpartment. pollutants as per the prescribed standards. .lb control \vatcr pollution by controlling discharge of pollutants as per the prescribed standards
'lhc standards for noisc for day and night havc been P ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ ~ ~ by 'loEF for various land uscs.
Conscn.ation of cultural and historical remains found in India
Ymtcction form hazardous materials and acciden ts. Safe transportation, storagc and use of explosive material For opening ncw quamcs.
To check \.ehiculx air and pOuutiOn'
To maintain ecological stabit). through preservation and rcstoration of biological
NO
YCS
Ycs
Yes
No
Ycs
ye,
Yes
N O
I
'Ihis act is N(TT applicable as there is N O points of wildlifc crossings along projcct corridor.
This act \\ill also be applicable during construction; for obtaining NOC for establishment of hot mi?; plant, \vorkcrsV camp, construction
Chief Conservator Wildlife, Wildlife Wing, Forcst Department, GoAP.
SPCB
camp, etc.
Thls act wdl be applicablc during for (cstablishmcnts
of hot mix plant, construction camp, \wrkcrs' camp, ctc.
l h i s act \\ill be applicable as rchicular nuise, to asscss for future years and necessaq protcction measure needs to be considered in d e s i . ~ .
This act not applicable as projcct road is not closc to any ,111cient hlonument declxcd protcctcd under the act.
Contractor need to stock hazardous matcrial like dicsel. Bitumen, Emulsions etc.
For transporting and storing diesel, bitumen etc.
Rcgulate usc o f minor minerals like stonc, soil, dvcr sand etc. 'lhcse rulcs \\dl be applicable to road users and consrrucdon Machinery.
SPCB
SPCB
Archaeological Dept Gal, Indian Heritage Society and Indian National Trust for Art and Culture Ileritagc (1N.I'ACI 0.
SI'CB
Chief controuer of Exphsi\.cs
District Collector
hlotor Vchicle Department
l h i s policy will NOT bc appicablc as NO forcst area , Dcpartment, Go1 within the CoI. and GoAl'
A @dhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Thc G u l s Berger Group, Inc. FeaslblhG Study, Deslgn and Detalled Eng~neer~ng --
On the basis of data and information collected during field survey and discussion with local expert and visualise potential associated impact, consultant has categorised this project as category-B, which requires a lesser level of environmental investigation.
A.6 BASE L I N E ENVIRONMENT
Data mas collected from secondary sources for the macro-environmental setting ltke climate, physiography (Geology and slope), biologcal and socio-economic environment within Project Influence Area, PIU/ Project District, PD . First hand information have been collected to record the micro-environmental features within Corridor of Impact, CoI. Collection of first hand (Primary) information includes preparation of base maps, extrapolating environmental features on proposed road design, tree enumeration, location and measurement of socio-cultural features abutting project road.
Yes
Purpose
The mining acr has becn notihed for safe and sound mining actiriv.
SR. No
A.7 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
Act / Rules
The Mining ilct(1952)
Consultative procedure, since the inception of the project, has been continued during pre-feasibility, feasibility, Environmental Assessment and Management Plan preparation stage. Considering the fact that involving local communities in the project planning is basis of the participatory planning, often suggestion and option given by the people improves technical and economic efficiency of the project and suggested improvements proposals (if adopted by the project) of the people also generates sense of ownership within communities thus eases implementation process.
Reason for Applicability
'lhe construction o f project road will require aggregates. These wwU be procured through mining from fi,.erbcds
A.8 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION
Authority
Departn'rnt of mnin#, <;()'iP
K'hile conducting tree enumeration and inventory of road side environmental features (hot spots), the consultant has also conducted information dissemination by one to one campaigning about proposed improvement,
Potential project affected f a d e s were consulted to inform them about proposed road improvement program and possible environmental confict such as tree cutting, relocation of hand pumps,
Pictorial Methods were adopted to explain proposed improvement and possible environmental impacts in the concerned villages,
Information dissemination through pumhlet / Khadapatralu among the villagers explaining proposed road improvement.
A.9 ANALYSIS O F ALTERNATIVES
A t three location, project road passes through congested areas-
> Peddasettipah Bypass (IGn 178.600 - 179.600),
> Cudappah Stone Quarry (Km 183.300 - 187.500) and
> Dhanvulapadu Bypass (I& 186.100 - 186.900)
Pedasettipalli: Around lOOOm length, from km 178/600 to km 179/600, project road passes through very congested areas of Pedasettypalli village. There are three reverse curves in this segment. The ROW vanes from 8m to 12m. The houses are abutting the roadway and location to prone to accidents. The entire village is situated on the south of the project road; on the northern side there are four-five houses in scattered form.
Detaded l'rojcct Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan Pagc - 3
A i - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Projec t1 ~r
'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibili~y Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
The approved alignment follows through the left hand side of existing alignment. There is no apparent advantage to follow this bypass alignment along this road, but is the most suitable option available, as other options are elirmnated/more problematic
C u d a p p a h Stone Quarry (Krn 183.300 - 187.500)
The approved alignment follows through the h g h t hand side of existing alignment. The existing alignment is straight and in good condtion but owing to limited width the proposed new 2 lane d be following the periphery of the quarry on right hand side of existing alignment. This way the existing altgnment will serve as one way for traffic from Xfpdukuru to Jammalamadugu and new proposed realignment will be used by traffic plying from Jammalamadugu to hfydukuru. There is no apparent advantage to segregate the traffic but land acquisition is a big problem and refilling the site is not safe.
Dhanvulapadu Bypass (Km 186.100 - 186.900)
Around 800m length, from km 186/100 to km 1861900, project road passes through very congested areas of Dhanvulapadu vdlage. There are two reverse curves in thls segment. The ROW varies from 10m to 12m. The houses are abutting the roadway and location to prone to accidents. The approved alignment follows through the left hand side of existing alignment. There is no apparent advantage to follow this bypass alignment along t h ~ s road, but is the most suitable option available, as other options are eluninated/more problematic.
A.10 POTENTIAL IMPACT
Table 2 below presents the general environmental impacts expected due to the proposed upgradation of the project road. Impacts have been assessed based on the first hand information collected from the screening & scoplng of environmental attributes. The quanta of all the impacts on Natural Environment are analyzed in detail.
Table 2: General Impacts o n Natural Environment
Planrune Ind~rect effects Project and De- Actlvlly sign
Pre-construct~on Phasc
I Phase
Construction Phase Road Opera- of operabon or
hon lnduccd de- I velopment
Land ac- Removal Removal of Earth works in-1 Velucle & Asphalt & Samtatton
of trees and clumng quarry- Laying of / ~ a c I u ~ e op- crusher &Waste Vehicle
Structures vegetation mg pavement eratlon & (labour operation
4 /maintenance plants campus)
Dust gen- buffenng of I erabon a r and n o w - Asohalt Nolse. dust.
rmcrochmate
Alteratton of '
ss of Sdtabon Sdtauon due atcr duc to to loose
ources loose earth earth
pools In quarnes i 1 1
None Pol- No~sc I'ol- No~se pollu- No~se PoUu-
luhon lubon duc to Nolsc PobJbon olse pollut~on
machnen, uon hon
n Y"CL"LL)
as fuel EUCI vegetation , 1.owercd pro-
- - - - -
P
Iletailcd Project Report, Environmental lmpact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan Page - 4
ra Pradesh Road Sector Project Group, Inc. Design and Detailed Engineering
-
Fauna I
for 1 Lgctatlon
' Dlsturbancc Dlsrurbance Poachng Colltslon'\'th traffic tat
A.ll AVOIDANCE, MITIGATION & ENHANCEMENT
Prevention or avoidance of impact is better than mitigation of impact. Hence avoidance and reduction of adverse impacts approaches were adopted during the design stage through continued interaction between the design and environmental teams. This is reflected in the designs of the horizontal & vertical alignment, cross sections adopted, construction methods and construction materials. In-depth site investigations have been carried out so that sensitive environmental resources are effectively avoided, leadmg to the environmentally best-fit alignment option. As a result many of the trees, cultural properties, water bodies etc. have been avoided at the design stage itself, as presented in Table 3 below.
Table 3: Environmental features saved through Avoidance measure at design stage -- -
Environmental Features Potential Impact Under Direct Impact Saved through alignment design
1163 815 348
6 4
A.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Management Plan (EhP) deals with the implementation procedure of the guidelines and measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate environmental impacts of the project. It also includes management of measures suggested for enhancement of the environmental quality along the htghways.
The institutional arrangement made under project will look into the implementation of project as well as E h P and the various legal settings applicable to the project are briefly stated in chapter 3.
The avoidance, mitigation & enhancement measures for protection of the environment along highways have been dscussed in detail in previous chapter. -Uthough the social environmental impacts, its mitigation and management is an essential component of the E h P , this chapter excludes it for the purpose of clarity and procedural requirements. Social environmental elements have been separately dealt in separate volume namely, Resettlement and Rehabihtation Action Plan (RAP).
A.13 OBJECTIVE OF EMP
The E L P is a plan of action for mitigation / management / avoidance of the negative impacts of the project and enhancement of the project corridor. For each measure to be taken, its location, timeframe, implementation and overseeing / s u p e ~ s i o n responsiblltties are listed. These components of the E h P have been given in Chapter 9 which explains the environmental issues and the avoidance/ mitigation/ minimization or enhancement measures adopted and/or to be adopted d u ~ g dfferent phases of the project. It also provide the references for the suggested measures, responsible agency for its implementation/ management as well as its timeframe.
A.14 COST ESTIMATES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
hfitigation measures proposed in the E h P will be implemented by the Contractor. The works to be undertaken by the Contractor have been quantified and the quantifies included in the respecuve BOQ items such as earth works, slope protection, noise barriers, road safety features, and shrub plantation.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan l'age - 5
A .. Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineer~ng
Provisional quantities have also been included for addtional measures that may be identified during construction and for silt fencing which d depend on the Contractors work methods and site locations. Items and quantities have also been included for enhancement measures.
More general environmental management measures to be followed by the contractor have been included in the specifications and this ELP. These cannot be quantified and are to be included in the contract rates. A total of Rs. 12.48 million has been allocated for the environmental management for the Project road.
A.15 ORGANIZATIONAL FRAMEWORK
The proposed project d l be implemented by APRDC through its Environmental Management Unit (ERN). The EhlU comprises of officers from Department of Forest, GoAP, and other environmental Engineers. The EMU d be coordmating with the field level implementing agencies such as Engineer (Supervision Consultant), Contractor and field level ,lPSHP officials. Role and responsibiltties of important officials is detailed in chapter 9.
ORGANISATIONAL FRAMEWORK O F PIU - APRSP
(Supervision and Monitoring of EMP)
Chief Engineer & Managing Director APRDC
t - Proiect Director - APRSP
t Environment Management Unit (EMU-APRDC)
Environmental Oficer APRDC I I
ORGANISATION STRUCTURE AT FIELD LEVEL I (R&B), APRDC
(Supervision and Monitoring of EMP)
I Environmental 1 Engineer, I
I_ Executive Engineer of Package Unit. APSHP
1 Dy. Executive Engineer of Package Unit, APSHP I I -
Environment and Safety Manager of Package Unit, Contractor
Fig. 1: Organization Framework
P
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan Page - 6
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Ooject The Louis Berger Group. Inc . Feasibility Study. Design and Detailed E*eerir;g
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 1-2
............................................................................................................................................ 1 . 1 B.I CKGROUND 1-2
1.2 THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................................................. 1-2 . .
1.2.1 Project Descnpfion .......................................................................................................................... 1-2
1.2.2 Objectives of the Assignment ........................................................................................................ 1-2
1.2.3 Scope of Environmental Assessment (EA) ................................................................................. 1-3
1.2.4 Project Benefits ............................................................................................................................. 1-4
.................................................................................................................... 1.2.5 Structure of the Report 1-4
.
Detded Project Kcport. Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 1 - 1
A 4 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Yhc Louis Berger Group, Inc. &as~bilnt~ Study, Deslgn and Detailed Engineering
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Andhra Pradesh is a progressive state with a population of 76 millions. ,%round 75% of the total population is living in the rural areas. Improving infrastructure facilities wdl promote agricultural and industrial growth in the state. The Road Policy (2005-15) also aims at providmg an efficient, safe and environmentally sustainable road network in the state. In order to improve the quality of the corridors, Road and Bulldmg Department (RBD) of Government of Xndhra Pradesh (Go.\P) has entrusted the responsibhty of maintenance and improvement of key State roads (core network) to ;indhra Pradesh Road Development Corporation (APRDC').
APRDC has planned to improve the State road network by providmg better quality and safer roads to the users in sustainable manner with loan assistance from World Bank. Improved quality of roads, better institutional operation and management system of APRDC and safe roads are important features of the project component. In this connection RDC has selected 38 corridors (cumulative length of 2002 km) of high-density (traffic) roads through Strategc Option Study (SOS) to be developed in phased manner.
The screening and scoping exercise has been carried out as a part of the feasibility study and to list out the priority roads in the state. The environmental assessment and analysis has been documented in this report.
1.2 T H E PROJECT
1.2.1 Project Description
Feasibility study was carried out on 38 roads (cumulative length 2002 krn) selected through Strategc Option Study of 10,040km of key road network of state roads. Considering the economic, social and environmental criteria, 21 roads are selected for implementation in two phases, eight in Phase - I and thirteen roads in Phase - 11. Further these Phase - I corridors have been agreed for implementation in two years. Four corridors each in year-1 and year-2.
Corridors selected for implementation in Phase-I, year-1 are
1. Kandi-Shadnagar (65.60 h)
2. Chlttoor-Puttur (60.80 Km)
3. Kumool-Devanakonda (60.60 km)
4. Mydukuru - Jammalamadugu (41 Krn)
The present report on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) deals with the environmental analysis of hlydukuru - Jammalamadugu Road in accordance with the World Bank's guidelines on Environmental Assessment. Figure 1.1 hiap showing location & elevation of lZfydukuru -
Jamrnalamadugu Road.
1.2.2 Objectives of the Assignment
The main objective would be to alleviate the current unsafe and congested conditions of the road network connecting the villages and towns by providng better quality and safe roads to the users in a sustainable and environment friendly manner. Government of India, Go1 through b h s t r y of Environment and Forest (hfoEF) enforces Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 for environmental protection because of intervention of new projects or activities, or on expansion and modernization of existing projects or activity based on their environmental impacts.
The report in hand is prepared in accordance with the World Bank's operational policies' guidelines on Environmental Assessment and to meet the statutory requirement of hlinistry of Environmental
1 GoAP is in the process of opcratinalizing KIIC as per RDC act to manage corc network assigned to APRDC (about 10,000km of roads). Applicable safeguards instrummts are prepared bascd on Bank guidelines like mvironmcntal assessment (0.1'. 4.01), Natural Ilabitat(0.P. 4.04), Forcsts(0.P. 4.06), Involuntary Rcsettlcment(O.P.4.10) and Indigenous Peoplcs(0.P. 4.12)
---- Dctai led Project Keport. Environmental lmpact i\ssessmcnt & Gnvuonrncntal Management Plan 1 - 2
i Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'fhc Louis Berger Group, Inc. PiZsil l i ty Study, Design and Detailed Engineering --
and Forest (RfoEF), State Pollution Control Board, State Forest Department, etc. The objectives of this study are stated below:
To present to decision makers a clear assessment of potential impact associated with the proposed project intervention,
To apply a methodology which assesses and predict potential impacts and provides a) the means for impact prevention and mitigation, b) the enhancement of project benefits, and c) the minimization of long-term impacts;
To provide a specific forum in which consultation is systematically undertaken in a manner that allows stakeholders to have direct input to the environmental management process.
To assess the analysis of alternatives to bring environmental considerations into the upstream stages of development planning as well as the later stage of site selection, design and implementation, and
To recommend the environmental management measures to reduce adverse impacts.
In order to achieve these objectives, detailed surveys and other studies have been carried out along the project roads to identify Valued Ecosystem Components P E C ) and corridor specific significant environmental issues (SEI). For investigation/monitoring purpose the study area has been defined as under.
o Corridor of Impact, CoI: is the 20m wide strip on either side, beyond h g h t of Way, ROW
o Project Influence Area, PIX: is the 10km area on either side along the alignment.
o Project District, PD: is/are the &strict/districts through whch project road is passing.
1.2.3 Scope of Environmental Assessment (EA)
The environmental assessment scope includes screening and scoping, environmental assessment and environmental management plans for the individual project roads as required. The E'i process also envisages to develop a comprehensive environmental management frame work for the entire project wluch wd adopted as part of the corporate environmental policy for AP Road Development Corporation.
Environmental Screening and Scoping
Environmental screening exercise of the project roads were undertaken to facihtate inputs on environmental considerations, apart from social, economic, and traffic & transport considerations in selection of project roads out of 2056kms of roads, identified through strategic options study. Further, this report also provides scoping inputs in determining the major environmental issues and defines the scope of work for conducting environmental assessment. As per the recommendation of the Environmental Screening report, detailed Environmental iissessment has been carried out for the project roads. The scoping exercise defines geographical Boundaries for the project roads for impact assessment as well as defining the project influence area to assess the impacts due to project activities.
Environmental Assessment
The EA for selected project roads includes establishing environmental baseline in the study area, identify the range of environmental impacts, specify the measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate negative impacts and maximize positive impacts and integrate possible environmental enhancement measures. The proposed measures will be formulated in the form of an environmental management plan with necessary budget and institutional roles for effective implementation. The E h P s for individual projects and integration of the same in to project implementation agreements, including construction contract documents.
Environmental Management Framework
An Environmental Management Framework d be designed for the implementation of the project. The environmental management frame work shall consists of over all framework whch will be
- - Detailed I'roject Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & I~nvironmental Management l'lan 1 - 3
1 And* Pradesh Road Sector Project I'he Louis B:rger Group, Inc. Feasrb~llty stud$ Des~gn and Detalled Enpneenng
developed as a gmdance document providing environmental planning and design criteria for of the current as well as future project roads, generic environmental management measures, institutional mechanism for implementation, capacity bddmg and training process, and resource material for RDC to function adequately to mainstream the environmental management.
1.2.4 Project Benefits
The implementation of the project d l have the following direct benefits:
(i) Improved quality of life for the population in the project area. Economic boost to the local population by facilitate easy transportation of materials and having better connectivity for the commercial centres.
(ii) Provides employment facihty for the local population,
1.2.5 Structure of the Report
Chapter-2: Project Description, a brief description of the project corridor is envisaged focusing on various proposed improvements of corridor with a mention on right of way, roadway improvements, cross drainage structures, community fachties, traffic projections etc.
Chapter-3: Environment Regulatory Framework, presents the legal and administrative framework of World Bank, Government of Indla and Government of Andhra Pradesh. n s section underlines various clearances involved for the project corridor at the State level and at the Central level.
Chapter-4 Baseline Environmental Status, the existing environmental conditions along the corridor was ascertained by conducting a recopzance survey along with collection of secondary information pertaining to the corridor. Primary data for various environmental parameters was generated using suitable monitoring devises. The methodology was strictly adhered to the Central Pollution Control Board's stipulated guidelines.
Chapter-5 Public Consultation was carried out in order to know the reactions of local population and the project affected population. Meetings were held with the stake holders to record their views on the impacts caused and the suggested remedies to be adopted for the proposed project corridor.
Chapter-6 Analysis of -1lternatives was camed out during feasibility study, covered in Environmental Screening and Scooping report, and the approved alternative is discussed in detail in this chapter along with the alternatives considered in finalizing the alignment.
Chapter-7 Environmental Impacts, hkely impacts caused on various environmental and social parameters by the various activities proposed for the project corridor was recorded in thls chapter.
Chapter-8 hfitigation & Enhancement hleasures, various mitigation & enhancement measures were suggested for the impacts caused due to various activities.
Chapter-9 Based on potential impact and proposed mitigation measure Environmental Management Plan, is prepared. Organizational framework for execution and monitoring of EMP is also prepared along with cost estimate for Environment management.
- Detailed I'roject Report, Environmcntal Impact ~issessmcnt & Environrncntal hianagement Plan 1 - 4
Aj/dhra Pradesh Road Sector Project LOGIS Berger Group. Inc . F e a s ~ b ~ h t ~ S t u d ~ . Design and Detarled Enpneertng
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER . 2: DESCRIPTION OF T H E PROJECT ......................................................................... 3
2.1 GENE&% ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
2.2 PRESENT CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Right of Way (ROW) ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.2.2 Traffic Scenario ..................................................................................................................................... 4
............................................................................................................................................ 2.2.3 Road Width 4
2.2.4 Land Use and Roadside Environments .............................................................................................. 5
2.2.5 Villages and Urban-Built Up Sections ................................................................................................ 7
2.3 PROPOSED IhVROVEhfENTS ................................................................................................................. 7
2.3.1 Proposed CW' Configuration and Cross Sections ............................................................................. 7
2.3.2 Identification of Realignment and Bypass Provisions .................................................................. 11
2.4 CULVERTS AND BRIDGES ......................................................................................................................... 11
2.5 IDENTIFICATION O F BORROW AREAS ............................................................................................ 12
2.6 GEOTECHNICriL INVESTIGATIONS .................................................................................................... 12
2.7 HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS ........................................................... 13
2.8 ROAD SAFETI' REVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 13
........................................ 2.9 ROAD CONSTRUCTION STIINDARDS, NOFLbfS ,I N D GUIDELINES 18
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2.1. Summary of Right of Way ............................................................................................................................. 3
Table 2.2. AADT along Homogeneous segments of hfydukur-Jammalmadugu Road ............................................ 4
Table 2.3. Carriageway Width / lane Configuration along hfydukuru - Jamalmadugu Road ................................. 4
Table 2.4. Section wise AADT and LOS ...................................................................................................................... 4
Table 2.5. Summary of Land Use .................................................................................................................................... 5
Table 2.6. Inhabitation along the Project Road ............................................................................................................ 7
Table 2.7 Details the typical cross sections adopted for project road ....................................................................... 7
Table 2.8. Summary of Proposals for Culverts ............................................................................................................. 12
Table 2.9. Details of Existing Bridges and Proposal .................................................................................................... 12
Table 2.10. Realignment sections .................................................................................................................................. 13
Table 2.1 1: Embankment Raising Locations ................................................................................................................ 14
Table 2.1 2: Summary of Proposed Horizontal *Ilignment .......................................................................................... 14
Table 2.13. Summary of Proposed hfmor and hlajor Junctions ............................................................................. 14
Table 2.14. Longitudinal hfarkings Proposed for the Project Road .......................................................................... 15
Table 2.15. Locations of proposed Crash Barrier ......................................................................................................... 16
--
Detalled Project Kcport. Envlronmcntal Impact . Issessment & Envuonmental Management Plan 2 - 1
4 . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Feaslblllry Study. Design and Detailed Engineer~ng
A . 'l'hc Louis Berger Group. Inc .
..................................................................................................................... Table 2.16. Location of Bus Shelters 17
LIST OF FIGURES
........................................................................................... Fig . 2.1. Land use plan of hIydukur-Jammalmadugu Road 6
............. Fig 2.2. Typical Cross section for 4-Lane road in Builtup Area and Rural Area (Concentric Widening) 8
.......... Fig 2.3. Typical Cross section for 4-Lane road in Rural Area (Eccentric Widening and New Formation) 9
.......................................................................... Fig 2.4. Typical Cross section with use of Fly ash in Embankment 10
. . - Detadcd Project Report . Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 2.2.
-1 Andhra Pradsh Road Sector Project L he Louis Berger GTOU~, Inc. Feaslblllv Study, D+slgnzd Deta~led Englneer~ng
CHAPTER - 2: DESCRIPTION OF T H E PROJECT
2.1 GENERAL
hfydukuru - Jammalmadugu Road, the project road is a section of State Highway No.57, located in Rayalseema Regon of Andhra Pradesh. The Project road starts from km 153/000 in hfydukuru town at the junction with NH-18 in Kadapa district and runs south east direction connecting Jammalmadugu, Vishwandhapuram, Proddutur, Chanduru and terminates at km 194/000 near Jammalmadugu RPrB Guest House. The Proddutur bypass between km 171/400 and 177/400 is not included in the project scope. Cumulative length of PR is 35.0km. The project road WIU improve connectivity to district town Kadapa, important tourist place, through NH-18 and is widely used by interstate traffic.
The ROW varies between 12 to 30m. The land use is predominantly agricultural and barren.
The terrain is plain. The condition of road surface varies between fair to good conhtion except few locations where it is in poor conhtion.
There are three critical locations along the project road, whch needs special attention. Around 600m length, from km 178/200 to km 178/800 (Peddasettipalli village), and 400 m length, from 185/800 to 186/200 (Dhanvalapadu vdlage), the project road passes through very congested areas. And another location between km 183/000 and km 184/000, there is Kadapa stone quarry located adjacent to the PR.
Bypass have been proposed at the above three locations, as improvement along the existing is not possible due to poor geornetrics and insufficient ROW.
The two homogenous sections of the project road, "Mydukur - Proddutur" and "Proddutur - Jammalmadugu" have medium level of interstate commercial traffic and the improved connectivity will reduce the travel time considerably.
The following sections of this chapter provide details of the present characteristics and proposed improvements of project road.
2.2 PRESENT CHARACTERISTICS
2.2.1 Right of Way (ROW)
Width of ROW is not uniform along the project road. The following table gives the distribution of length of Project road and %age length with respect to ROW width.
Detatluled Project Report, Environmental Impact :\ssessmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 2 - 3
Table 2.1: Summaty of Right of Way Total
Length
35.0
100%
Width of Existing ROW
<16m
8.0
23' o
25m - 30m
3.2
9'6
> 30m
0.8
2%
16m - 20m
12.2
35O6
20m - 25m
10.8
31'6
4 s h Road Sector Project 1 he Louis Berger Goup, Inc. Detatled Engmeenng
From the above table it has been found that 589'0 of the PR has insufficient ROW for upgrading of the road to 4 lane standards and improvement of geometric, if any. This calls for major land acquisition along the PR.
2.2.2 Traffic Scenario
'fie vehicle-wise average dady traffic (ADT) figures were estimated by classified count survey. Table 2.2 presents a summary of the vehicle-wise iLiDT on the project road, for each homogenous section.
Based on the base year traffic as presented above, traffic projections have been done to derive the traffic demand at horizon years which are important inputs in proposing the improvement options. Based on the traffic projections and capacity analysis it is concluded to upgrade the existing facility to 4 lane configuration.
Table 2.2: AADT along Homogeneous segments of Mydukur-Jammalrnadugu Road
2.2.3 Road Width
The carriageway/ roadway width of the project road is not uniform. The following table gves the dlstnbution of length of Project road and %age length with respect to carriageway width (Single lane, Intermediate Lane, Double Lane, Double lane with Paved Shoulder).
Section
MI-01
Table 2.3: Carriageway Width / lane Configuration along Mydukuru - Jamalmadugu Road
Count Station
Km 170/0, Khadcrbad
Description
Mydukur-Proddutur
7 171.4 1 177.4 1 6.0 I 2L I B'I' I Esisting Bypass roddatur town PI
Vehicle Population: AADT (PCUs)
From the road inventory it can be summarised that whole of the PR is 2lane with carriageway width near 6.5m. The width of earth shoulder, in case of two lane road, varies from 1.0m to 1.5m against the standard width of 2.5m.
Motorized Vehicle
13980
S No.
1
Based on the traffic figures and existing lane configurations, the existing Level of Service at which the sections of project road are experiencing is tabulated in table below:
Length (h)
18.4
Table 2.4: Section wise AADT and LOS
Non-Motorized Vehicles
1100
Chainage
Total Vehicle
15080
Carriageway
21,
From T o
Section
LOS A: Represents a condltion of free flow.
LOS B: Represents a condltion of stable flow with restricted freedom for selection of speed.
LOS C: Represents a condition of stable flow with little freedom for selection of speed.
LOS D: Represents a condition of limit of stable flow with condition approachmg unstable flow.
LOS E: Represents a condition of unstable flow with volumes close to capacity.
(Refer IRC 106: 1990)
Type
KT 153.0 1 171.4
Description I AADT (PCU) I Existing CW Configuration I Existing LOS 1
XIJ -02
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment 8: flnvironmental Management Plan 2 - 4
Remarks
MI-01 I Mydukur-Proddutur
Proddutur-Jammalmadugu
15080
9102
2L
2L
D-E
C
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project * . --- f i e Louis Berger Ckoup,!kc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
From the above analysis, the PR has already crossed LOS C/D and r e a c h g E at some critical locations. Hence the PR needs to be upgraded to have smoother flow of traffic.
2.2.4 Land Use and Roadside Environments
The project road starts from Chittoor and traverses northeast dlrection to terminate at the outskirt of Puttur. The following table indicates the distribution of length of Project road and %age Length in terms of land use and roadside environments. The existing land use w i t h the project influence area is shown in Fig. 2.1.
Table 2.5: Summary of Land Use
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & I',nvironmcntal Management Plan 2 - 5
- -
Land Use pattern
Urban Built-UD 1 Rural Built-UD I Aericultural I Barren 1 Total Length
4 Andhra Pradesh %ad Sector Project 'I bc Louis Berger Group, fnc. Feasrbrlrty Study, Deslgn and Dearled Englneerlng
2.2.5 Villages and Urban-Built Up Sections
.\round 86Yo length of the project road passes through non-bullt up area; remaining 144/0 length traverses through Inhabited area. There are a number of dlages and settlements located along the project road as tabulated below:
Table 2.6: Inhabitation along the Project Road
I S No. -1 ;"zty I Name of Village/Town I Remarks 1 1
2 3
153.0
4
2.3 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
156.0
163.0
5
6
2.3.1 Proposed CW Configuration and Cross Sections
155.0
171.4
The existing CP road is proposed to be upgraded to 4 lane configuration; the typical cross sections followed are depicted in Figures 2.2 to 2.4.
156.5
163.5
178.4
180.0
2.0
178.0
hlydukuru
0.5
0.5
178.6
180.5
Table 2.7 Details the typical cross sections adopted for project road.
- - Detailcd Project Report, ISnvironmental Impact ~Lssessmcnt & ISnvironmental hIanagcment Plan 2 - 7
Vishwanadapuram \'~Uagc
Pallax-olu Village
6.6
2
3
4
0.2
0.5
Location / Remarks
In major budt-up areas. ES arca will also be used for utilities. Longitudinal drain shall be covered partly wherever reauired.
Prodhutoru \'illage
Pedascttipalli Village
ShankarapdLi Villagc
Description
4-1,anc road divided Cxnagcway 7.25m (CW) + 2.5m earthcn shoulder (ES) and 1.50m Bnck Masonry longitud~nal drain on both side of 1.2m wide mcdian.
SI N o
Type-2
'l'ype-3
Type-4
, TYk"P-5
Existing Bypass
Cross Section Type
I 4 -Lane road In Built-up
(Concentric Widening)
4-Lane road in Rural Area (Concmtnc Widtning)
4-Lane road in lLural Area (Eccentric Widening)
4-Lane Road in Rural Area (New Formation)
Embankment Construction with Fly ash
~-~ .--- ~ ~ -~
4-Lanc road dkidcd 7.2 and trapezoidal unlincd drdn on both sidcs of 1.2m mcdian. 4-1,anc road divided 7.25m CLV + 2.5m ES Widcning on LHS or RHS of the and trapezoidal unlined drain on both sides
existing CW of 1.2m median. 4-Lane road divided 7.25m CW + 2.5m ES
New in and trapezoidal unbncd drain on both sidcs
locations. of 1.2m median. Embankment construction with fly ash in l'roposcd at the sections with widening and nav formations. embankment height more than 2.0m.
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Thc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
DETAIL AT X-X
1- LAMP POST
9 5 3 CARRIAGEWAY
5 3 m
BM 75mm (Psckags-1)
SUBGRADE 500mrn ( C B R M I N . ~ ) TYPICAL C R O S S SECTION FOR -- N O T E S :
4-LANE ROAD IN BUILTUP AREA 1 ALL DIMENSION ARE I N MILLIMETER.
2 DRAIN SHALL BE COVERED W H E R E EVER REQUIRED
(TYPE-1)
20100
2500 . ,:I0 5200 I 1210 r 2 i O O
ES 1 1 ~ 1 I CARRIAGEWAY ES CARRIAGEWAY
SELECTED SOIL
B M 75mm (Psckage-1) CBR>lO. P I <I2
SUBGRADE 5OOmm TYPICAL CROSS SECTION FOR NOTES: I . ALL DIMENSION ARE I N MILLIMETER
4-LANE ROAD IN RURAL AREA (CONCENTRIC WIDENING) 2 E S EARTHEN SHOULDER
(TY PE-2)
DETAIL AT X-X
- - -
Fig 2.2: Typical Cross section for CLane road in Builtup Area and Rural Area (Concentric Widening)
- , -- - Dctailed Projcct Report, Environmental Impact ~\ssessmcnt & Environmental Rlanagemcnt Plan 2 - 8
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
-
BM 7Smm (Package-1) BM 65mm (Package-2)
NOTES: 1 ALL DIMENSION ARE IN MILLIMETER. 2 ES EARTHEN SHOULDER
SUBGRADE 500mm (CBR MIN 71
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION FOR
4-LANE ROAD IN RURAL AREA (ECCENTRIC UIIDENING)
9 20700 *
(TY PE-3)
, 1- . 7m " 72w- 72s 1-
PROPOSED R O W i l W
1
.
Y DRAIN
ES 1 CARRIAGEWAY 1 e l I
L CARRIAGEWAY ES
L~~ 2 S O m
SUBGRADE 500mm (CBR MIN 7)
TYPICAL CROSS S E C T l O m
4-LANE ROAD IN RURAL AREA (NEW CONSTRUCTION)
(TY PE-4)
SELECTED SOIL cBR110 PI c l 2
--
Fig 2.3: Typical Cross section for 4-Lane road in Rural Area (Eccentric Widening and New Formation)
- Detailed I'roject Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 2 - 9
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'She Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
1 FORMATION WlDTH
ES C A R R l l G E W E
ES
- - - - - - -
Fig 2.4: Typical Cross section with use of Fly ash in Embankment
- - - -, - - - . - - - - . Dctallcd Project Report, Envuont-ncntal Impact ,\ssessmcnt & Envuollmental Management Plan 2 - 10
hJhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility %dy, Design and Detailed Engineering
2.3.2 Identification of Realignment and Bypass Provisions
There are three locations on the Project Road (PR) which are critical from geometric and land use point of view. From km 183/00 to 184/00 and from km 185/800 to 186/400 project road passes through village Dhanvalapadu with sub-standard horizontal geornetrics whch need improvement. The details of these locations are discussed below:
Pedasettipalli: Around 600m length, from km 178/200 to km 178/800, project road passes through very congested area of Peddasettipalli village. There are three reverse curves in ths segment. The ROW varies from 8m to 12m. The houses are abutting the roadway and location is prone to accidents. The entire village is situated on the south of the project road; on the northern side there are four-five houses in scattered form.
Consultants have explored the possibility of bypass on left (south) and right (north) of the d a g e . The take-off and mergng points for both alternatives are broadly kept same. Based on the prehinaly- examinations of two alternatives and the discussion with the APRDC officials, it was concluded that i\lternative -2, new alignment on RHS (north side of Peddasettipalli village), would be proposed for the Project.
m T h e PR road is passing through Kadapa stone quarry area between km 183/00 to km 184/00. There is deep excavation on both sides of existing road right, abutting to outer edge of shoulders. The widening of road to four lane, whether concentric or eccentric, would necessitate construction of retaining wall of more than 15m height; still it would be a accident prone area. The Consultants explored the possibility to provide realignment on LHS/RHS of project road. On RHS, realignment is considered more appropriate due to Penneru h v e r on LEIS. This realignment will also bypass the Dhanvalapadu village for hIydukur bound traffic. A small realignment wdl be proposed on LHS of Dhanvalapadu village for Jammalrnadugu bound traffic. The proposed realignment is shown in Fig. 2.5.
I - Fig. 2.5: Realignment at Kadapa Stone Quarry and Dhanvalapadu Village
2.4 CULVERTS A N D BRIDGES
The Bridge and culvert inventory was carried out to assess the existing condition and the hydrological adequacy. The detded information on all the structural components, HFL, LWL dimensions of all the components, linear water way, vertical clearances, drainage spouts, handrails etc. are recorded. There are 107 culverts and 15 bridges on the project road. Some additional culverts have been proposed depending on the hydrological requirements. A summary of improvement proposals for cross-drainage structures are gven in Table 2.8 and 2.9.
- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact i\sscssmcnt & Bnvironn~ental hlanagement Plan 2 - 11
I - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~brllry Study, Des~gn and Detalled Englneer~ng
4 7
-- --
Table 2.8: Summary of Proposals for Culverts I
Total 1 Description
Retained \wth minor rcpaus / widening
Reconstruction on Realignment
Reconstruction due to poor /ddapldated condttion/ Inadequate \vater\vay
Table 2.9: Details of Existing Bridges and Proposal
rldditional (:ulverts
Type of culverts
5
27
- I
! 2 1 154.450 1 1x6.0 1 3.8 1 Additional -21. I ls6.0 1 3.8 1
It is concluded from the above table that 5 out of 9 bridges will be retained as per overall structural condition. ' f i e formation width of new bridges and culverts has been considered as follows:
For Four lane - 2 x 10.25 m
2.5 IDENTIFICATION O F BORROW AREAS
Slab
6
HP
3
34
Total
Extensive survey was conducted to identify borrow areas for locating suitable soil/soil aggregates mixes to be used in the construction of embankment and sub-grade. Efforts were made to locate borrow areas near the project road to avoid long haulage of the materials. Similarly, detded survey was carned out to identify stone metal quarries of hard stone for use in Granular Sub-base (GSB), Wet h k Macadam (1XIML9, bituminous and cement concrete works.
Box
93
Proposal
hddltlonal -21<
S1. N o
1
The following conclusions have been made based on the exploration of potential borrow sources:
18
Location
153 420
Existing Arrangement
p on st kc ti on materials are avdable with in an economical lead;
8
79
Proposed Arrangement
Span
2s3.0+ 1 ~ 1 5
Construction materials can be obtained/exploited without any hassles during the implementation of the project;
Span
ls8.0
Height (ERL-BL)
2.7
The soil/crushed stone aggregates/ sand etc are exhibiting higher strength properties than recommended.
Height (FRLBL)
4.5 1
To procure good quality crushed stone aggregate in large quantity, the contractor is required to install his own crushmg plant thus enhancing the quality of the materials; and
2.6 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS
Geotechnical investigations are carried out at proposed bridge locations to explore subsurface conditions by dnlling boreholes to different depths in order to identify the thickness and sequences
- - - -
Detailed I'rojcct Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 2 - 12
A Andhra Prad%h Road Sector Project 'L'hc Louis Beiger G G U ~ , Inc. Feasib~lity Study, Design z d Detailed Engineering -
of various strata and to ascertain the sub surface profile of soils and bed rock to determine the most suitable foundation levels of structures.
2.7 HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS
All the hydraulic data for bridges has been collected from the field and it has been analyzed and studies carried out to determine the adequacy of waterway of the existing bridges proposed to be retained and new bridges to be constructed as per provisions of IRC:5-1998 and IRC: SP-13. 50 year return flood was considered.
2.8 ROAD SAFETY REVIEW
The basic aim for road safety review is to identify areas of major concern, includmg black spots and accident-prone stretches on project road and to propose measure to be taken for improving the engineering design with respect to road safety aspects.
Consultants have carried out a detailed reconnaissance along the project roads and identified areas of major concern, includmg black spots and accident-prone stretches on each project road. Based on critical analysis of accident-prone stretches, the observed main causes for accidents are as list below:
1 . Inadequate width, of shoulders, varies from 1 .Om to 1.5m, which is not sufficient for parking of disabled vehicles and space for emergency stops for vehlcles away from the carriageway.
2. Majority of horizontal curves are not provided with transition curve and do not have sufficient setback distance and safe stopping distance.
3. The vertical alignment of project roads traverses through plain to hilly terrain and do not have sufficient safe stopping distance and compatibility between horizontal and vertical alignment is missing.
4. Lack of segregation of traffic in both direction and lack of access control in bud-up area
5. Non-provision of acceleration and deceleration lanes and intersection / junction.
Following measures have been taken up for improve the traffic safety:
1. Geometric Design Aspects
2. Design of Intersections
3. Traffic Control and Road Safety Features
4. Roadside fac5ties
5. Traffic Calming
A) Geometric Design Aspects
All geometric design elements have been carried out as per Design standards stipulated for Project in consonance with IRC coda1 provisions. Comprehensive design standards, which h k individual design elements to best estimates of actual speed have been utllised. The objective is that drivers must not be presented with the unexpected. The emphasis has been gven on maintaining continuity or giving adequate warning where it could not be made.
Following realignment locations have been identified to improve the horizontal geometrics of the project road.
Table 2.10: Realignment sections
Realignment Locations 1 From To Remarks
Detailcd Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental hlanagemcnt Plan 2 - 1 3
178.500
183.200
179.650
187.550
1.150 Pcddasettipalli B p a s s realignment -
4.350
Total(km) 5.500
1 .- Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering -- , ~ ~-
Following embankment raising locations have been identified to improve the vertical geometric~ and submergence locations along the project road.
Table 2.11: Embankment Raising Locations
Sr . No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1 9.
Chainage Length of Emb. Height Embe Raising (m) Reason for raising
12.
13.
14.
Adeauate measures have been taken so that the raisin^ if anv in settlement areas should be minimum ~ o s s i b l e and in n o case exceed 0.5m..
From --- 4.100
10.050
27 850
29 150
44.100
15.
16.
The design speed has been kept quite consistent, and speed difference between two consecutive curves is not exceeded. ;ill horizontal cunres are designed for 100 kmph or 80 kmph or the lowest one is 65kmph, as detailed in table 2.12 below:
Table 2.12: Summary of Proposed Horizontal Alignment
T o Raising (m)
28.400
29.400
44 850
50.500 1 51.000
64.100
67.850
4.650
10.450
11.950 12.300 350 0.8 Vertlcal improvement
12.650 16.300 3650
500
350
300
53.100
63.050
All horizontal curves have been designed with proper transition curves and super-elevation runoff. All vertical curves have been design for minimum stopping sight distance. Due care has been taken to avoid the raising of profile at urban/builtup locations and in any case the raising has been restricted to 0.5m.
-- 17.100
20.500
550
250
750
53.450
63.350
64.450
68.150
1 Total N o 1 ofcurves
In built-up areas, the cross-section 1 and 3 (provision of drain and footpath) has been adopted to segregate the local pedestrians from through motorised traffic.
550
300
1 .O
0.5
1.1
B) Design of Intersections
17.450
20.750
1 .O
0.7
1.1
Bridge
Vertical impcovement
Bridgc 1
350
300
Radius of Curve (m)
Accident data reveals number of accidents at intersection account for almost 30 -40°/o of all reported road accidents in Inha. During the detailed design proposal, all major and minor junctions have been studied thoroughly with respect to traffic volume and geometric. The important minor juncnons leadmg to d a g e s and major settlements have been identified and proper junction layouts (including road m a r h g s and traffic signs) have been applied as per IRC-SP: 41-1994. Design of major junctions has been carried out based on peak hour traffic data. List of major and minor junctions is given below:
0.8
0.8
Bridge
\'ertical improvement
Hndres
Design speed (kmph))
Table 2.13: Summary of Proposed Minor and Major Junctions
Vertical improvement
Bridge
350
250
0.8
0.7
150-200 200-400 1 400-800 1 800-2000 1 ,2000 1 65 1 80 1 100
[ S1. I Chainage I Type/ Width I Road Leads to I Type of I Remarks
l'crtical improvement
Vertical improvement 1
- - - Dctailed Project Rcport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 2 - 13
1 .O
1 0
Viaduct
Bridge
1 Andhra Pradesh Road S tor Project 'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. l e a s ~ b ~ l ~ r y S lud~ , Desrgn and D e l q d E&neenng
1 No. I
C) Traffic Control and Road Safety Features
I
1
3
Traffic control devices and road safety features, comprising of following, plays a key role in influencing driver behaviour, orientation and information:
I I Intersection I 1 1 153/000 1 K1'/7 I Kurnool/Badwel/ Kadapa 1 + J n \wth NI 1-18
Traffic Signs
171/100
177/400
Road Markings
Delineators
51‘/7
BT/7
Road lighting
Crash Barrier
!ammalmadugu/ l'roddutur town !ammalmadugu/ Proddutur town
(i) Traffic Signs
Traffic signs are divided into three broad categories; Warning signs, Regulatory signs and informatory signs. Warning sign play a crucial role in terms of road safety, in giving advance information about hazards ahead. Typical examples of warning signs are Curve ahead, Pedestrian crossings, gap in medlan etc. Regulatory/ hfandatory signs regulates the side road or through traffic in order to have a safe movement. STOP, speed h i t , N O parking etc, are some of the regulatory traffic signs. Informatory signs are provided to give information and guidance about the facilities available to the road users. Trdlage sign boards, Fuel stations, Hospitals etc are some of the information sign boards.
Y
Y
,ill critical locations were identified after the proposed geometric improvements along the project road and cross roads, where warning, Regulatory and Informatoq signs are required.
l'roddutur Bypass take off
Proddutur Bypass cnd
Traffic signs have been designed to convey clear and unambiguous messages to road users so that they can be understood quickly and easily. IRC-67:1977, code for Practice of Road Sign, has been followed for finalisation of sign installation. On unkerbed roads segments, the extreme edge of the sign would be 2 to3m from the edge of the carriageway. On kerbed roads it is proposed as not less than 60cm away from the edge of the kerb.
(ii) Road Markings
Road markings play a very important role in p d i n g the driver and providing him/ her with the information necessary to negotiate conflict points on the road network. It is given a high priority for improving safety. IRC-35: 1997, Code of Practice for Road hiarkmgs, provides the recommended practice for use of road markings. Road markings are lines, words and Symbols attached to the carriageway or adjacent to the carriageway, for controlling, warning, guiding and informing the users. Yellow, white and black colours are the standard colours used for marking. Road marking are classified as longitudinal markmg, marking at intersections, marlung at hazardous locations, marking for parkmg, word messages. The longitudinal markmg proposed along the project road as given below:
Table 2.14: Longitudinal Markings Proposed for the Project Road
i Tvoe of line 1 Figure 1 Descrivtion 1
and may be crossed uvith discretion, if traffic pem~its.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 2 - 15
Ir #- ra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'I hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. e a s ~ b d ~ t ~ Study, Deslgn and Decalled Englneerlng
1 Tvpe of line I Figure I Description 1 1 Sohd lines ~
Double solid lines
Solid hncs arc rcstrict~re in character and ind~cate that crossing is not permitted cscept for entry or exit from a side road.
SINGIX SOLID LINE *
Double sohd lines ind;cate maximum restrictions and are not to be crossed except in emcrgent usage.
I Comhingtion nf I I In a combination of broken and solid I - - . . . - .. . -. . - . . .. . broken and solid lincs
COhTHIN ,\'I'TON O F RROKEN & SOI1.D 1.TNF.S
~ ~~
lines, a solid line may be: crossed, with discretion, if thc broken hne is nearer to thc direction of travel Vehicle from the opposite directions are not permittcd to cross the solid Line.
Thermoplastic road markmgs have been proposed considering their long-lasting effect.
(iii) Delineators
The delineators are most likely to be effective on dangerous bends, on approaches to intersections and on embankments. Though all horizontal curves are design to the IRC standards, delineators have been proposed for additional guldance and information to the commuter at curves (Radius less that 1000m). Locations along the high embankment have also been provided with delineators. Delineators with reflectorised panels have been considered.
(iv) Road lighting
Night-time accidents in urban areas can be substantially reduced by the implementation of adequate street lighting. The stretches of the project road traversing through the bdt-up/urban areas are proposed with adequate lighting. Road lighting has also been proposed at all major junctions. One/ 'Two/ Three arm bracket SoQum vapour lamps have been considered
(v) Crash Barrier
In addition to the adequate provisions of roadway width and roadside design, crash barrier/guard rails have been proposed to be installed along the roadway edge on either side' based on the sections of the project road having:
At all the bridge approaches
Embankment with >3 m height
Horizontal curves with deflection angle >30 degrees and Radius <=240.
For the embankments upto 3 m height, reasonably flatter side slope of 1 vertical: 3 horizontal or more would enable erring vehicles to return to the traffic stream. The locations of provision of crash barrier are gven below:
Table 2.15: Locations of proposed Crash Barrier
D) Roadside Facilities
S1. N o
1
Total (rn)
Following roadside facilities have been provided on Chittoor Puttur road:
400
On-street Parking
From
- - - -- Iletaded Project Report, Environmental Impact hssessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 2 - 1 6
T o
178.600
Length (m) Remarks
178.800 400 High Embankment
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Proje , . 1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~b~lity Study, Des~gn and Deta~led Englneerlng
Bus Lay-byes and Shelters
(i) On-street Parking
_ i t quite a few locations, project road traverses through built-up areas where small commercial activities are carried out on both side of the road. The proposed 1.5m paved shoulder may be utihsed for short time parhng of the vehicles. This kerbside parking is permitted only if stationary vehcles do not unduly interfere with free and safe movement of vehicles. Besides, bus laybyes and truck laybyes are proposed for off-street parking,
(ii) Bus Lay-byes and Shelters
Consultants have identified the location/site for the proposed bus-lay bye for each village or bd t -up locations based on the following criteria:
18 no.s Bus shelters are proposed near to residences to minimise wallung &stance and major intersection/junction should have direct pedestrian links segregated from motorised traffic.
It should be positioned in straight and level sections of road and should be visible from a long dlstance in both directions.
Table 2.16: Location of Bus Shelters
SI. Location No
Description Remarks
I Shclter 153.050 153.100
E) Traffic Calming
Speed is arguably a factor in every accident. Lower speeds reduce both the likelhood of the accident happening and the severity, if it does occur. Speed reduction benefits have received much attention in recent years and an international review of speed and accidents concluded that, on an average, each Skm reduction in speed would result in a 22% reduction in fatal acn'dents.(l mile leads to 7 % )
Traffic calming measures need to be applied in a formal structured manner. All features should only be constructed where approach speeds are such that all road users can perceive the calming feature and traverse it safely. They should not be used in isolation but as part of a strategy covering a stretch of road or an area. Accordingly following two types of Traffic calming measures, i.e Speed humps and rumble strips have been proposed along the project road.
Road Humps
Rumble Strips
(i) Road Humps
Road Humps or Speed breakers are formed by providing a rounded hump of 3.7m width (17m radius) and lOOmm height for the preferred advisory crossing speed of 25kph for general traffic as per the IRC: 99-1988. The basic material for construction is bituminous concrete formed to required shape. Road humps have been proposed on minor roads at junctions /intersections with
-
Detailed I'roject Report, EnvuonmcntaI Impact Asscssment & I<nvironmental hlanagement Plan 2 - 1 7
A Andhra Przdesh Road Sector Project I'hc Louis ~ e r ~ e ; Group, Inc. Feaslbllrty Study, Des;.n and Detalled Engmeenng
major roads, School and Hospital zones. Proper signboards and marlungs are provided to advise the drivers in advance o f the situation. Road humps are extended across carriageway up to the edge of paved shodder. Proper signboards and marking are proposed to adxise the drivers in advance of the Road humps.
(ii) Rumble Strips
Rumble Strips are formed by a sequence of transverse strips laid across a carriageway u1th maximum permitted height of 20mm. These rumble devices produce audible and vibratory effects to alert drivers to take greater care and do not normally reduce traffic speeds in themselves. The qpical design details of rumble strips proposed are transverse strips of Pre-mix bituminous concrete 500mm wide and overall thickness 20mm laid across a carriageway up to the end of paved shodder. There will be 6 such transverse strips spaced at 0.5 m c/c. Rumble strips are proposed at:
Sharp curves with radius less than 170m.
Transition zones (speed limit zones).
TTiUage/bdt-up approaches.
Sensitive receptors (Schools and hospitals)
Proper signboards and marking are proposed to caution the drivers in advance of the situation.
P h o t o ~ r a ~ h s of Some of the Activities on Mydukuru - T a m m a l a m a d u ~ Road
2.9 ROAD CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, NORMS AND GUIDELINES
Following the road construction standards and norms and management procedure has been adopted to keep the standards and guidelines maintained by the Indian Roads Congress (IRC):
i) Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of Highway Projects, IRC: 104- 1988.
ii) Recommended Practice for Treatment of Embankment slopes for erosion control, IRC: 36- 1974.
iii) Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road Embankment for Road manual operation, IRC: 10-1961.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt 81 Envuonmcntal Management Plan 2 - 1 8
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project '['he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslbll~ty Study, Desrgn and Detalled Englneerlng
-- Q T
iv) Recommended Practice for the construcuon of Earth Embankments for Road \Vorks, IRC: 36- 1970.
v) Highway Safety Code, IRC, special publicatiorl no. 44
vi) Guideltnes on Bulk Bitumen Transportation and Storage Equipment, IRC, special publication 39.
vii) Recommended Practice for Tools Equipment and Appliances for Concrete Pavement Construction, IRC: 43-1972.
viii)Recommended Pracace for use and Upkeep of Equipment, Tools and Apphances for Bituminous Pavement Construction, IRC: 72-1978.Road Accident Forms A-1 and 4, IRC: 33- 1982.
ix) The factories act 1956 for hygene and safety requirements of construction workers.
x) Other relevant codes of BIS and National Buildmg Codes.
- -- - - u
Ileta~led I'roject Report, Envuonmental Impact Assessment & Tinwonmental Management Plan -9
A 1 he Louis Berger Group. 1n;
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.................................................. CHAPTER-3: ENVIRONMENT REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 2
3.1 APPLICABLE REGUL1TIONS ................................................................................................................. 2
3.1.1 Legal Framework .................................................................................................................................. 2
3.1.2 Key Environmental Laws and Regulations .................................................................................. 2
................................................ 3.1.3 Environmental Requirements of the State ................................... .... 3
3.1.4 Other Legislation Applicable to Road Construction Projects ...................................................... 4
..................................................................................... 3.1.5 World Bank Environmental Requirements 5
3.1.6 Summary of Clearance Requirements ............................................................................................... 5
LIST OF TABLES
'l'able 3.1. Environmental Regulations and I. cgsladons ................................................................................ 2
'l'able 3.2. Applicability of lX% Safe Guard Policies .................................................................................... 5
. a . Detailed Project Report, Volume-\'II:Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hfanagement Plan 3 . 1
B v Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. -Feasibd~ty Study, Design a n d Detailed Ensneering
CHAPTER-3: ENVIRONMENT REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
3.1 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS
The chapter presents a review of the existing institutions and legslations relevant to the project at the National and State level. The various statutory clearances from various state and central government authorities and the institutional and legal frameworks are discussed in the following paragraphs.
3.1.1 Legal Framework
The Government of Incha has laid out various policy gudehes , acts and regulations pertaining to environment. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 provides umbrella legislation for the protection of environment. As per this Act, the responsibility to administer the legslation has been jointly entrusted to the bhistry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) and the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)/Andhra Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APPCB) in the present context. More details on the legal framework of Government of India and State Government regulations and clearance procedures are envisaged in the following paragraphs.
3.1.2 Key Environmental Laws and Regulations
Table 3.1 presents the environmental regulations and legislations relevant to AP state road project.
Table 3.1: Environmental Regulations and Legislations
1 . .
.I'he Land Acquis,tion Sct out mle fcx 1 thcre \\ill be acquisition o f land Rcvcnue 1 6 1 acquisition. o f land by for widening, geometric Department State
Act 1894 & 1989 ~ovcrnment improvements and Government.
5
Notification for use of fly ash discharged from Thermal plant within 1 0 0 h thermal powcr plant tu minimize land use for
rcaches.
ye,/ No Applicable
Ycs
1
N O
Reason for Applicability
As all cnv~ronmental notifications, rules and schedules, are issued under this act.
l'his notification is N O T applicable to Project road, the status of the project road is hlajor District Road.
,
Detaded Project Report, \'olumc-VII.Env~ronmcntal Impact Assessment & Environmcntal hlanagemcnt Plan 3 - 2
Authority
hloU1;. Gol; DoE, State SPCB
h1oEl2. El)\.%
Purpose
T o prc~tcct and improve orcrall en\-ironment
T o provide enrironmcntd clearancr to ncw development acdrines follo\ving en\-ironmental impact assessment
Reusc large quantiy of fly
SR. N o ,
2
Coastal Regulation I
1 redi,qments.
Moef Circular on Defming "marginal Imd' Marginal Land Super seeded by 2006 Acquisition and B)~asses notification.
1999 I h e Forcst (Conserration) Act 1927 .l'o check deforestation The Forest by restricting conversion NO forest area within the (Consemadon) Act. 19RO of forestcd areas into project influence area.
9
Act / Rules
Environment Protection Act-19R6
En\-ironmental Impact Assessment Not~fication
14th Scp-2006
zone(CRZ) Norification 1991 (2002)
National Environment Appellate Authority Act (NEAA) 1997
forest (conversion) Rules non- forested areas
NEAA
N O
Yes
I'rotection o f fragile coastal belt
Address Grievoiccs regarding thc proccss of environmental clearance.
1981 MoEF circular (1998) on linear Plantation o n roadside, canals and ra;lway lkes mo&f)+,g the applicabilitr of provisions of forcst (Conversation) Act, to linear Plantation
Road is not located along coastal bclt
Grievances if any will be dealt with, \vithin this act.
This act will be apphcable to as
Protection / planting roadside scrip as arenuc/strip plantations as thcsc are dcclarcd protectcd forest arcas.
N O
1
Roadside uce plantation in Andhra Pradesh does not comes under the forest act.
hloEF
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector PrPject 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. - Feasibrllty Study, Deslgn and Detalled EngneeAng r
Authority
Chicf Conscn-au~r Wildlife, Wildlife W i g , Forcst Department, GoAP.
SI'CB
12
13
''
3.1.3 Environmental Requirements of the State
Reason for Applicability
This act is NO?' applicable as there is N O points of nildlife crossings along projcct corridor.
This act wid also be applicable during construction; for
15
16
17
19
1 20
Unhke other states, in A.P. the road side plantation within the right of way comes under the authority of R&B Department. But for felltng and transportation of Trees, permission has to be taken from forest department at DFO level, under A.P. WALT-1 Act 2002.
A:~sy$: N O
Water Prevention and Control of Pollution) i\ct1974
Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control Act) 1990
Ancient Monuments and iZrchaeological Sites and Remains
Andhra Pradesh Water, Land Trees Act, (WALTA) 2002
Purpose
l 'c , protect nildlife thrc)ugh certain of National Parks and Sanctuancs
To control ai~ pollution by & l'ransporr con t rohg
SR. No
I,iabiliy and Insurance Act 1991
Explosive Act 1984
Minor Mineral and concession Rules
Central Motor Vehicle Act 1988 and Central Motor Vehicle Rules1989
National Forest Policy1952 National Forest l,olicy(Remscd) 1988
1 The hlining ht( l952)
The -1ct came into force on Apnl 19, 2002 with an objective "to promote water conservation, and tree cover and regulate the exploitation and use of ground and sutface water for protection and conservation of water sources, land and environment and matters, connected therewith or incidental thereto".
y,s , obtaining NOC for establishment of hot mix plant,
I workers' camp, construction
Act / Rules
Wid Life Protecticjn Act 1972
,,\ir prevention and
standards. To control \vatcr pollution by controlling discharge of pollutants as per thc prescribed standards
I
The standards for noise for day and night have been promulgated by the XloEI: for various land uses.
Conscmation of cultural and historical
Ac t /Ru l e s No Purpose Reason for Applicability Authority
To promotc watcr Tree cuttlng and transit 1 W'2LTA Act 2002 conservation, and tree Ycs pcrmission is rcquired from Forest Department.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " ' ~ t ~ o u u t a n t s as per the prescribed
I 1
, found in India
Protection form hazardous materials and accidents. Safc transportation, storagc and use of explosive material I'or opening new quarries.
To chcck vehicular air
and noise pouution'
'Lo maintain ecological stability through prcsen-ation and restoration of biological diversity.
Thc mining act has been notificd for orafc md sound mining activ~y.
- Ilctded Project Report, Volume-VI1:Envlronmental Impact Assessment & F.nvironmenta1 Management l'lan 3 - 3
~ m t m ~ O~POUU-n) Act, 1981
Act1958
SI'CB
SI'CB
r\rchaeological Dept Gol, Indlan 'Ieritage and
1 camp, ctc.
Yes
Yes
yes
Yes
NO
Ycs
Culrure Hcritage
Yes
Yes
Indian National Trust for Art and
This act be applicable durn~g construction for (estabhshmcnts of hot rms plant, construchon camp, workers' camp, ctc.
?his act \vll bc appbcable ~5
vehicular noise, to asscss for future years and nccessaq protection measurc needs to be considered in design.
This act not applicable as project road 1s not closc to any
No
Contractor need to st(jck hazardous material like dicscl, Bitumen, Emulsions ctc.
For transporting and storing d~esel, bitumen ctc.
Rebdate usc of minor mnerals like stone, soil. ri\.er sand etc. These rulcs will bc applicable to road uscrs and construction hlachmeq.
This policy w i l l NCTI' be applicable as NO hrcst area \\lthin thc Col.
The construction of project road \\ill rcquire aggregates.
quarries
Thesc will bc procured through mining from riverbeds and
Ancicnt Monument dcclared protectcd under the act.
(INTACfl). - I
SPCR
Chief controller of Explosives
1)istrict Collector
Mrjtor Vchicle Department
Forcst Dc.partment, Gol and GoAP
'
Department of '
k. _ A n q a Pradesh Road Sector Project .l'hc Louis kerger Group, Inc. FeasibihG S i d y , Design and Derailed Engineering
3.1.4 Other Legislation Applicable to Road Construction Projects
Environmental issues during road construction stage generally involve equity, safety and public health issues. The road construction agencies require complying with laws of the land, whch include inter aha, the following:
4 Workmen's Compensaton Act 1923 (the , k t provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment);
4 Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (gratuity is payable to an employee under the . k t on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years);
4 Employees PF and Miscellaneozrs Provision Act 1952 (the -Act provides for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers);
4 Maternity Benejfit Act, 1951 (the Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage, etc.);
4 Contact Labor (Regulation and Abolitibn) Act, 1970 (the Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the contractor to contract labour);
4 Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (the employer is supposed to pay not less than the ?\.himum Wages futed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the);
4 Payment of Wages AC 1936 (it lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will' be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers);
*& Equal Remuneration Act, 1979 (the ,Ict provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to Male and Female workers and not for making discriminabon against Female employees);
4 Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 (the . k t provides for payments of annual bonus subject to a minimum of 83.3% of wages and maximum of 2O0/0 of wages);
4 Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 (the Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of industrial disputes, in what situations a stike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenchng the employees or closing down the establishment);
Q Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act; 1946 (the Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment);
3 Trade Unions Act, 1926 (the . k t lays down the procedure for regstation of trade unions of workers and employers. The trade unions regstered under the ,Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities);
4 Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) A; 1986 (the Act prohibits employment of chddren below 14 years of age in certain occupabons and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of child labour is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry);
I Inter-State Migrant Workmen's (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Servlce) Act, 1979 (the inter-state migrant workers, in an establishment to whlch this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expenses from home to the establishment and back, etc.);
4 The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996 (all the establishments who carry on any bullding or other construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act; the employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the buildtng or construction work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance, housing accommodation for Workers near the workplace, etc.);
Detded Project Report, Volume-\'II:Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 3 - 4
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project . , 1 h c Louis Berger Group, Inc.
T Feas~brllty Study, Des~gn and Detarled E n p n e e r ~ n g A 7
4 The Factories Act, 1948 (the ;\ct lays down the procedure for approval of plans before settlng up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, workmg hours and rendering information-regardmg accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authoriues);
4 Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989;
4 Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996.
3.1.5 World Bank Environmental Requirements
The various environmental requirements of World Bank, GO1 for the project roads are described below.
(i) Applicability of various WB safe guard Policies
The World Bank has ten safeguard policies; the details and applicability of the safe guard policies to the Project road are provided in the Table 3.2.
Environmental requirements of the World Bank are specified in detail in its Operational Policy (OP) 4.01 and other related Operation Policies. In instances in which the procedural and regulatory requirements differ, the more stringent applies. The World Bank environmental requirements are based on a three-part classification system.
Categoy A-requires a full Environmental-Assessment (EA).
Categoy B-projects require a lesser level of environmental investigation.
Categoy C-projects require no environmental analysis.
On the basis of data and information collected during field survey and discussion with local expert and visuahse potential associated impact, consultant has categorised this project road as category-B, which require NO Environmental Assessment.
Table 3.2: Applicability of WB Safe Guard Policies W B Safe Triggered Reason For Mitigation
~~~~d polic Or Not Its Applicability Measures Documentation
Triggered Umbrella policy . -
OP 404 ~~~~l 1 ~~b~~~~~ N~~ ~~~~~d hco-~enslm.e-Fo~cstr). and wdgfe related Isrues Apphcab'e Not Appl~cable
OP -1 36 Forestry Not '1 nggered Not Apphcable Not AppLcable Not Apphcable
Not Appbcablc Punt .\pphcable
. . Road \videnine. will lead to Not AppLcable
No separate Indigenous OP 4.20 Indigenous people Not Triggered people development Plan Not Applicable Not Applicable
shrines, churches etc are OP 4.11 (draft) Cultural Property Not Triggered locarcd adjacent to road Not Applicable Nut Applicable
ROW. But NO declared cultural property exists.
3.1.6 Summary of Clearance Requirements
The summary table showing time requirements for agency responsible for obtaining clearance, and a stage at which clearance d be required is given below:
S1. Type of Clearance Applicability Project Stage Responsibility Time
No. Required 1 Enlironmental Clearance from Not Applicable Prr Construcnon APRDC
MoEF/SIAA 2 I'ores t Clcarancc Not Applicable PIC Consmction APRDC
.. .. 15 days
WAJLTA Act 4 NOC and consents undei .\u, l'or rstabhshrnent of tor 2-3 Months
Water & Enl~ronment Act and constructton camp (Pnor to ~nltlatlon of
-A- --. - \-
I>ct2ilecl 1'ro)cct Repo r t , \'olumc-\'II:l~nv~rc,nmcntal I m p a c t . \ s s c s smcn t & I ~ n v i r o n m e n r a l \ fanagemcn: I'lan 3 - 5
A ~- - - Andhra PradesaRoad Sector Project 'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, d e s i g n a n d b e t a i l e d Engineering
~ -
SI. No.
Type of Clearance Applicability Project Stage Responsibility Time Required
noisc rules from SPCD any \v<,rk)
5 NO(: and consents und ('onarruct~on stagc T h x o n t r & t o r 1-2 hlonths (l'nur to lnlnanon of
n o l s ~ rules from SPCB crushcr, batching plant, an) \\ark
- --- - Hot &fix Plant ctc 6 Explosrvc L~cense from ~ h l e f for stonng fuel otl,
- Con n tra
Controller of Explosn-es, lubncants, dlcscl ctc at (I'nor to m ~ n a t ~ o n of
-. - n camp any \uork)
7 Pcrrmsc~on for sto e storage and Construcbon stagc hazardous chcmcd from CPCB Imnorr of llazardous (I'nor to lnlnanon o f
Chem~cal any w o r y -
8 Quamm Lease Deed and Quarry Quamf operanon (for Construcaon s t x e 'Ihc ~ o n t r a c r o r 2-3 hlonths hcensc from State Department ncw quarn) prior to ~nlnanon of of hfin-d-Geolo~ any \\11rI.-
9 Permss~on for e~ t racnon of I3\rracnon of ground Conrtrucnon sragc rhs ground water for use ~n road rrater (l'nor to lnlnahon of construcnon acn l~nes from State an\ \borU , , Ground Water board
10 Permsslon for usc of water fur Use of surface water for construction ~ u m o s e from construction Pr io r to initiation of
L L
I m p b o n deparmcnt 11 Labor hcensc from labor E n p ~ c m e n t of I ab - -
commissioner office P n o r to initiation of
As mentioned in above mentioned table pre -construction regulatory clearance is required only for tree f e h g . In .indhra Pradesh tree-felling pemssion is obtained from District Committee under \VALTA Act 2002. For this project, the destgnated officer is Divisional Forest Officer, Kadapa. An application along with list of trees has already been processed and submitted to concern officials.
Detatled Project Report, Volume-VI1:Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 3 - 6
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project I hc Louis Berger Group. I ~ c . Feas~bllity Study. Des~gn and Detailed Engmeering
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 4: BASELINE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 3
................................................................................................................................... 4.2.1 -Air environment 3
...................................................................................................................... 4.4 WATER ENVIRONbENT 11
4.5 ,\A. B I E N T NOISE ....................................................................................................................................... 14
..................................................................................................................................................... 4.6.1 Flora 16
.................................................................................................................................................... 4.6.2 Fauna 18
................................................................................................. 4.7 SOCIO -ECONOR.fIC ENVIRONLENT 18
4.7.1 Settlements/Villages: ......................................................................................................................... 19
4.7.2 Socio-Cultural Properties and Land Acquisition .......................................................................... 19
............................................................................................................ 4.7.3 Cultural Property Resources 19
LIST OF TABLES
Fig . 4.1 : Temperature Pattern ........................................................................................................................................ 4
Table 4.1 Important Climatic Component of the project area ................................................................................... 4 . .
Fig . 4.2. Extreme C h a t i c Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 5
Table 4.2. Ambient Air Quality Irlonitoring Locations .............................................................................................. 7
Table 4.3. Air Quality hfonitoring Results .................................................................................................................... 7
....................................................................................................................... Table 4.4 Geologcal Formations of PIA 8
Fig . 4.3. Physiography ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
................................................................................................. Fig . 4.4. Quarry Chart - Sand and Stone ;\ggregates 10
Table 4.5. USDh Soil Classification ............................................................................................................................. 10
Table 4.6. Locations of the Soil Sample Analysis ....................................................................................................... 11
Table 4.7. Available Nutrients in the Soil Samples ..................................................................................................... 11
Table 4.8. Water Quality Monitoring Locations ....................................................................................................... 12
Table 4.9. CPCB Best Use Classification for Surface Water Bodies ....................................................................... 12
Table 4.10. R.lonitoring Results for selected Surface Water Bodies ...................................................................... 12
Table 4.1 1 : Monitoring Results for selected Ground Water Sources ...................................................................... 13
Table 4.12. National Ambient Noise Standards ........................................................................................................ 15
Table 4.13. Equivalent Noise Level Data ................................................................................................................. 15
.
llctailed Project Report, Environmental Impact :\ssessmmt & En~uonmmtal hIanagement Plan 4-1
-1 T Andhra Pradesh Road Sec r Project
The Louis Berger Group. ~ n c . Feasibility Study. Design and Detaile #! Engeering
Table 4.14. No . of Trees per Km . on Both Sides ....................................................................................................... 16
Table 4.15. Social and Economic Indicators of the Project Districts ............................................................. 19
Table 4.16. Settlement along the Project Road .............................. .. ...................................................................... 19
Table 4.17. Type and Number of structures under Impact ................................................................................... 19
Table 4.18. Total Cultural Property Resources in Project Road .............................................................................. 19
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig . 4.1. Temperature Pattern .......................................................................................................................................... 4
Fig . 4.2. Extreme Climatic Condtions ........................................................................................................................ 5
Fig . 4.3. Physiography ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
Fig . 4.4. Quarry Chart - Sand and Stone ,i ggregates ............. .. .............................................................................. 10
Detailed Project Report. En\ironmental Impact Assessment & t'nvironmmtal Management Plan 4-2
A , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Projeck The Louts Berger Group, Inc. Feaslbll~ty Study, Deslgn and Deralled Englneerlng
CHAPTER 4: BASELINE ENVIRONMENT
4.1 BACKGROUND
Previous chapters have highlighted scope of environmental assessment, existing features of the road and proposed improvement, methodology and regulations applicable to environmental assessment. In t h s chapter an attempt has been made to prepare a baseline environmental setting so as applicabhty of Government of India (GoI) regulatory requirements as well as environmental management practices of operational procedure of World Bank could be envisioned. Based on the existing environmental scenario potential impacts of road improvement will be identified and accordingly management plan will be proposed in forthcoming sections. The baseline environmental conditions w d help in comparing and to monitor the predicted negative and positive impacts resulting from the project during construction and operation phases.
Data was collected from secondary sources for the macro-environmental setting like climate, physiography (Geology and slope), biological and socio-economic environment. First hand information have been collected to record the micro-environmental features within and adjacent to the project corridor. Collection of first hand (l'rimary) information includes preparation of base maps, extrapolating environmental features on proposed road design, tree inventories, location and measurement of socio-cultural features abutting proposed road.
Data was also recorded at sites used for extraction of materials for construction but generally outside the project corridor e.g. borrows areas and quarries. Ambient Air, Noise and water quality samples were collected at important locations in terms of environment quality to prepare a baseline database. Consultation was another source of information to explain local conditions like submergence, recent floods etc. However these consultation results were largely based on short term memories like information on floods, submergence but stdl it was helpful in comparing secondary information.
Following section describes the nature, type and characteristics of the physical, biological, cultural and socioeconomic components along the project roads.
4.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
4.2.1 Air environment
,iir quality is relatively free from pollution along the project road traversing through agrarian rural and small semi urban areas. As a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EM), climatic component has been studied to establish the benchmarks to understand air quality in the project area.
4.2.1.1 Climate
Among all other physical factors, Clunate is the most important factor-influencing environment because it plays a vital role in determining the evolution of landforms (erosion, soil characteristics), types of flora and fauna (ecological diversity), the productivity of ecosystems as well it has an influence on the pollution loads on the environment. Rainfall, temperature, and winds are the principal climatic components that serve to transport, disperse various forms of polluuon into the atmosphere and on the ground.
The characteristics of these climatic components (temperature, rainfall and winds) are averaged for comparatively longer period (about 50 years) to establish a general pattern in the project area.
In general, the clunate of project influence area (l'IA ) of APRSP is classified as tropical(uinter1ess) but for the purpose of Environmental Assessment, the clunate of the PIA has been divided into following distinct seasons:
1 . Rainy - October to Jannuaq
2. Summer - March to June (hot and sunny)
3. Summer - End July to September(Hot and cloudy)
Detailed Projcct Report, I'lnrironmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Managcrnent Plan 4-3
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector ProjectA The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detalled Englneerlng 7
However for the basehe environment of the project, road under study has only hvo dtstinct seasons. (i)Hot season, (ii) Rainy season and. During rainy season the project area is more or less similar to monsoon and called as (Am), whereas in dry season it is more like savannah (*is) with dtstinct hot season.
The various climatic factors such as temperature, humidtty and rainfall pattern in the project area have been dtscussed in detad in the following sections. Following section deals about.
Temperature: &fay is the hottest month with mean monthly temperature of 40 OC in this area. The mean dady temperature during summer is as high as 40 OC during March to June (Table 4.1). The temperature pattern of the project area will be useful as monitoring indicator especially during construction period near hot mix plants and stone crushers. December and January are comparatively the coolest months with average mean monthly temperature < 30 OC. But no months, the mean monthly temperature goes below 18 degree centigrade.
Humidity: The nature and characteristics of the pollutants will vary with change of the humidtty in the atmosphere. Fog provides possibility for suspended particles to coalesce and also enhances chemical reaction of the gaseous pollutants. The relative humidity is high during North East monsoon season as well as during south west monsoon season and in remaining period of the year the air is generally dry (Table 4.1). The relative humidity is the lowest during summers when it reaches as low as 32% (March) and during monsoon it goes to as high as 71% (Oct).
Table 4.1 Important Climatic Component of the project area
Month
.... ~~
38 25.3 58 42 7
------ -- -- -- --
Detailed Project Rcport, Bnvlronmental Impact Assessment & Bn\.konmental hlanagcment Plan 4-4
I - Andhra P r a d e s h p a d Sector Project , l ' l ~ e Louis Berger Group; Inc. Feaslb~lltv Study, Des~gn and aeeralled Englneer~ng
Month
- . ----- Temperature("(.) Relative Humidity (%)
- Wind Speed Max Min 8.30 17.30 ~ . ~ . S / k m ( 2 4 hrs)
\ugust - -
33 4
December 29 9
Precipitation: October to January is the rainfall season. DuMg the rainy months, the area receives almost 70% of the total rainfall. March to June is dry period for the project area. No rainy days is found during these months. However extreme climatic event ltke cyclones/depression do form occasionally.~igure 4.1 has shown value of extreme climatic conditions for the pr iec t road
Annual Rainfall (rnrn) Sr. .- Description
No. Actual 2005-06 Normal Deviation
4 Hot Weather I'eriod (hlarch to h 80 52 54
The average annual rainfall in the area is 874 mm. Rainfall mainly occurs during the months of S\V monsoon, from July to September. DuMg the rainy months, the area receives almost 90% of the total rainfall. Rainfall during monsoon is generally caused by depressions from Bay of Bengal. The rainfall pattern suggests that most of pre-construction activities (mainly earthwork) should be completed before monsoon season to avoid excessive consumption of water.
-- llctailed Project Rcport, linvironmental Impact Assessment & EnvuonmcntaI Management I'lan 4-5
I , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project . 1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~b~l~ty Study, Desrgn and Deta~led Eng~neerrng
Wind: Wind speed and wind direction have a significant role on the dispersion of atmosphenc pollutants and therefore, the air quality of the area. Ground level concentrations for the pollutants are inversely proportional to the wind speed in the down wind direction, while in upwind direction no effect wd be observed and in cross wind direction partial effect due to the emission sources is observed.
The wind flow pattern in the project area is governed by continental location of project area, rain shadow region of western Ghat thus a relatively drier monsoon winds from Arabian Sea. However, weaker depression from Bay of Bengal also influences wind direction. During October and November, wind blows from all duections. Summer month's evidences pre-monsoon winds called mango showers generally in the month of hpnl and May. Therefore a deiiiite direction of wind like seasonal reversal of wind pattern (monsoon) is not found in the project area. (See figure 4.2)
Cloud Cover: It can be observed that clear sky wd prevail from March to May and more cloud cover will prevad during the month of July and August without rainfall. hfonsoon weather condition and cloud covers is guided by monsoon winds (retreating monsoon). Cloud in these period do not prolong for longer period.
4.2.2 Ambient Air Quality
Ambient air quality refers to the background air quality levels in a region, characterised by concentrations of various pollutants in the atmosphere. The presence of air pollutants and their concentrations depends on the type of polluting sources, and other factors that influence their flow and dispersion. In most cases vehicular emissions are the predominant source of air pollution. Existing ambient air quality data on various sections of the project corridors was collected to establish a baseline database. The aim was to identify areas that already have high pollution levels or are expected to experience so, on account of the road project, and to design adequate mitigation measures, as applicable.
The activities, which generate modify atmospheric air quality, are transportation (i.e., motor vehicle emissions, which are addressed in this study); industry; domestic and construction. The principal sources of air pollution due to road projects are hot mix plants and machineries used during construction phase and the vehicles that ply over it during the operation phase. The major pollutants of significance to roadside air quality, on account of vehicular emissions, are suspended particulate matter (SPM), Respirable particulate matter (RPM), sulphur dioxide (S02), nitrogen oxides (NOx), hydrocarbons (HC), carbon-monoxide (CO).
Dispersal of pollutants depends upon factors like prevailing wind direction and other weather conditions, height of the source, and characteristics of roadside plantation and presence of other sinks along the project corridor.
Ambient air quality standards : Go1 Air Pollution Control standards, formulated by MoEF, were set in 1981. The statutory bodies that regulate these standards at the central and state levels are the CPCB and the SPCB, respectively. The parameters for which standards have been formulated are SPXI, RPh.1, SO?, NO,, Pb, and CO. Standards for Hydrocarbons have not been formulated as yet. Threshold emission limits, for all parameters, have been given for two time periods of Annual Average and 24 hours threshold limit. Separate limits have also been set for sensitive, residential/rural and industrial land uses (ReferAppendix 8.15).
* denotes annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week, 24 hourly at uniform interval. I'**" denotes 24 hourly / 8 hourly values which should be met 98% of
the time in a year (on 2% of the time, it may be exceeded for less than two consecutive days). ' ' * *A"
denotes sensitive areas as mentioned in MOEF notification September 2006.
Monitoring locations: Factors that modify generation of these pollutants are traffic characteristics (volume, speed, composition and mode), vehicle maintenance levels, road geometry and areas of congestion. To assess the ambient air quality along the project corridors, ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at identified locations. The monitoring locations were selected based on the sensitivity of the receptors to vehicular traffic and to obtain basehe concentrations of the various representative land uses along the corridors.
Detailed Project Report, Env~ronmcntal Impact r\ssessmcnt & En\.ironmmtal h,Imagcment Plan 4-6
J , I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc.
24 hourly conunuous air q u a h ~ monitoring was carried out for pollutants such as Respirable particulate matter @PAT), suspended particulate matter (SPM), Sulphurdioxide (so?), oxides of nitrogen @Ox), carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons. The methodology adopted for the monitoring of the various pollutant parameters is presented in appendix. Locations of the monitoring stations are presented in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Location Location of Land use along Chainage Description of Sampling Locations
Code Monitoring Stations the settlement
.AQ-I Jammalamadugu Commercial Km 194/500 on thc roof top of shop of hlr. Srinivas
r\Q-2 Chauduru
AQ-4 Proddatur KcPldenual Km 172,500 on the roof top of shop cum residence of Alr Suresh
.\Q-5 Madukum Commeraal
Monitoring results: The results of analysis of air samples are presented in the following tables. In general for all monitoring stations the RPM values were monitored in the range 120-140 pg/m3 with an average value of 130 pg/m3 . While comparing with the National Ambient Air Quality (NiMQ Standard of 100-150 pg/m3 (24-hourly) for Residential, Rural and Industrial Areas prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), all the monitored RPM values were found to be very well within the stipulated value for industrial areas but above the limit of rural areas. This is because of high vehtcular location and dryness of the areas. SPhf values were r a n p g from 345- 400pg/m3. While comparing with the NAAQ Standard of 200 and 500 pg/m3 for Residential, Rural and other Areas, and industrial areas all the monitored SPM values were found to be well within the limit. Higher concentration of SPM is because of semi arid conditions and loose soil along the project area.
Table 4.3: Air Quality Monitoring Results
Sr. Name of L":apon Date of Pollutants concentration in pg/rn3 mg/m' PPM
1. gu at junction AQ -1 20.10.2007 142.35 398.14 2118 30.76
. ...
2. Chauduru 4 - 2 20.10.2007 121.43 349.72 17.23 26.18
Proddatur at 4. . . . AQ-4 21.10.2007 131.34 379.67 19.56 29.45 0.34 1.3 28.6
rlQ-5 22.10.2007 134.26 381.37 22.14 31.80 0.42 1. 5. juncuon point
The maximum SO2 and NOx levels monitored were 22.14pg/m3 and 32.81 pg/m3 respectively. \ W e comparing with the NA1Q Standard (80 pg/m3), the monitoring results were found to be well w i t h the h i t s . The maximum CO concentration monitored was 1.7mg/m3 and most of the CO levels were monitored below the detectable limit of 2 mg/m3. While comparing the NAAQ Standard -, the monitored CO levels were found to be well within the h t . All HC values were found to be below the detectable h i t of 65 pg/m3.
All Particulate Lead values were found to be above the detectable limit of 0.01 pg/m3 and within the NAAQ Standard of 1.0 pg/m3 (24-hourly).
--
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & EnvironmmtaI Management Plan 4-7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project ?'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Fcanb~bty Study, Design and Detailed Engmeenng
4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT
The land environment describes the baseline aspects of the nature and geomorphlc features, soil conditions and quality, borrow and material resources and land use Characteristics. Portion of this section has analyzed role of these landscape features in road improvement.
Geo-morphological aspects : The landscape falls in the contour of 150-600 meter of peninsular plateau. The project area is an old pen plain, made of deeply dissected plateau of archaean gnesis and granite for most of the part with hillocks of small reliefs. Weathering of rocks has has been resulted into senile topography with dissected plateau and remainant of hillocks. The project road through out passess at the foothills section in rolling terrain.
Penneru river flows along the project road and Kunderu river crosses the project road near Chapadu town. The main water course for the project road is from Kurnool - Cuddapah canal and Eturu canal which crosses the project road near chalivendula.The drainage pattern suggests that easterly flow of the course of river is micro-managed by local relief of the region with many rivulets criss-crossing the project area. Since the river passes through dry country with intense but low rainfall, the fluvial topography is governed by flow of water such as flash flood lund of thing absent from the project area. (Hydrologcal aspects have been attached with this chapter as figure 4.3).
Geology: The project regon (PIA of APRSP) contains a wide variety of geologcal formation ranging from oldest Dhanvar Schiest to the recent alluvium of coastal colluviums. The older rocks have been subjected to erosion, which resulted in chfferent type of topography in the project area. Thus these geologcal formations have undergone process of evolution and are evident from its footprints in vaned topography in the regon.
Table 4.4 Geological Formations of PIA .. Formations .. Age -._4 - . . , - - - -- -- - - - . -- --
The Dhanvars :: Lower Pre-cambrian-around 2500 d o n years. etsses ..
.... . ..
The Charnockites :: Pre-cambrian-mote than 500 d o n vears. The Khondalites
. --- ... - ........................
The-er Gondwanas - . -- -
The Deccan T r a ~ s - -.L
Tertiarv Formations
......... -. ............
:: Middle ~ r i a s s z o w e r Cretaceous-170 to 100 ....... d o n years. . .......... -
:: Mesozoic-Lower Tertiary-150 to 50 d o n ... years. - . .... ....... .. ....-.
:: Miocene-Pliocene-35 to 15 d o n vears.
- -- Detatlcd l'rojcct Report, Enxironmental Impact ~lssessment Pr I<nvironmental Management Plan 4-8
A . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project a
'l'he Louis Bergex Group, Inc. Feascbclrty Srudy, Des~gn and Decalled Englneertng
As stated earlier, also the partly metamorphosed archaeans or peninsular gneisses dommate the rock formation in the project area (proposed road). Some of the topopgraphy is of sedimentary formation also. Most of the length of the road is passing through rolling terrain.
Borrow Areas: All along the project road borrow / material sources have been identified. There are four borrow areas identified along the proposed project road. The samples were collected from these sources to carry out the necessary tests tostudy the adherence to the requirements of the MORTH specifications and to establish the suitabhty and avdabllity of borrow areas for embankment, sub grade and shoulder construction. In addition to these details, the quantum of the materials available and the lead distances from the project road were also collected which would be useful while arriving at the detailed rate analysis dunng the PPR stage. The details of the borrow sources identified is gven in figure below. The location map of borrow areas is shown in Figure 4.4.
I>etalled l'rolcct Report, Enlxonmental Impact Assessment & Enwonmental Management Plan 4-9
A . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering $ 7
I CRUSHED AGGREGATES LEAD CHART FOR
JAMMALAMADUGU - MYDUKURU-
Fig. 4.4: Quatty Chart - Sand and Stone Aggregates
Soil : The project region (PIA of APRSP) has a wide variety of soils, which are broadly classified in the table below. The soil is dominated by the zonal soil developed on the rocks in-situ, and consists of Entisols, Inceptisol, ,ilfisols and Oxisols. Xzonal soil is confined to river basm only. F a b l e 4.5)
Table 4.5: USDA Soil Classification
Trad~t~ona l CLASSIFICATION AS PER T H E SEVENTH APPROXIMATION (USDA
Nomenclature Order Sub-group
' Ustoahents, Ustochrcpts and Rhodustalfs
Deep Black Soils
Medium Black S Vertisols and Inc hromusterts and T
kihed Red and Black Soils Predominantly Veaisols
Azonal
IJredominantly Chronomusters and Pellusterts
Coastal 11Uuvial
Detailcd Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & I~nvlronmental Management Plan 4-10
7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project I hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslb~llty Study, Des~gn and Detalled Englneerrng
However, the project road is the central part of peninsular plateau, therefore most of the stretches having zonal and intra -zonal soil. (Table 4.6).
Table 4.6: Locations of the Soil Sample Analysis Sr. Location Code Description of the Monitoring location Chainage Type of Land
No.
The soil analysis results indicate that the soil in the area is brown to light brown in color and red at few locations. Soil pH plays a very important role in the availability of nutrients. The composition of the soil microbial community is also dependent on the soil pH. Soil can be classified as alkalme in one sample location and acidc at remaining three location. Salt concentration is directly proportional to the osmotic pressure, which governs the process of osmosis in soil -plant system. NPK contents and Organic Matter was found to be in significant levels.
Table 4.7: Available Nutrients in the Soil Samples I
Sr. I N o . Parameters
RESULTS
SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5
7.29 7.10 7.17 6.58 8.05
0.45 1.1 0.78 1 .O 0.98
Dark Dark Dark 3. Colour Rcd Brown Brown Brown Brown
) 11. Oil & Grcase (mg/kg) 0.06 0.08 N D N D N D 1 (Source: Environmentalmoniton 2007)
The proposed project may cause sot1 erosion and variant compaction of soil (due to movement of heavy equipment) during the construction phase. management plan to minimize the soil erosion impact and mitigate the problems will be required, given the high NPK and organic content the top soil protection is also one of the key measures to be considered.
4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT
As mentioned in earlier section also, Pennem river and Kunderu &ver near chapadu town and Kumool Cuddapah canal and Etum canal drains the project area. Many groundwater sources such as wells and hand pumps are located on both sides of the existing road. The proposed project may contaminate the surface waters during the construction, operation as well as maintenance phases. A plan for monitoring and mitigation will, therefore, be required to avoid the pollution or deterioration of the water sources.
Iletailed Project Kcport, En\~ronmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 4-1 1
5 = Andhra Pradesh RoadJector Project 'I he LOUIS Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bll~ty Study, Des~gn and Detalledxngxneenng
Five locations were selected along the proposed project length for monitoring of existing water quality in the area. Two of these are surface water bodies and three are ground water sources. The details o f the monitoring points are given in Table 4.8.
Table 4.8: Water Quality Monitoring Locations
Panchyat of€ice -. . . ~~
Public Tap in front of shop o
.~~ .- -. ~
Pump in front of house of h Srikanth Reddy at hlaidukuru
(Source: Environmental moniton'n~ 2005)
Water Oualitv Standard
The rivers, nallahs and ponds located along the proposed project road are a source of water for the local inhabitants, for domestic as well as agricultural uses. An analysis of their present status and the quality of the water has been done. They have been classified as per the CPCB classification norms for best use as shown in Table 4.9.
Table 4.9: CPCB Best Use Classification for Surface Water Bodies
3. BOD. 5 davs at 20'
~ ........ ... .. .. .. .. ...... .
8. Boron (as B), mg/I, mas. 2
Class A: Drinkmg water source without conventional treatment but after lsinfection
Class B: Outdoor bathing (organized)
Class C: Drinking water source after conventional treatment and after disinfections
Class D:Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries
Class E: Irrigation, Industrial Coohg, and Controlled Waste Disposal
Below E: Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria
Water Quality Variation a l o n ~ the Proiect Road
Stftface Water Quality: pH of the surface water was found to be in the range 7.48-7.59 along the Comdors. Total hardness is found 159 at Penneru River and 154 at Kunderu River. Lead contents were found to be below the detection limit. In general, surface water quality along the Corridors is good and complies with CPCB Surface Water Quality norms. Details of water quality features are mentioned in table below.
Table 4.10: Monitoring Results for selected Surface Water Bodies
Sr. No.
Parameters Surface Water Results
1. Color (Hazen) 4 - 7
Iletailed Project Keport, Env~ronmental Impact Assessment & L<nnronmental hianagemmt Plan 4-12
4 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project A -7
fie Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~b~l~ty Study, Des~gn and Detalled Englneerlng
-.....--- - Sr. -. -
Surface Water Results Parameters
NO. SW -1 SW-2
2 Taste
3 Odour
Agreeable -. -- Odourless
6 - T u r b d h (NTU) - ---- -
7 Conductivltv (u mhos/cm)
12 Nitrates (mg/l)
13 Iron (mgl)
14 C O ~ ~ ~ < ( M P N / I o o d ) -
These monitoring results would form the basis for monitoring the construction & post construction impacts.
Ground Water
Ground water is a major source of domestic as well as agricultural water supply in the area. The major groundwater use in this region is for irrigation. Minor irrigation tanks, dry river beds and deep hand pumps are source of ground water in the project area. The results of analysis of water samples are presented in Table 4.11.
Table 4.11: Monitoring Results for selected Ground Water Sources
Sr Ground Water Results Parameters
No. GW-1 GW-2 GW-3
Color (Ha~en) Colourless Colourleas Colour less I Agreeable Agreeable A\greeable
Odourless Odourless Odourless I
Grozrnd Water Qtrality: pH of the ground waters was found to be in the range 6.98-7.32 along the Corridors. Total akalinity content was ranging from 49 mg/l (hiaidukuru) to 58 mg/l (Proddatur). Chloride values were analysed in the range 34.52 - 42.86mg/l. The ground water can be used for drinking after suitable treatment and disinfections.
Floodin? / submersible locations:
The submersible sections located in the stretches are mentioned in chapter 2. These submerged stretches are because of rolling terrain of the project road. These stretches need to be raised above HFL in accordance with the provisions of IRC - 37,2001.
List of e m b a n b e n t raising sections
- Iletuled Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlmagtment Plan 4-13
i- v Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
'I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bllity Study, Deslgn and Deta~led E n g ~ n e e n n ~ '
- .
Sr. Chainage - . Embankment Raising
N o . From T o Length (m) Reason for raising
12. 180.400 181.450 1050 I'emcal improvement
4.5 AMBIENT NOISE
Road construction results in increase in noise levels due to movement and operation of machinery, heavy vehicles, loading and unloading of construction materials, apart from high noise levels at the asphalt plants (90 - 100 dB(*\). These activities are intermittent and localised. During the operation phase, noise is generated from vehicle movement in three ways, namely from the vehicle body parts, from the tyre-roadway system (also known as the r o h g noise) and from the driver behaviour, such as use of horns.
Noise from the vehicle body parts includes engine, inlet, exhaust, transmission, suspension, gearbox, cooling fan, during acceleration and chassis, etc. Vehicle condttion is very important to t h ~ s noise source. The rolltng noise/frictional noise (noise from the tyre-roadway system) includes aerodynamic noise, noise from tyre-road interaction, brakes, etc. The noise level depends upon on the type and condttion of tyres and pavement. At higher speed, these types of noise increase at same rate. At lower speeds in urban areas, where lower gears are used, noise from the vehtcle body parts tends to be independent of vehicle speed whereas noise from the tyre-roadway system becomes less important. Driver behaviour contributes to road noise by using vehicle's horns, sudden breakmg on vehicle speed, depending on the road surface and whether the surface is wet or dry.
The level of noise generated by road traffic depends on the type of vehicle flow, the volume of traffic, the speed and composition of the traffic, the road gradient and the type of road surface. Different types of travel patterns indicate the mode of operation of the vehicles. As the flow rate increases, traffic noise increases to a maximum, thereafter the effect of reducing vehicle speed on noise predominates. Interrupted traffic flow occurs with lot of interaction between the vehicles and vehicles are caused to stop or slow down. For decelerating vehicles, the level of noise decreases due to fall in power output of the vehicle. For accelerating vehicle, initially the noise level increases and then drops as the speed increases. In the low speed range, noise is independent of vehcle speed. However in free speed range, i.e., more than 50 km/h a strong relationship prevails between noise generated and vehcle speeds.
Factors and parameters
The noise from a traffic stream is not constant but varies from moment to moment and it is necessary to use an index to arrive at a single figure estimate of the overall noise level for assessment purposes. TTariation in traffic volume, vehicle composition and surrounding
Detailed Project Report, I(nnronmenta1 Impact Assessment & Environmental hfanagement Plan 4-14
1 Andhraxradesh Road Sector Project I'he Louis ~ e g e r Group, Inc. F e a s ~ b ~ l ~ t y Study, - &srgn and D e ~ a ~ l e d Enpneenng
commercial and industrial activities are the dominating factors that influence the propagation of noise. Energy equivalent noise level LCq (in dB(A)) was the primary parameter selected.
Data collection. tabulation and analysis
Noise monitoring along the various corridors of Phase IIB was carried out for 24 hours at each site selected. At least 40-50 readings were recorded over a measuring period of 5-10 minutes each hour. Noise levels were recorded at all settlements where ambient air monitoring was carried out. Locations were selected close to the corridor so as to assess the noise contribution mainly from traffic. In addition, noise levels were also monitored near a stone crushing unit to assess the noise generated from the crushing operation and to determine suitable mitigation measures, especially for the workers. Community noise level assessment was also made due to the contribution from different activities near corridor. The noise levels are measures as Leq directly using a noise meter.
Leq is defined as the continuous sound level that, were it to exist over the entire period in question, would give rise to the some total sound energy as the actually varying sound levels. I t thus represents all energy average, not a sound level average.
Llo refers to the sound level, expressed in dB(A), which is exceeding ten percent of the time period for which monitoring was carried out.
L;o refers to the sound level, expressed in dB(A), which is exceeding fifty percent of the time period for which monitoring was carried out.
L s o refers to the sound level, expressed in dB@), which is exceeding ninety percent of the time period for which monitoring was carried out.
Ambient Noise Standards
Ambient noise standards were established as per the CPCB/MoEF Gazette Notification dated 26th December 1989. I t is based on the 'A' weighted equivalent noise level, LCq (Refer Table 4.12).
Table 4.12: National Ambient Noise Standards
Area Code Category of Zones Day* limits of LCq Night* Limits of L., (dB (A)) (dB(A))
Source: Gol. CPCB. 1989
The noise measurement has been carried out continuously for a period of 24 hours. At each site 2880 data were recorded, each taken at an interval of 30 seconds of whlch 1800 data recorded at day time (07:OO AM to 10:OO Pbq and 1080 at night time (10:OO PM - 07:OO Abr).(Table 4.13)
Table 4.13: Equivalent Noise Level Data
Sr Location Location
No. code .. .
1 Jarnrnalarnadugu 52 64 65 39 42 -- -
NQ-I - - - . - - - - - - - - -
55 -
2 Chaudum NQ-2 60 44 65 45 26 55
5 Chapadu
- - Dctallcd Prolect Report, l+:nvlronmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 4-1 5
I - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Sr Location Location No. code
Leq value dB (A) Day time Night time
Monltonng CPCB Monitoring . -
CPCB
The monitored noise levels were r a n p g from 62.15 dB(*-\) (Proddatur) to 52.64 dB(--\) (Jammalamadugu) While comparing the MoEF Ambient Noise Norms for different categories, Leq noise levels at all locations during day time & during night time, were found to be on the higher side but w i t h limit. As the point or monitoring has a mixed environment of commercial and residential and generally residence a little far away as compared to shops/commercial establishment, hence the monitoring data is showing the results within limits.
It may be noted that as the noise survey was carried out at sensitive receptors i.e. School Zone and Hospital Zone respectively, noise standards is found w i t h the lunits at almost all the location.
4.6 BIO-ENVIRONMENT
4.6.1 Flora
Andhra Pradesh contains a great diversity of natural ecosystems r a n p g from desert, semi-arid lands, mangroves and coral reefs in the west, to dry deciduous forests in the central and southern zone and moist deciduous and evergreen forests in the north and coastal areas. Irrespective of such diversity, forest cover in ,-\ndhra Pradesh(2S0h) is not upto ecological standard (33%). To stop rapid depletion of the residual forests, the G o h has initiated a number of afforestation and conservation programmes in recent years includmg community based forest management (World Bank funded).
The tree cover along the project area is dry deciduous interspersed with moist deciduous type near the water source or near the villages, they normally yield species b e l o n p g to the series Neem, Bag, Giriship, Tamrind, Kanuga.
Surveys have been carried out to generate an exhaustive inventory of the existing tree species (Annexure4.1). Girishp, Acacia, Neem, tamarind and thurai etc are the common species growing in the area of concern. A summary of the tree inventory is given in the Table 4.14.
The names of the dtfferent species found along the proposed project road are listed in table 4.15. The largest numbers of trees are Tamarind - Tamarindus indica, followed by Neem - Ayadirecta indica,, Kanuga - Pongamiapinnata, Teak - Tectona grandis, Bagi, Thurai etc. The trees can be classified as large/gant or small according to their girth, being greater than 120 cm in diameter.
Table 4.14: No. of Trees per Km. on Both Sides
Starting KMS - - -
156
157
RHS
159
160
161
162
163
164
26 Neem, Girishtp
BY PASS ALIGNhIENT
171 172
Ending KMS TOTAL -
157
158
- -
Dctailed Project Report, Enlironmcntal Impact Assessmcnt & I~nvuonmental Management Plan 4-1 6
LHS
160
161
162
163
164
165
-165 166
40
38
80
40
166
167
0 ---- 44
25
21
41
40
167
168
38
50
82
25
11
23
32
14
47
41
78
Ncem,Teak, Bagi , Aggipulla
. - .
11 Neem,Bagi,
67
57 Neem, Bagi , Agipulla
35 Neem,Bagi, C iriship
88 KanugqBagi, Giriship
81 Neem,Bag,
88
162
65
Neem,Bagi,Teak
96 47
Bagi , Awpulla
Ncem , Bagi , .Agipulla
Neem , Bagi , Aggipulla
49
I Andhra Pradesh R ad Sector Project 1 hc Louis Berger Group, fnc.
4 Feas~bllltv Study, Design and Detzled Englneerlng
178
TOTAL RHS
180
181
182
r 1 8 6 1 187 1 2 5 7 Neem,Bagi,
187 1 188 1 1 0 1 Acasia
Important Species LHS Starting m s
179
183
Ending KMS
179 1 1 8 0 1 1
181
182
183
10
184
188
0
7
3
26
190
The roadside trees are continuous throughout the corridor except some stretches where agficultural land or undulating topography is observed. Environmental impact survey establishes that average &stance of trees from the centerhe of road is Em-10m on each side. The trees are generally having good canopy. During enmronmental impact sunTey such canopy buildmg stretches were identified. Many of these stretches are very close to present carriageways. While fmahzing the alignment relevant adjustments has been made to minimize the tree fehng, however the tree will be felled w i t h the toe line of the proposed road with a view to enhance road safety as well as to fachtate construction.
7
1
1 Neem,Bagi. 1 184 1 185 1 1
1 189 1 190 1 19 1 I 20 Neem,Bapt, Giriship Acasia
189
FELLING
Giant trees: About 151 trees (83 on LHS and 68 RHS) are substantially larger (more than 180 cm of girth) generally found within ROW (30 meter Corridor). These trees are considered as "giant trees" and are found often in groups, close to villages near the water bodies. These trees were planted long before and without the anticipation of future road widening needs. The species malnly consist of Tamarind, Neem, and Bagi trees. Often these trees are valuable to the local c:ornmunities as non-timber resources. List of giant trees are appended as annexure 4.1
I
8
0
7
0
191
Iktailed Projcct Report, Enmronmental Impact Assessment & En\rl+onmmtal Management Plan 4-17
17
Nerm,
18
3
1 372
Neem,Bagi, I
15
3
33
26
191
Tama&d , ilcasia 1 Ncem
Neem. ilcasia
19
3
3
6 U
192
443
N eem
13
TOTAL
815
6
0
549
hcasia
39 Neem Jcasia
3
1162
Bagi
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project A 1 he Louis Bcrger Group, Inc. ' Feas.b~l~ty Study, D e d Detaded Eneneennrg
Green tunnels observed along the road is at only one location (Km 163.070-163.330) as shown in figure.
Timber resource along the road: the species encountered in the corridor do not have timber value except in case of limited species. The trees also do not have any specific relevance including religous importance and community use. The different species of trees that are present along the project road are presented in annexure 4.1. There are no endangered floral species identified along the Corridor of Impact.
Avenue Plantation
The surveys have been carried out along the project road to understand the details of avenue plantation includmg the total number of each species, the girth size along the project area.
The reconnaissance survey indicated very few old trees along (more than 20 years old) the project road also.
4.6.2 Fauna
The reconnaissance survey carried out along the entire project road has evidence of Cattle grazing and domestic animals etc along the project road. There are no wildlife areas along the project corridor. There are no protected area and bird sanctuary along the corridor. There is general avifauna such as common Crows, Eagles, and Myna. Except grazing cows, buffalos, goats, numerous birds have been noticed during the Environmental survey. No endangered d d faunal species have been noticed. No d d l i f e sanctuaries have been identifiedin the PM.
The grazing animals are an important issue to be considered for the design decision-making as it has got a direct bearing on road safety, traffic management and accidents as well as cattle crossing.
4.7 SOCIO -ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
As mentioned in earlier parts also the project road falls in Kadapa District. Most of the people in the Districts are dependent on the agricultural activities. The table below indicates that the project area has poor development indices such as per-capita income, proportion of non workers (55.2%).
-- -- Deta~led Project Report, 1:nvlronmental Impact Asscsament Br I<nvuonmental Management Plan 4-18
4 - I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. 4 .- Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
Feasibillry Study, Des~gn and Detailed Engneenng --
Literacy rate of the District is also lower than State averages. The socio-cultural inhcators suggest that the project regon has low development indices. Female work participation rate is very low (32.71%).
Table 4.15: Social and Economic Indicators of the Project Districts
ic cia1 & Demographic -~ ~ .~ .
Project % of land put to ~ i ~ ~ r i ~ ~ ~ Per capita % Non- Female work Decadal Growth non agricultural Literacy
Income Workers participation in % Rate land Use
Kadapa 17682 11.27 55.2 32 71 62.8 14 73
Following section ou thes some of the social indicators of the settlement abutting project road. The percentage of ST and SC groups is more in Devigudi vlllage (24%) and as low as in Kameswaram (7O). The non workers percentage is more in Rameswararn (57'0). The literacy rate vanes from 28% (chauduru) to 37% (gonganur). The characteristics of settlements are tabulated below in Table 4.17.
Table 4.16: Settlement along the Project Road
Total % of SC+ST
% Of Non- Name of the Village Literacy Rate
24.822 50.74 35.26
7 Goriganur 1912 13 546 45.29 37.97
Source: Consultants s u ~ t y ~ ~ , 2007)
4.7.2 Socio-Cultural Properties and Land Acquisition
The proposed project will have impact on residential, commercial as well as other communities properties. ,%bout 1295 sqm of built-up areas (mainly residential and commercial structures) -
required to be relocated. Altogether 118 structures are affected and 31 luosks need relocation.
Table 4.17: Type and Number of structures under Impact
Features Residential Commercial Resi & Commercial Kiosk ............ ........
- ..............
Affected Area of structure 897 271 127
4.7.3 Cultural Property Resources
There are important community properties and resources along the project road, which has cultural and sociologcal importance. As can be seen from table 4.19, these CPRs are mostly away from proposed CoI thus not having Qrect impact but there will be confict because of proposed improvement. There are about 18 religious structures, 14 hand pump within the 100 rn corridor (Table 4.19). However location of hand pumps are near proposed center line thus needed relocation. L4s per provision of U P these affected community properties wdl be replaced in close consultation with the community.
Table 4.18: Cultural Property Resources in Project Road
1)etailcd lJrolect Report, Environmental Impact r\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 4-19
- .
SI. No. Chainage (Km.)
Location (Left/Right) Name of Cultural Property Name of Village
4 . A&dhra Pradesh Road Sector Project I'he ~ 0 x 1 s Berger Group, Inc. Feamblllty Study, Des~gn and Detalted Eng~neerlng
1 1 2 1 3 I 4 I 5 I
1 4 1 153+580 1 Left I Gram Panchayath Office I Mydukuru I
1
2
3
1 5 1 153+600 1 Left I Ireternairy Hospital I Mydukuru 1 1 6 1 153+600 1 Right I Water Tank I Mydukuru I
153+080
153+400
153+460
1 7 1 153+800 1 Right I Mosque With Neem Tree I Mydukuru I
Left
h g h t pppp
Left
1 16 1 157+160 1 Left I Hand Pump I Badri Palle 1
Shahi Hospital
Sri Rala Sisu~u High School
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1 17 1 157+770 1 Left I Bus Shelter I Badri Pallc 1
blydukuru
Mydukuru
Right
Left
Right
Left
Left
Left
Left
155+800
156+030
156+164
156+340
156+380
156+463
156+463
1 18 1 157+770 1 Left I IlandPump I Badri Palle I
Govt. Hostel for Girls Mvdukuru
156+510
Grave
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
Govt School
Hand Pump
hiilk Co operative Society
1 20 1 160+600 1 Left I Chapadu Police Station I Chapadu 1
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Viswanatha Puram
Right
I I I
21 160+840 1 Left 1 1 Chapadu I
Hanuman Temple
Alludu PaUe
1 1 160+840 1 1,cft I 'l'cmplc Arch
Viswanatha Puram
Kasthuriba Gurukula Girls High Srhonl 19
I Chapadu I
158+800
30 165+300 Left Water Logged Body Palavolu
3 1
32 166+810 1.eft Bus Shelter 17.P.C BS.1
Left
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Iinvuonmcntal Management Plan 4-20
161+250
161+250
161+250
162+375
163+000
163+200
164+300
Right
Righ t
Righ t
Left
Right
Left
Left
Bus Shelter
Hand Pump
Veternair). Hospital
Temple Cum Ashramam
Hand Pump
Veternairy Hospital
Graves
Chapadu
Chapadu
Chapadu
Palavolu
Palarolu
Palavolu
Pala\~olu
I &ndhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblfity Study, Des~gn and Detalled Enpneerlng
66 194+200 Left R&B Guest Office ammalamadugu
Detailed Pro~ect Rcport, Environmental Impact ..\ssessment & Enviuonmental Management Plan 4-21
4 Andhra ~ r a a s h Road Sector Project I'he Louis Berger doup. Inc . Feas~bll l tv Study. ~ c a ~ n x d Decalled Engmeenng
TABLE OF CONTENTS
. ................................................................... CHAPTER 5: STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATION 2
5.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................... 2
................................................................... 5.2 CONSULTATION DURING PRE-FEASIBILITY ST>%GE 2
5.2.1 Identification of Stakeholders ......................................................................................................... 2
5.2.2 Planning for Consultation .................................................................................................................. 2
5.3 CONSULTATION DURING FEASIBILITY STAGE ........................................................................ 3
5.3.1 Information Dissemination .............................................................................................................. 3
5.3.2 Structured Consultation ...................................................................................................................... 4
5.3.3 Role and Responsibilities Identified d ~ g Consultation ............................................................. 5
5.4 CONSULTATION DURING DETAILED PROJECT PREPERITION STAGE ............................ 5
5.4.1 Local Level Consultation .................................................................................................................... 6
5.4.2 District Level Consultation ................................................................................................................. 7
5.4.3 State Level Consultation ..................................................................................................................... 7
5.5 LESSONS LEARNT FROM CONSULTATION AND SUGGESTED FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL hfiNAGEhfENT PLAN .................................... .... ............................................ 7
5.5.1 Issues of Tree Cutting ....................................................................................................................... 7
5.5.2 Compensatory -Afforestation ............................................................................................................. 7
5.5.3 Implementation Framework ............................................................................................................ 8
5.5.4 Monitoring Plan and Training .......................................................................................................... 8
5.5.5 Cultural Properties Resources (CPRs) Enhancement ................................................................ 8
LIST OF TABLES
Table 5.1. Planning and Present Status of Consultation ............... .. ......................................................................... 2
Table 5.2. Role and Responsibilities Identified after Consultation for APRSP ...................................................... 5
..................................................................... Table 5.3. Issues Rlsed and Agreement reached during consultation 6
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig 5.1. Information dissemination through pamphlet Distribution ........................................................................ 4
- Detaded Project Report. Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 5 - 1
Andhra Pddes& Road Sector Project Feas~hilrty Study, Design and Deta~led Englneenng
CHAPTER - 5: STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATION
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Consultative procedure since the inception of the project has been continued as part of environmental screening, environmental assessment and environmental management plan preparation at various stages of techanical proceedings of the project including pre-feasibdity, feasibhty, and detaded project report preparation. Stakeholder consultation involving local communities in the project planning is basis of the participatory planning. Because, often suggestion and option gven by the people improves technical and economic efficiency of the project and suggested improvements proposals (if adopted by the project) of the people also generates sense of ownership w i t h communities thus eases implementation process.
Following section highlights level of consultative procedure adopted at various stages, strategies to participatory and continued consultation, specific inputs from the stakeholder's consultation in project planning.
5.2 CONSULTATION DURING PRE-FEASIBILITY STAGE
5.2.1 Identification of Stakeholders
Identification of important Stakeholders for h s project is done taking into consideration of their expected roles in the planning and implementation of the project. Primary stakeholders are the main stakeholders with whom the project had direct interaction.
Primary Stakeholders Potential PAPS, Forest Depanment and Community Leaders (Main stakeholders)
Secondary Stakeholders Groups of affected persons;
(Other stakeholders) Village representatives like Sacpanch and members, PRIs, Village level health workers, Panvaris
Tribal groups
Women Groups such as DWACRA groups Officials at hiandal (now Tahsd leyel)
Local voluntary organizations like CBOs and NGOs;
Field level R&B Engneers, P W , Government of 'Indhra Pradesh,
r\P State .\IDS Control Soc~ety representahyes,
Commissioner o€fice of Soclal Welfare, Trihd Development,
Other project stakeholders such as official o€line Department
5.2.2 Planning for Consultation
The consultation mechanism has been planned in stages at each level of project preparation. Whde village level and Block level consultation was planned during environmental assessment and will be continued dl the operation stage, District level consultation, key informant interview and other focused consultative procedure was planned during detaded environmental impact assessment stage. One of the features of present consultation program is to have continued involvement of local engineers of R&B and APSHP in planning and preparation of environmental management framework for the implementation of project largely based on input from these concern stakeholders. The consultation strategies and phases have been discussed below.
Table 5.1: Planning and Present Status of Consultation
Stakeholders Level of
Start Stages Consultation
Future course ---
I'APs, community, Women groups, Tribal groups, Village Pre-feasibility, feasibility Started Contd NGOs and DPR stage XPRDC Officials, R&B officials at PIU and Field Pre-feasibility, feasibility Field, Offices and DPR stage
First round completed --
RDO, MRO, I'orest Official Tahsil/Block Pre-feasibility, feasibility and DI'R stage
Ongoing
District Officials of line Department, such as DRDA, Forest, SLAO District D1'R stagc Continued
- Detailed Project Report , Environmental Impact ~ l s s e s s m e n t & Environmental Management Plan 5 - 2
4 - Andhra Pradesh Road $- ctor -- Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslb~llty Studv, Deslgn and Detaded Engrneenng
--
Stakeholders Level of Start Stages Future course
---- p-pp-p Consultation I'ollu tion Control Board Statc III'R stage Continued
Llistrict and State I'orest Officials State I)PR stage Continued
5.3 CONSULTATION DURING FEASIBILITY STAGE
At the feasibhty stage of the environmental assessment, consultation at individual level, in groups and focused group discussions at strategic locations such as bypasses, locations of affected community and other eco-sensitive receptors are conducted. The consultation mechanism devised to ensure that people are consulted; project related decision/opinions of the people are gathered and agreement reached on suggestion/ preferences given by the people are shared with the community. For this purpose, the consultation mechanism was initiated with the information dissemination, followed by structured consultation and FGDs.
5.3.1 Information Dissemination
Whde conducting tree enumeration and inventory of road side other important environmental features (hot spots), the consultant has conducted information dissemination along the project route by one to one canvassing about proposed improvement,
Potential project affected f a d e s were consulted to inform them about proposed road improvement program and possible environmental confhct such as tree cutting, relocation of hand pumps,
Pictorial Methods were adopted to explain proposed improvement and possible environmental impacts in the concerned villages,
Information dissemination through pumhlet / Khadapatralu among the villagers explaining proposed road improvement (Fig 5.1)
-- - - Detailed Projcct Kcport, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental hlanagement Plan 5 - 3
4 Andhra Pradesh Roag_Sec_tot Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, I ~ C : Feaslb~l~ty Study, Des~gn and Detailed Engmeenng
I I
Fig 5.1: Information dissemination through pamphlet Distribution
People are requested to gather at common places such as places of panchayat, Gramsabha and resource person of consultant explaining about the project using board and markers (Rachabanda).
5.3.2 Structured Consultation
To provide better and qualitative planning options; consultations with specific objectives, agenda were conducted in structured manner. For t h s purpose, much advance date and venue of consultation were Eked in coordination with the PRIs representatives at villages level and Tahsildar, Forest officials (range official), hlandal Samakhya Group Felugu) at hlandal level.
Such planned consultation has brought emergent issues of proposed road improvement in the agenda for discussion, some of the suggestion given by the community really hghlighted crux of local concern of proposed improvement as well as management plan needs to adopted for theses local concern.
Iletailcd Project lieport, Environmental Impact tlssessmcnt & Environmental hlanagement Plan 5 - 4
I ,, A , N h r a Pradesh Road Sector Project I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
One of the basic feature of the present consultation strategy to involve local R&B engneers, revenue administration in project planning so that implementation (particularlj~ options of regulatory clearance such as Forest, polludon board and utility shifting1 and land acquisition) could be easily realized.
5.3.3 Role and Responsibilities Identified during Consultation
Based on consultation during feasibility stage of environmental assessment a framework for L1, R&R and Environmental impact mitigation have been envisaged in the following table along with responsibilities of officials and expected benefits from the project.
Table 5.2: Role and Responsibilities Identified after Consultation for APRSP
Stakeholders Roles a n d Responsibility Expected Benefit for the Project --
Potential Project Participate in formal and informal public Easing implementation. Affected Persons, meeting,
Incorporation of good practices (From Project affected FouPs, Raisc criucal issues relevant to the long term memoties of the people) of Project Affected cnvironmcnt, the past in project design. Communities, Suecs t alternative alignments, Planning for road safety issues. Host population env~ronmcntal impact management,
Community Capacity building and Options of widening to save trees and sense of ownership of the project, other environmental features,
Rlethodologies for agreement on compensauon and assistance,
Suggest methodologies for condnued participation in project cycle
Engineers - APRDC 1.and .\cquisiuon Ease implementation and PWD, R&D
Iiorest Clearance People oriented planning
lcnsure continued consultation Ensured public cooperation
Participate m Hlock and District Level Determination of value Meeting
Forest Official b;numeration of trees Faster Forest Clearance for the project
Identification of cco sensitive hot spots Transfer of Forest Land is easier
Scrutiny of application form for forest Forest regeneration clearance Maintenance and growth of sapling at Permission for tree cutting nursery
Salvaging/;\uctioning of trees Transplantmg trees along the corridor
Demarcation of Forest land Avenue Plantation
G I s and Informatics Department, PWD, R&B Government of AP
Veluru Mandal Samakhya Group, Water User Association
PRls,ORWs, Community forest management groups
Land usc class~fication
Extent of Forest (Reserved and open), boundaries of sanctuaries and other cco- sensitive receptors along the project road
Itnsure public participation in project preparation and implementation,
,\ssist ,\I'I1DC and Government for do\-etiling Government schemes for income gcneration schemes,
Suggest RDC about afforestation schemes
T o demarcate forest boundmes, major irrigation and other structures and boundaries
Public are informed
Opinion and preferences of people are known
Easy to develop community capacity development plan.
5.4 CONSULTATION DURING DETAILED PROJECT PREPERATION STAGE
Consultation during environmental management plan preparation stage has been conducted at local level during survey stage, District level and State level. Local level consultation has emphasized
I Implementation Completion report (Report No29883-IN, 2004) observed that these activities were responsible for delay completion of .\PSHP.
-- - Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact i \ ssessmcnt & Environmental hfanagement Plan 5 - 5
A - Andhra Pradesh Road S d t o r ~ r o j e c t I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. - Feaslblllty Study, Deslgn and Detailed E w n e e n n g
indvidual level consultation during socio-economic baseline (25O/o), environmental impact and Census Survey, consultation with groups of PXFs at pre-decided dates and venue with representatives of PHs , tribal groups, velugu groups (D\Vi\CLI groups), women groups, and social forestry organization. District Level Consultation (DLC) was focused to involving stakeholders from line department such as Forest, irrigation and revenue other than project-affected persons. These DLC have been framed within the preview of role and responsibilities identified during feasibdity stage as mentioned in the table above. State level consultation is conducted to have policy related decisions for environmental impact management.
5.4.1 Local Level Consultation
Detailed v~llage level consultations were conducted during environmental impact survey stage. Critical stretches along the proposed corridors were identified and meeting was held. .At locations FGDs were also organized. Following table summarizes highlights of some of the consultation held along the project road.
Table 5.3: Issues Raised and Agreement reached during consultation
Location Major
Issues/concern/suggestion Agreement reached Remarks
-- Chauduy (fin Villagers are against the project 182/130) Proposed road nidening if the widening is gomg b e
more than the limits what they were f ~ ~ e d to. Safety and proper care for
Sanitary conditions sanitation should be taken during the project implementation phase. Encroachment removal should be The market rote =ill be
Compensation at the market done after notification much in established by the revenue value advance and land owners should be department in consultation with
compensated with actual ratc of the community. land.
--
PeddasettipalliO<m Compensation The villagers are ashng €or Thc market rate \ d l be 179/000) compensation by market value established by the revenue
department in cor~sultanon with the community.
Religious structurcs Religious structures should not Enhancement proposals for
be disturbed. cffected suuctures will bc given in Environmental Management
Avenue plantation should be done Tree cutting during \ldening to build canopy and p-ecn tunncls
dong the road Traffic problems
1)etaded Project Report, Environmental Impact r\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 5 - 6
A- An&a Pzadesh Road Sector Project L'hc Louis%erger - Group, Inc. Feas~bility Study, D e s ~ g n and Detailed Engineering
Location Major Issues/concem/suggestion Agreement reached
Chapadu (h Asking for less wbide~ng In w-dlagca
Remarks
160/600) Remowd of road side business Remoral of road side squatters a The propused pcoject w i l l people reqlured and w i l l be resettled as per reqwre safe? planning
R&R Policy Drainage systcm Proper care should be taken
during the project construction
Cutting of old trees phase. Tree cutdng is a major issue and a comprehensive afforestation program and also Avenue ~lantation should be done to build canopy and green tunnels along the road.
5.4.2 District Level Consultation
The proposed environmental planning envisages District level consultation at two stages.
(i) Consultation with the officials of Revenue, Forests and line Department
(ii) Consultation with the PIIPs, elected representatives and other stakeholders
(i) Consultation with the District Officials: Consultation with officials of the District administration, APSHP as well as RDC key persons' are organized. Issues discussed in the meeting are regulatory clearances such as Permission of tree cutting, Land acquisition, issues related to 4(1) notification under LA act 1894, Utility shifting, planning for relocation site under APRRP 2005 etc.
(ii) Formal and structured Consultation with PAPS, elected representatives and District Administration: This consultation is indicative of successfulness of project, intervention measures required for the environmental management, steps to be followed for consent award etc. Issues raised during d a g e and hfandal level consultation will be dtscussed and endorsed, concerns of the people is gven due attention during the meetings, major bottlenecks of the project will also be addressed to the elected representatives to resolve at the Government level.
5.4.3 State Level Consultation
State level consultation was held at Kumool involving State Principle Secretary, Collector, Local R&B Engmeers, and iiPRDC officials along with the consultant. The prime concern of the State level consultation was to formahe procedure and mechanism of regulatory clearances, uthty shifting, land acquisition etc. various other issues are lscussed regularly with state level officers.
5.5 SPECIFIC INPUTS FROM CONSULTATION A N D SUGGESTED FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
5.5.1 Issues of Tree Cutting
hfydukuru - Jammalamadugu Road (Part of SH-57) is very typical because of green tunnel and proddaur town is very congested area. It is proposed to be four lane. While package I has simple widening has been resulted in less number of tree felling, in Package-I1 most of trees within ROW are being cut. Whde discussing strateges to save trees in these lund of stretches people suggested that many of trees are very old and 4 laning will have significant impact on roadside trees, thus requires comprehensive measures. During local level consultation, people also raised concern over tree felling in bypass stretches.
5.5.2 Compensatory Afforestation
As per provision of Andhra Pradesh Forest WALTA Act compensatory afforestation will be done in the ratio 1:2. Community during consultation has suggested to plant local species, which provide shelter to the people (Canopy buildmg trees) and fruit bearing trees.
Environment officer, RDO as special L.AO for APRSP, are key concern person of RDC.
P - - Dctailed Project Report, Environmmtal Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 5 - 7
? - # - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 1 hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty Study, Des~gn and Detalled Engneerlng
5.5.3 Implementation Framework
It is learnt during the consultation that with key stakeholders that general practice of afforestation is by Department of Forest through contractor involving Engmeer. The provision has mixed results. Recently GoAP has decided not involving contract with the private parties for such practices. Therefore the project proposes to award afforestation work directly to Department of Forest w th monitoring provision through APRDC. For t h s purpose h i s t r y of Works and hhnistry of Forest \vlll initiate MoU to activate operational mechanism of such procedure.
5.5.4 Monitoring Plan and Training
Information collected during environment (air quality, water quality and other parameters) survey and consultation suggests periodic monitoring plan should be gauged by considering specific but h t e d number of environmental parameters. Therefore, hionitoring strateges for the project should devise a specific plan. Training and capacity building component of envlroninental team should be part of consolidated training program of RDC and budgeted in training and institutional component of the project.
5.5.5 Cultural Properties Resources (CPRs) Enhancement
Regarding cultural properties enhancement, village community is willing to come forward to cooperate with RDC in the enhancement of religious properties. This is learnt from consultation that generally CPRs do not receive due attention during construction (as road construction is primary job of contractor), as a result actual enhancement do not take place. Therefore project authority should plan for alternative implementation arrangement or strengthen its periodic monitoring of physical and financial progress of such enhancement.
-- lletailcd Project Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 5 - 8
1 . Andhra Prade* Ro?d Sector Project . l'hc Louis Berger Group; Inc . Feas~bility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER . 6: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................. 2
6.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2
6.2 WITH .1 N D WITHOUT PROJECT L-V.TERNATIPES .............................................................................. 2
........................................................................................ 6.3 ANALYSIS O F ilLTERN-1TIVE ALIGNMENTS 3
. 6.3.1 Detailed Investigation -Peddasettipalli Bypass (Km 178.600 179.600), ..................................... 6
. ................................ 6.3.2 Detailed Investigation - Cudappah Stone Quarry (Km 183.300 187.500) 6
. .................................... 6.3.3 Detaded Investigation . Dhanvulapadu Bypass (Km 186.100 186.900) 8
LIST OF TABLES
Table 6.1. With' and Without' Project Scenario ................ .. ........................................................................................................ 2
Table 6.2. Comparison of Various Alternatives for Bypass ......................................................................................................... 3 . * 1 able 6.3. Environmental attributes along thc Pcddascttipalli bypass alignment ........................................................................ 6
l'ablc 6.4. Environmental Attributcs presents along the Bypass alignment, Potential Impact & Mitigation Proposed ........ 6
Table 6.5. 13nvironmcntal attributes along the Cudappah Stone Quarry alignment ................. .. ............................................. 7
....................... ......................................................................................... Table 6.6. Environmental attributes undcr impact .. 7 . . ........................................................ 1 able 6.7. Environmental Attributes presents- Potential Impact & Mitigation Proposed 7
Table 6.8. Environmental attributes along the Peddasettipalli bypass alignment ...................................................................... 8
......................................................................................................................... 'l'able 6.9. Environmental attributes under impact 8
...... l'able 6.10. Environmental Attributes presents along tllc Bypass alignment, Potential Impact & Mitigation Proposcd 8
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig . 6.1. Schematic Diagram showing various Bypass Alignments .............................................................................. 5
Fig . 6.2. Realignment at Kadapa Stone Quarry and Dhanvalapadu Village ............................................................. 7
. . P
Detded Project Report, Environmental Impact ilssessment & Environmental Management Plan 6 - 1
0 A n d h r a P r a d d h R o a d Sec to r P ro jec t I hc LOUIS Berger ~ r & p , Inc. Feasrb~llty Study, DCS&I and Deta~led Enpneerlng
CHAPTER - 6: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
6.1 GENERAL
Analysis of alternatives involves a thorough study of the possible future conditions in the project study of the possible future conditions in the project area in response to a set of alignment alternatives without the project or status quo condition.
6.2 WITH A N D WITHOUT PROJECT ALTERNATIVES
Development of transport infrastructural fachties in the project area will result in increased revenue generation from the agricultural industry, whch will lead to enhanced economic growth. The project area has a high incidence of road accidents. With the widening of the road, provision of a median and adoption of traffic calrmng and road safety measures, the accident rate may reduce. Keeping in view the site conditions and the scope of development of the area, the With' and Without' project scenarios have been compared as shown in Table 6.1. By looking at the table it can be concluded that 'With" project scenario with positive/beneficial impacts will vastly improve the environment and enhance social and economic development of the region compared to the 'Without" project scenario, whch lvill further deteriorate the present environmental setup and quality of life. Hence the '\VithY' project scenario with minor reversible impacts is an acceptable option than the 'Without" project scenario. The implementation of the project therefore will be definitely advantageous to achleve the all - round development of the economy and progress of the region.
Impacts on vegetation are expected during construction. Little increase in the pollution levels of the air is possible. Dust and particulate matter during construction will affect the air quality on a short-term basis. However, an important benefit whch is not represented in thls assessment will be major reduction in the SPM levels from vehicles using a surfaced road (with project scenario) in the budd condition, compared to a continued use of dusty unsurfaced/tracks (without project scenarios).
The minor impacts due to air, noise, vegetative cover and soil erosion wdl be remunerated by adopting appropriate mitigative measures such as roadside plantation, arboriculture & landscaping, compensatory afforestation, and providing underpasses and noise barriers.
Table 6.1: 'With' and 'Without' Project Scenario I Component I . "With" Project Scenario " Without" Project Scenario
Carriagcway
relieve congestion within town as through traffic will not enter. Hence, locd traffic w d get greater speed within the towns.
Footways has becn b d t on both sidcs of all the urban sections. l'raffic calming measures have
The width of the carriageway of all thc sections will be increased to four-lane divided carriageway
The widening of existing hlghway and construction of Peddasettipalli Bypass (Km 178.600 - 179.600), Cudappah Stone Quarry (Km 183.300 - 187.500) and Ilhanvulapadu Bypass (Km 186.100 - 186.900) will greatly
traffic.
There is high incidence of accidents in all of the secnone of the project
Road Safety
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact hsscssment B: Environmental hlanagcment Plan 6 - 2
Two-lane existing highway with poor geometrics and congested.
Congcstion in, Peddasettipdli Cudappah Stone Quarry and Dhanvulapadu town due to mixing of local, pedestrian and through
~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l
Quality
been proposed in major villages and towns. Road signs and road markings to be provided at appropriate locations. Zebra crossinRs have been
Road due to excessive speeds in congested areas and overtakmg on undvided road sections.
marked at busy crossing points.
The widening of existing 2lane PR and the proposed bypasses will improve environmental quality withn the villages and towns due to lowered pollution levels and relicving of
Poor due to congestion and high emission levels because of slow movement of traffic, A
A n d h r a P r a d e s h R o a d %$or Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~brllry Study, Des~gn and Dera~led ~ n & e e n n ~
-
Component
Economic peoplc will be employed during construction of l'he economy will remain static. 1 Developmcnt the project road. Rettcr transport facilities will
Better rI'ransportation
Faclties
1 ( lead to access to new employment centcrs. 1 1
I congestion. I dctcrioration is cxpccted due to
. "With" Project Scenario "
Higher potential for development in this regon Development activities wdl be Development
duc to improvement in acccss and consequent greatly hampered by thc inadequacy potentials incrcase in connectivity of connectivity.
Without" Project Scenario
I There will be incrcascd access to markets. Local
Short tcrm increase In dust and noise levels during construcuon activities.
Lesser timc and fuel consumption for easy and fast movement through thc major towns and d a g c s . Better iiccess to markets ---
6.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE ALIGNMENTS
incrcasc in traffic volumcs and further congcstion within the towns.
Incrcased vehicle operating costs
due to reduced speeds
At three location, project road passes through congested areas-
> Peddasettipah Bypass (Krn 178.600 - 179.600),
9 Cudappah Stone Quarry (Krn 183.300 - 187.500) and
9 Dhanvulapadu Bypass (Krn 186.100 - 186.900)
Pedasettipalli: Around 1000m length, frorn krn 178/600 to krn 179/600, project road passes through very congested areas of PedasettypalLi vlllage. There are three reverse curves in this segment. The ROW varies frorn 8m to 12m. The houses are abutting the roadway and location to prone to accidents. The entire village is situated on the south of the project road; on the northern side there are four-five houses in scattered form.
The choice of widening options depend to large extents on site constraint and construction methodology. It has been endeavour of consultant to propose widening option keeping in view the following key factors:
Minimising interference with religious structures such as temples, Mosques, churches, Crematories, Mazar etc.
Minimum impact on residential and commercial property abutting the corridor
Land use and availability of land.
Optimum utllisation of existing pavement and ROW at location of curve improvement
Drainage consideration
Construction problems
Least disturbance to traffic during construction
Minimum impact on the environment.
The tabular comparison and schematic diagram of option study for bypass of Pedasettypah village is elaborated in Table 6.2 and figure 6.1 respectively.
-- - P
Detadcd Project Report, Environmental Impact ;\sscssment & Environmental Management Plan 6 - 3
Table 6.2: Comparison of Various Alternatives for Bypass Remarks
hlt3 is superior to achieve bettcr technical and road safety aspccts.
I tem ~ t . - 1 AI~. - 2 I AI~. - 3
Description of IXlong the existing alternatives I alignment.
New alignment on / New alignment on south (Left) i north Wght)
1 Andhrax radesh Road Sector Project L hc Louis ~ e r g e r Group, Inc. Feasrb~l~w Study, ~ e s l ~ n and Detalled Engmeecmg -
Item Ah.- 1 A1t.- 2 Alt.- 3 Remarks
'l'otal 1 ,ength km
I'ublic Demanded for consultation 1 Bypass acquisition
:Alt 2 civil cost is high comparcd Civil Cost Rs. 1.5 Crore I lis. 7.0 Crore Rs. 2.5 Crore
I with alt 3. l'nontlzation/ 3 1 ~ pnority Znd pnonty 1.I prionty
Conclusion
The above comparison was discussed with Managing Director and other officials of APRDC during site inspection on 1 2 t h May 2007 and it was concluded that Alternative-2, new alignment on RHS (north side of Pedasettyapalli village), would be proposed for the Project.
- - Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & I<nvuonmental Managcment Plan 6 - 4
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Tllc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Fclribllity Study, Dcrlgn ~ n d Dcrrilcd f nginccring
Fig. 6.1: Schematic Diagram showing various Bypass Alignments
A Andhra gradesh Road Sector Project I he Louis ~ e r g e r Group, Inc. Feaslbllltv Study, ~ G s l ~ n and Detaled Engrneenng
-
Based o n the preliminary examination, it has been found that Alternative -2, new alignment o n LHS would be the most suitable and long lasting proposal to provide a smooth and hurdle free movement to the through traffic.
6.3.1 Detailed Investigation -Peddasettipalli Bypass (Km 178.600 - 179.600),
The approved alignment follows through the left hand side of existing alignment. 'There is no apparent advantage to follow this bypass alignment along this road, but is the most suitable option available, as other options are e k a t e d / m o r e problematic.
The environmental attributes within the corridor of impact (45m wide) is presented below.
Table 6.3: Environmental attributes a l o n ~ the Peddasetti~alli bv~as s ali~nment SR. Nn
Description Unit Quantity Remarks -
1 Ixngth of alignment m ?(KX) hlore than erisang alignment by 5 h .
Public consultation has been organised to know the mindset of the people about the bypass alignment. Details covered in Chapter 5: Stakeholder consultation.
Table 6.4: Environmental Attributes presents along the Bypass alignment, Potential Im~ac t & Mitipation Pro~osed
-
SR. No. Descnptlon Unlt Quantlty Mlhgatlon Measures and Budget~ng
J NGO wd be hlred for tnformatton da5emmat1on J PAP \\dl be lnformcd 4 month ln adrarice Utmost care has becn gnen In aroidlng antr loss to structurc5, as many rehgour structures eusts along the
- - - - - . - - -- corndor 4 Ccmctcrt Numbcry 1 Km 179 005 ~ - 5 T n d e r d&ct ~ m ~ a c F d bc relocated
6.3.2 Detailed Investigation - Cudappah Stone Quarry (Km 183.300 - 187.500)
Kadapa Stone Ouarty & Dhanvalapadu village Realignment: The PR road is passlng through Kadapa stone quarry area between km 183/500 to krn 184/500. There is deep excavation on both sides of existing road right, abutting to outer edge of shoulders. The widening of road to four lane, whether concentric or eccentric, would necessitate construction of retaining wall of more than 15m height; s t d l it would be a accident prone area. The Consultants explored the possibihty to provide realignment on LHS/RHS of project road. On RHS, realignment is considered more appropriate due to Penneru River on LHS. This realignment wll also bypass the Dhanvalapadu village for Mydukur bound traffic. small realignment will be proposed on LHS of Dhanvalapadu village for Jammalmadugu bound traffic. The proposed realignment is shown in Fig. 6.2.
Detadcd Project Report, Volume-\'II:Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 6 - 6
- Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasrb~l~ty Study, Desrgn and Deta~led Enpneermg
Fig. 6.2: Realignment at Kadapa Stone Quarry and Dhanvalapadu Village
The approved alignment follows through the h g h t hand side of existing ahgnment. The existing alignment is straight and in good condition but owing to limited width the proposed new 2 lane will be following the periphery of the quarry on right hand side of existing alignment. This way the existing alignment d serve as one way for traffic from hfydukuru to Jammalamadugu and new proposed realignment d be used by traffic plylng from Jammalamadugu to bfydukuru. There is no apparent advantage to segregate the traffic but land acquisition is a big problem and refilling the site is not safe.
The environmental attributes within the corridor of impact (30m wide) is presented below.
Table 6.5: Environmental attributes along the Cudappah Stone Quarry alignment SR. No.
Descnpt~on Unrt Quant~ty Remarks
More than ex1
Public consultation has been organised to know the mindset of the people about the alignment. Details 'covered in Chapter 5: Stakeholder consultation. The environmental features under impact due to the proposed 2 lane alignment are presented in table below
hfitigation measures has been proposed for the impacted features below
Table 6.7: Environmental Attributes presents- Potential Impact & Mitigation Proposed
- - - Detailed Project Report, Volume-\'II.linvlronmental Impact Assessment & Env~onmental hfanagement Plan 6 - 7
4 Thc Louis Berger Group, I&. --
SR. Descnptlon Unlt Quantlty Mlt~ganon Measures and Budget~ng No.
1 Ixngth of ahg~mcnt m 4600 hforc than ~\l\ t lng allqmcnt br 700m
2 ].and \cqulr~non ha 13 80 J I'ubhc ( on\ultatlon J N(;O \\dl be hlred for lnformaixon dtsaenunatlon J P.\P \\dl bc mfomed 4 month m adxance
Nc I of trees No s 3 A\cnue plantat~on - -
4 Electr~c pole Numbers 1 Wdl bc rcl<)carcd as per u&ty shlfbng Plan.
6.3.3 Detailed Investigation - Dhanvulapadu Bypass (Krn 186.100 - 186.900)
Around 800m length, from krn 186/100 to krn 1861900, project road passes through very congested areas of Dhanvulapadu vdage. There are two reverse curves in this sekment. The ROW varies from 10m to 12m. The houses are abutting the roadway and location to prone to accidents. The approved alignment follows through the left hand side of existing alignment. There is no apparent advantage to follow this bypass alignment along this road, but is the most suitable option available, as other options are ehinated/more problematic.
The environmental attributes within the corridor of impact (45m wlde) is presented below.
Table 6.8: Environmental attributes along the Peddasettipalli bypass alignment SR. Descript~on Umt Quantity Remarks No.
1 Ixngth of ahgnment m 1000 hlore than cushng ahgnrnent by l O h -
2 Land Acquts~oon I Ia 3 0 FIcctarc at 3Orn wde land wdth to bEcquFcd -
3 Structures No s 0 No cr~rnmerc~al, rcs~dentlal structure eust
1 from 186 140R I1 S to\rards 186 075 2from18680ClonRIIS tn\\ardsLHSat lX6900
5 Nu of trera Deta~ls ~7 I xble
At Km 183 115 &At h i 1
7 I'ond No s 1 km 186 560 to 186 61 0
Public consultation has been organized to know the mindset of the people about the bypass alignment. Details covered in Chapter 5: Stakeholder consultation. The environmental features under impact due to the proposed 4 lane alignment are presented in table below
Table 6.9: Environmental attributes under impact
Table 6.10: Environmental Attributes presents along the Bypass alignment, Potential Impact
9
10
I I
& Mitigation ~ r & o s e d SR.
Description Unit Quantity Mitigation Measures and Budgeting No.
1 Length of alignment m 1000 hlore than csisting aljgnment by 700m
Mitigation
Cross Dramage Structure is provided
Avenue Plantation
2 I and Acquls~uon Ha 3 0 J Pubhc Consultat~on J N C O \vdl be htred for Informahon d~ssenunahon J PAP \\dl be mfomed 4 month!! advance Small Canal IS crokslng at 2 locations, adequate cross dranagc structures har bccn prort on c\lshng dramagc netyo& Axenue planlation
Type of Impact
Dircct
Direct
186.130
5 Electnc pole Numbcrs 1 W d be relocated as per u&h shlft~ng Plan
Environmental Present On 1 Attribute S.No
-
6 Pond
Dist. From Chainage 1 Proposed C L
3.7
- I>cta~lcd Project Rcport, Volumc-V1I:E:nvironmcntal Impact llssessment & Environmental Management Plan 6 - 8
7
8
Canal Crossing (from R.H.S xt 186.140 towards I..€1.S at 186.075)
186.110 / C h CL I On CI, I TreeiTI)
RH.S
Indircct
Direct
186.580
Trecpl )
D r a l n ~ e Structure is nrovidtv4
Canal Cross~ng (from 186.800 on R.1I.S towards L.H.S xt 186.900)
R.H.S 22.400 Pond
Direct Avenue Plantation
A - . I'hc Louis Bereer Group, Inc.
A - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
--- - - - - Detailed I'roject Report, Volume-V1I:Envlronmcntal Impact i\sscssment & Environmental hlanagemcnt Plan 6 - 9
I " Andhra Pradesh Road Sector &ject The Louis Berger Group. Inc . Feaslbll~ty Study. D e s ~ g n and Detalled Engineen%
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 7: PROJECT IMPACTS AND ISSUES ............................................................................ 3
............................................................................................................... 7.1 PROJECT IhpXCTS . \ N D ISSUES 3
...................................................................................................................... 7.2 PROJECT INTERTTENTION 4
................................................................................................................................. 7.2.1 Land ,I cquisition 5
.............................................................................. 7.2.2 Removal of Pavement & Road Side Structures 6
................................................................................................. 7.2.3 Removal of Trees and Vegetation 7 . .
7.2.4 Extraction of material for Construction Xcllvlty ....................................................................... 7
7.2.5 lachinery and plant for Construction Activity .............................................................................. 8 . .
7.2.6 h'fanpower for Construction Actlvlty ........................................................................................... 8
.............................................................................................................. 7.3 AIR ET\JVIRONLIENT- IhPACTS 9
................................................................................................... 7.3.1 h l e t e ~ r o l o ~ c a l factors and climate 9 . . ..................................................................................................................... 7.3.2 Air quality - emlsslons 9
..................................................................................................... 7.4 U N D EN\'IRONMENT - IhPACTS 10
..................................................................................................................... 7.4.1 Impact on Topography 10
...................................................................................................................... 7.4.2 Impact on Geology 10
.................................................................................................................... 7.4.3 Impact on Seismology 11
................................................................................................................................. 7.4.4 Impact on Land 11 . .
...................................................................................................................... 7.4.5 Contammation of Soil 12
..................................................................................................... 7.5 LVATER EN\'IRONICIENT -IMPACTS 13
...................................................................................................................... 7.5.1 Loss of Water Bodles 13
7.5.2 Alteration of Cross Drainage ........................................................................................................... 15
....................................................................................................................... 7.5.3 Run-off and Drainage 15
7.5.4 Water requirement for project ......................................................................................................... 16
7.5.5 Water Quality .................................................................................................................................. 16
7.6 NOISE ENVIRONh. E N T - Ih. P A I C T ......................................................................................................... 17
7.7 FLORX AND FAUNA - IbPL4CT ................................................................................................................ 19
7.7.1 Forest Llrea ....................................................................................................................................... 19
........................................................................................................................................ 7.7.2 Wild Ltfe 19
7.7.3 Tree Cutting ................................................................................................................................... 19
7.7.4 Removal of Vegetation ..................................................................................................................... 19
7.7.5 Cattle Grazing .................................................................................................................................... 20
7.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT-Ih. fPXCTS ............................................................................ 20
7.8.1 Fear of uncertainties regardmg future ............................................................................................ 20
7.8.2 Inducement of Land Prices .............................................................................................................. 21
7.8.3 Inducement of Squatter Influx .................................................................................................. 2 1 . . . . .
7.8.4 Loss of uthties and amemties ....................................................................................................... 21
. " . Iletailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 1
A 7. An$hra Pradesh Road Sector Project
1 be LOUIS Berger Group. Inc . Feaslbill-ty Sfudy. Des~gn and Detalled Enpneering
7.8.5 Public health and safety ........................................... ... ............................................................... 21
7.8.6 Resettlement of People ..................................................................................................................... 22
7.8.7 Land Use Changes ........................ .... ............................................................................................ 22
......................................................................................... 7.8.8 Disturbance to the Road side SeMces 22
7.8.9 Removal of encroachments and squatters .................................................................................... 22
7.8.10 Sensitive Cultural Properties .......................................................................................................... 23
7.9 BUS SHELTER, BUS BAYS, TRUCK LAY BYES, RESTING P L i C E AND SERVICE ............................................................................................................................................................. ROAD 25
LIST-OF TABLES Table 7.1 : General Impacts on Natural Environment .............................................................................................. 3
Table 7.2. General Impact on Social and Cultural Environment ............................................................................. 4 . . .
Table 7.4 Land Acqulsttton Details ............................................................................................................................... 5
Table 7.5X. Removal of Structures and Pavement .................................................................................................... 6
Table 7.5B. Removal of Roadside Structures (Residential/Commercial) .............................. ... ...................... 6
Table 7.6. Clearing and Grubbing & Tree Felling ........................ .. .......................................................................... 7
Table 7.7. Construction Material Requirement .............. .. ......................................................................................... 8
Table 7.8. Construction Machinery ............................................................................................................................. 8 . .
Table 7.9. Manpower for Construction Actlvlty ............. ... ..................................................................................... 8 . .
Table 7.10. List of Embankment Rasing Sections ..................................................................................................... 10 . . .
........................................................... Table 7.1 1: Impacts on Water Resources due to Construction , \ctlvltles 13
Table 7.12X. Impact on surface Water Bo&es/Public Uthties .............................................................................. 13
..................................................................................................... Table 7.12B. Impacts on Ground Water Bodies 13
Table 7.13. Bridges reconstruction ......... .. ................................................................................................................. 15
Table 7.14. Requirement of Water for Proposed Construction Works ............................................................... 16
....................................................................................................................... Table 7.1 5: Source of noise pollution 17
Table 7.16. Sensitive Receptors with respect to Noise Pollution ....................................................................... 18
Table 7.1 7: Impacts on flora & fauna due To Construction Actitlties ................................................................ 19
Table 7.1 8: Impact on Social and Cultural Environment ......................................................................................... 20
..................................................................................................... Table 7.19. List of Sensitive Cultural Properties 23
Table 7.20. List of Bus shelters .............................................................................................................................. 2 5
LIST OF FIGURES Fig 7.1. Seismic Map of Andhra Pradesh .................................................................................................................... 11
. p- . I)ctaded Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 2
I . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project & Feaslblllty Study, Des~gn and Detalled Engrneerlng The Louis Berger Group, Inc.
CHAPTER 7: PROJECT IMPACTS AND ISSUES
7.1 PROJECT IMPACTS AND ISSUES
Previous chapters of this report have dealt about-proposed improvement and existing environmental condition. Following sections summarizes impact of proposed improvement on existing environment. As mentioned in earlier section the improvement proposal envisages 2-lane roads with paved/earthen shoulder as a result duect impact zone up to towline is in the range of 12-16 meters of corridors and magnitude of indirect impact varies depending upon location of environmental receptors and type of impact. The planning of proposed project intervention point towards the impacts in the pre construction, the construction stages and the operation stage. The subsequent sections deal with the prediction of impacts due to the project on the natural environment and socio & cultural environment.
Tables 7.1 & 7.2 below presents the general environmental impacts expected due to the proposed upgradation of the project road. Impacts have been assessed based on the information collected from the screening & scoping of environmental attributes at feasibihty stage. The quanta of all the impacts on Natural Environment are discussed in details in subsequent paragraphs.
Table 7.1 : General Impacts o n Natural Environment
Consrruchon Phase Road Opcra- oFoperation o
(labour operation
Dust gen- buFFcnng of crahon a r and nolse Duqt gfncrahon
Asphalr Nolae, dust, Odour 1 No~se , dust, h r
dunng dls- pouuhon, odour polluhon odour' poUuhon dusr' q r n o ~ c pdluhon 'lthcr pnUuoon manhng blotter, dner
Eroslon and , Contamna- Cont: Loss of ,.
Land
drandgc C o n t m - Spd Cr~ntam- ofpound Conramma- Loss of Sllrahon Slltahon due Break ln cona- Reduction by as- nahon nahon b) Fuel, Increased con-
Water nater due to to loose n u q o fd~ tches \Later re-
hon by fuel from lubr~cants and t m n a t i o n of bourccs loose earth earth Sdtat~on, charge area and lubncanrs :Zephge x~astcs nashmg of te- p u n d water
S t w a n t \~a te r 0% emsc h~cles
Flora
Fauna
Besides, above-mentioned impact on natural environment there will be socio-economic impacts due to disruptions on the social and economic interactions of communities. This lnvolves effect on both the adjacent communities (mostly direct) as well as the nearby communities (mostly indirect). The various impacts have been detded as:
General impacts that apply to the entire Project Influence Area (PIl\),
Iletailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 3
d Andhra P r a d e ~ h Road Sector Project I he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty Study, Desrgn aid Deta~led Enpneenng
Specific impacts on ltkely properties and P-IPS, within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) of the Project Road.
For investigation/monitoring purpose the study area has been defined as under.
> Corridor of Impact, CoI: is the 20m wide strip on either side, beyond fight of Way, ROW.
> Project Influence Area, PI;\: is the 10km area on either side along the alignment.
> Project District, PD: is/are the dtstrict/&stricts through whch project road is passing.
Table 7.2: General Impact o n Social and Cultural Environment
Construction Phase
-7.2 PROJECT INTERVENTION
The project intervention necessitate/demand the involvement of followkg resources, having major direct and indirect impact
Land acquisition for widening and geometric improvement.
Dismantling of few roadside residential and commercial structures (mostly encroachments) for proposed improvements.
Clearing and grubbing of vegetation & felling of existing tree for construction activity and road safety.
- 1)etaded Project Keport, Environmental Impact r\sscssment & linvuonmental Management Plan 7 - 4
4 , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project , ~4 - ~~
Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering -
'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc.
In addition project road upgradation will require 3hI i.e. man, material and machinery for execution of construction Work.
Construction work involves large number of manpower (both local and migrated, contractor stafg.
Construction material includes Borrow Earth, coarse and fine aggregated and water
Construction machinery includes Crusher Plant, BT plant, Batching Plant and Pavers, Graders, road rollers and dumpers etc.
The provisional quantification of each of the above mention resources, required for project intenrention, is tabulated in Table 7.3 below.
Table 7.3: Potential Impacts and Requirement of Man, Materials & Machinery
Sr. Description Unit Quantity Remarks
No.
1 Land Acquisition I-la 44.69 Moderate Imuact Dismantling of
2 Structures
Nos. 124 Residcndal/Commercial/both
3 Removal of trees Nos. 815 'Sotal Es~stine trees 1163
4 Removal of veeetation Ha 98
Man, Material and Machinery Requirement for Construction Activity
5 I ,abour Nos. 80 Total No.s of man days di\.idcd by time allottcd for construction activity ~
6 Operators and drivers 30 Total Machinery worlung tlme di\~dcd by
Nos -- - Ahours of operator w o r h g -- . -
7 Semi skilled labour- mate/ sunemisor
Nos 10 One mate/supcn.isor over 8 labours
8 Officen/incharec Nos. 30
9 Borrow Earth 184728 Requirement for embankment, subgrade
cum sho111dr.r ~ t r
10 Fine Agmegatc/Sand cum 76392 Concrete works. screenine mavenal and in GSH
11 Coarse Aggregatc/hletal cum 432889 Whihf, GSB, concrete and B'S works ~ - . - 12 Water K~lolitrc 174330 .All construction activities and for worker use.
13 Crusher Plant/B'I' plant/
Nos. 1 each Based on the project requirement, capacity mill
Hatching Plant be judged. 14 Parers, Grader, Nos. 2 each
15 Dumpers Nos. 30
Consultant during the design process made desperate endeavor to minimize the impact and use of resources,
7.2.1 Land Acquisition
The proposed project is generally having 30 meter ROW that is sufficient for improvement of the roads. Only at two locations where geometq is too poor to accommodate four lane road with minimum design standard Ll has been proposed. These LA are to be done from open land and barren land. No forestland or built-up structure (private) needs to be acquired for the project. Table7.4 below presents the chainage wise details of land acquisition required for the project road.
Table 7.4 Land Acquisition Details
-~ idco, ing'~Junct ion Wapis,ide amenities Tbd .: imprb:Wment. . ' ".'&.~ee&dement site. ' .
Mydukum - Jammalamadugu
I 6 24.69 4 44.69
P
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 7 - 5
4- - Andhra Pradesh Road S e p r Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~billty Study, Deslgn and Deralled EGneermg
Since land acquisition is only 6.0 hectares (minimal), hence no major impact due to land acquisition is envisaged.
Refer Appendix 7. lfor details of~.e~lement/village u/l~.e land acquz~ition.
> As far as possible the proposed alignment follows the existing ahgnment, with concentric widening.
9 The land acquisition will be restricted to bare minimum required
> Provision of protection works like retaining/toe wall is kept to confine the embankment with in ROW /minimizing the width to be acquires.
Removal of Pavement & Road Side Structures
Table 7.5A presents the details of pavement scarification and cross drainage structures to be removed/ reconstructed for the upgradation of the project road. Strategies have been adopted for the reuse of these materials so that impact of disposal of these materials could be minimized, as follows
9 The excavated bituminous material from the PR will be used in paving of the grave village roads.
9 The pavement crust excavated (WBhl/\Yhihl) will be made to be reuse in the PR crust formation.
9 The boulders obtained from dsmantling of the masonry work will be dressed to reuse.
9 Dismantled RCC structure will be crushed to adequate size to be used in village road as gravel.
9 Hume pipes have lirmtation of its re-use because of its f~xed diameter and suitabhty to specific conditions. Also most of the time they are not amendable.
Table 7.5A: Removal of Structures and Pavement
Sr. No.
Item
-
Quantity Unit
PKGI PKGII TOTAL
Remark -
5 Hume Pipes m 390 230 620 To be safely disposed
Unlike sustainable use of pavement and sub grade materials, roadside dwelling and business unit would also be impacted and their impacted may not be transformed rather need mitigation measures. Engineering Design team in consultation with environmental and social team has minimized/ restricted land width in contiguous built-up areas. Even after such engineering efforts some of this residential and business unit required to be dsmantled bartially or fully). Table 7.5 provides total built-up area and number of structure affected. The impact is not considered very h ~ g h because these structures are in the form of katchha, kiosks or semi-permanent. (For detad analysis of impact please refer Social 2~ssessment Report)
Table 7.5B: Removal of Roadside Structures (Residential/Commercial)
Viswanad~apuram 156+030 156+390 5 1 6 12
I'ulla Reddy Nagar 157+160 157+345 1 2 3 6
Chapadu - 160+600 162+370 2 12 11 25
Palla\.olu 162+250 162+900 23 1 - 26 3
MuIar.ari palli 168+140 168+975 19 3 3 1 26
- - l>etailed I'roject Report, Environmental Impact :\ssessmcnt & txnvironmental Management Plan 7 - 6
9 Andh* Pradesh Road Sector Project i hc Louis ~ e r ~ e r Group, Inc. Feas~blllty Study;Deslgn and Deta~led Engineer~ng
Ixadharbath 169+625 169+910 3 9 4 I4 30
I .~ngapuram 170+190 171+545 5 5 2 4 16
Kothapall~ 172+000 172+500 1 1
Ho)jalaran Pah 177+500 178+000 1 1
Sankarapuram 181 +OOO 182+000 1 1 2
Cholvduru 182+130 182+720 15 3 2 1 21
Total 74 22 28 42 166 Note: the assessment is based on prelimina~ ~ u r u y , m q change in final assessment ReJerAppendix 7.1Jor details o f setlement/village wise structures to be removed.
Strateges have been adopted for the reuse of these materials so that impact of Qsposal of these materials could be minimized, as follows:
9 Dismantled RCC structure d be crushed to adequate size to be used in d a g e road as gravel.
9 Bricks in full will be gven/taken by the dwellers or will be paved in footpath and the broken/fine bricks will be used as screening material in vdage roads.
7.2.3 Removal of Trees and Vegetation
Tables 7.6 below present the detds of trees and vegetation to be removed for the upgradation, widening and geometric improvement of the project road. Tree up to towline is to be felled. Cases to case basis felling of trees will be considered for those trees, which are found at the embankment of slope of carriageway. About 815 (372 LHS and 443 RHS) required to be uprooted because of project improvement. However to have smooth operation of construction machineries, two plant site and diversion about 98 ha vegetation to be removed and 5 ha adQtional temporary LA is to be done.
P The road alignment has been adjusted to minimize tree felling.
P As part of the effort it is also considered to remove tree up to toe line only.
Alignment has been adjusted to save the Green Tunnel as well.
9 In case of both side trees not having sufficient clear distance, one side trees has been saved.
P Clearing and grubbing restricted to the construction land width and in no case exceeding toe h e .
Providmg the embankment slopes with top soil for re-vegetation, immediately after completion of construction work in that section.
Table 7.6: Clearing and Grubbing & Tree Felling
Sr. Vegetation to be removed (Hectares) Location
No. Reason for removal of Vegetation PKGI PKGII TOTAL
1 rllong project road 46.0 Clearing and grubbing for construction ~ r t ; m m
7.2.4 Extraction of material for Construction Activity
Table 7.7 below presents the details of construction matenal required for project road upgradation. The queries for these aggregates and borrow earth are locally available hence NO sipficant Qrect impact is envisaged, however strict guidelines has been prepared minimize the adverse impact; some of these guidelines are as follows.
9 Top soil d be excavated and preserved and reapplied for vegetation growth
> The contractor shall prepare redevelopment plan for the quarry site and get it approved by the EMU, before the commencement of any quarry activity.
- - - Llctailed Projcct Report, Environmental Impact Assessment Pc Environmental Management Plan 7 - 7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector . I he Louis Berger Group, Inc. ~- ~ Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed
3 Contractor will be responsible for adhering to the condition laid by the Director of Geology and 2rLining at the time of issue of quarrying permit or quarrying lease.
3 The contractor shall restore all haul roads to their origmal state.
3 Contractor will be responsible for enforcing all safety measures/guidelines detailed time to time by EMU.
Table 7.7: Construction Material Requirement
Sr. Construction Quantity Unit Reason No. Material PKGI PKGII TOTAL
1 cum 94268 90460 184728 Embankment, Subgrade & Borrow Earth
2 Fine Aggregate cum 30405 45987 76392 Screemng hlatenal, concrenng Whfhl, Biturnnous work, 3 Coarse Aggregate cum 3 72293 260596 432889
concrete 4 Water Kilolitre 50290 124040 174330 Civll Works
7.2.5 Machinery and plant for Construction Activity
Table 7.8 below present the quantum of vehlcles & machmery required for project intervention and their influence area. These machineries will have its bearing on su r rounhg environment especially on air quality subject to emission level of machinery and Noise Environment, however strict guideline has been prepared to minimize the adverse impact, some of these guideltnes are as follows:
3 Construction equipment and Alachineries deployed for construction will be regularly maintained and not older than 3 years.
3 Vehicles/ equipment w d be regularly subjected for emission tests and will have valid "Pollution under Control" certificate.
3 ,111 vehicles deployed for material haulage d l be spdl proof.
9 Water tankers with suitable sprinkling system will be deployed along the haulage road and in the work site.
Table 7.8: Construction Machinery
Sr. No. Construction Machinery Quantity (nos) Influence area
1 Dumpers 30 Quarry approach and Pro~ect road
2 Excavators --
3 Road Rollers
7.2.6 Manpower for Construction Activity
Table 7.9 below presents the number of laborers required for the construction activity.
3 Contractor wdl be encouraged for hiring/ engaging more and more local labors
9 Contractor is responsible to adhere to the safety measures indicated in the Appendiv 8.6 Safety Measures during Construction activity.
Contractor is responsible to ensure proper medcal, hygiene, Sanitation and shelter fachties.
3 Contractor will encourage/ facihtate HIVIAIDS prevention awareness programs in construction Camp.
Table 7.9: Manpower for Construction Activity
- - - - Detailed Project Keport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 8
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector ~rojec* The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasnbrllty Study, Design and Detalled Engineertng
'
Sr. Number of labor involved Construction Activity
No. Local People Contractor's
In total 140no.s of contractor's staff and labor d be shifted/ deputed on the project comdor.
7.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT- IMPACTS
Motor vehicles have emerged as one of the major sources of air pollution especially in urban areas. Due to the proposed road improvements aimed at enhancing the efficiency of road transport system the number of vehicles on these roads d be increased over time, so impacts on ambient air environment may be significant, which needs detailed analysis.
7.3.1 Meteorological factors and climate
Due to the construction and operation of the project no impacts are expected to contribute to the micro-climatic and meteorological conditions of the Project affected regon. The project will have a comprehensive afforestation programme and avenue plantation that includes shrub plantation in the medtan and ROW edge. T h s could provide shade and canopy to larger areas. This could reverse if any minor or negligble impacts do exists due to the widening of the project road.
7.3.2 Air quality - emissions
Preconstruction Stage: The preconstrucdon stage activities include site clearance, shifting of uthties, removal of trees present in the comdor of impact, transportation of man and material, construction of accommodations, construction of stock yards, installation of construction plants and construction of office buildmgs. Dust generation during such activities would be the predominant polluting activity during pre-construction stage and particularly so if pre-construction tasks are performed during dry weather.
The impacts due to the pre construction activity are temporary and location specific and the width of the impacts is limited. Impacts at the pre construction stage are temporary as these are lacalised and fugtive in nature.
Construction Stage: During the construction stage the most predominant air pollutant would be particulate matter along with various other gaseous pollutants like oxides of nitrogen, carbon monoxide, sulphur dioxide and carbon based emissions from the hot mix plants.
The air pollution during the construction phase may be considerable locally, particularly near the working zones, construction plant sites, quarries and from construction machnery and construction vehicles. The list of activities which generate air pollutants are:
Dust generation from the construction zone during different stages of the construction such as clearing and grubbing, materials dumping, drying of materials, brushmg of the surface etc.,
Dust generation from the access roads to the soil borrow-areas, aggregate quarries construction plants and construction camp sites.
Operation of the construction plants such as hot mix plants, Crushers, VC%fAf plants and Concrete Batchmg Plants.
Material storage, transportation and handltng (loading/ unloading) of different construction materials such as sand, earth from borrow pits and aggregates.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 9
- - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, D e s ~ g n and Deta~led Engmeenng
Asphalt odor during paving of asphalt layers.
Odor and smoke from construction labor camp
Operational Stage: During the operational stage air pollutant will be from vehcular movements on road.
The severity of impact of gaseous pollutants due to vehicles plying on the highway at any p e n time will depend upon the traffic volume, emission rates of auto exhausted pollutants and prevailing metrological condition within the project corridor. The compliance with future statuary regulatory requirements with respect to emission limits, auto technology, and vehicular fuel quality would minimize any negative public health impacts.
7.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT - IMPACTS
7.4.1 Impact o n Topography
The design has not suggested any substantial change in the height of the embankments of the road except to raise in flood prone areas. These are where the blidges have to be raised. The overall topography of the area is not going to alter due to these minor changes rather there will be some positive impacts as follows
9 Raising of embankment leads to N O submergence areas, for round the year connectivity
> More drainage structure will ease/improve the hydrology of the area, relieve the floodng situation.
> Vertical geometrics improvement leads to better sight distance, safer transportation.
9 Junction design/improvement for better and efficient traffic movement.
List of embankment raising sections is presented in Table 7.10. (embankment raising is >0.5m)
Table 7.10: List of Embankment Raising Sections
Height Emb. I Raising (m) Reason for raising
1.
2.
3.
Length of Emb. Raising (m)
Sr. No.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Chainage
From I To
4.100
10.050
11.950
9.
10.
11.
7.4.2 Impact o n Geology
12.650 --- 17.100
20.500
27.850
29.150
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Lkely impact on the geological resources will occur from the extraction of materials (borrow of earth, granular sub base and aggregates for base courses and bridges). The boulders will be procured from the authorized suppliers and prevalent rules will be followed for borrowing of soil, sand and aggregates. Hence, the impact on general geology of the region is insignificant. At the construction sites, no blasting is proposed; therefore, there will be no added impact on the geology of the area.
4.650
10.450
12.300
44.100
46.300
47.500
Detadcd Project Rcport. Environmental Impact Assessment & Lnvuonmental Management Plan 7 - 10
16.300 3650 1 .O Bypass, viaduct
17.450 1 .O
(Hekht of Raising > O.5m)
50.500
53.100
63.050
64.100
67.850
550
300
350
20.750
28.400
29.400
44.850
46.750
47.750
51.000
53.450
63.350
64.450
68.150
0.8
0.8
0.8
250
550
250
750
450
250
Vertical improvement
Bridge
Vertical improvement
500
350
300
350
300
1.0
1 .O
0.7
1.1
1.1
0.7
Bridge
Bridge
Vertical improvement
Bridges
Bridges
Vertical impro\mnent
1 .O
0.5
Bndge
Vertical improvement
1.1
0.8
0.7
Vertical improvemcnt
Vertical impro\.ement
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bll~ty Smdy, Des~gn and Detalled Enpneer~ng
Impact o n Seismology
The construction and operation of the project road will not lead to any adverse impact on seismology settings of the regional environment. On the contrary, the seism~c events that could occur on the region could damage the road and structures if not constructed as per the specification recommended for the seismic zone. Present upgradation will incorporate both, existing structures d be checked & complied and new structures d be designed earth quake resistant. Project road falls under ZONE I1 as per seismic map.
D I S T R I C T B O U N D A R Y
S T A T E B O U N D A R Y
Z O N E I I
Fig 7.1: Seismic Map of Andhra Pradesh
7.4.4 Impact o n Land
Loss of land: One of the major 'local' impacts due to highway project is upon the local land resources required for widening and improvement of the project road. There are stretches along the corridors where acquisition of agricultural land has been unavoidable due to non-availability of sufficient right of way to accommodate the proposed cross-sections. Refer appendix 7.1.
Generation of Debris: The major source of debris generation is dtsmanthg of existing cross drainage structures and road side residential and commercial structures. Refer Table 7.5A & Table 7.5B.
Soil Erosion: Erosion of top-soil can be considered a moderate. dtrect and long-term negative impact resulting from the construction and maintenance of roads. The potential for soil erosion is high and pervasive during the construction stage. Starting with clearing and grubbing of trees vegetation is stripped away, exposing raw soil. The construction of new fill slopes for gradmg and bridge-end fills also exposes large areas to erosion, if protection methods are not implemented. Finally, during the operation or maintenance phase of highway development, erosion can continue to occur in areas not vegetated. Fills are exposed to long-term exposure to water and wind. Although soil erosion occurs sporadically on highway corridors, the sites most affected are generally bridge end fills and over-steep banks.
a) Road Slopes and Spoils
Erosion problems may occur on newly constructed slopes and fills depending on soil type, angle of slope, height of slope and climatic factors like wind (hection, speed and frequency) and rain (intensity and duration). Since slope protection methods (re-vegetation or stone pitchtng) form part of good engineering practice, and have been incorporated into the detailed design fox the roads, erosion concerns should be minirnised. However, failure to maintain soil erosion protection can reduce the security of high road embankments and add siltation to the rivers during the monsoon season.
- lletailcd Project Report, Environmental lmpact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement l'lan 7 - 1 1
AL Andhra Pradesh QadSector Project I he Louis Berger Group;1nc. Feaslhllty Study, Desrgn and Deta~led E q n e e n n g
b) Construction of New Bridges and Culverts
Along each corridor rehabilitation/reconstruction/widening of a number of major and minor bridges and culverts is planned. Construction of new bridges involves excavation of river bed and banks for the construction of the foundation and piers. If the residual spoil is not properly &posed of, increased sedmentation downstream of the bridge may take place during the monsoon. Also, the bridge-end fills require armouring to ensure gullying and slumping are minimised. For details of bridge proposed for reconstruction, refer Table 2.10: Summary of Proposals for Culverts and Table 2.11: Details of Existing Bridges and Proposal, in chapter 2 of this report.
During the construction period some amount of drainage alteration and downstream erosion/siltation is anticipated. Some of these alterations may be because of construction of temporary traffic detours/diversion. Except for these temporary works, in almost all cases there should be an improvement in the drainage characteristics of the surrounding area due to improved design and added culvert/&tch capacity. Changes in the drainage pattern due to the raising of the road profile has not been discussed in specific cases, as the likely impact is not adverse and does not warrant mitigation (as the road design itself takes care of cross-pavement drainage). New culverts are being incorporated in the project roads not only to prevent over-topping but also to maintain equal water distribution on either side of the road. In fact, the bridges and culverts, as designed, are an automatic enhancement to the local environment (floodmg, stagnation, scour, torrent run-off velocity- all would be reduced as a result of this project).
c) Quarries and Borrow Areas
The excavation of quarries and borrow pits used for obtaining soil and aggregate materials for road construction can cause drect, and indrect long-term major adverse impacts on the environment. \Wle loss of productive soil is the most dtrect negative impact, other significant indirect negative impacts can also occur.
Since most of the construction materials would be available from existing quarries nearby, relatively few new borrow areas will be required. Approximate requirement of geo-technical materials to the project corridors are already presented in Table 7.8.
One of the long-term residual adverse impacts of borrow pits not reclaimed is the spread of malaria. Mosquitoes breedmg and multiplying in stagnant water that collects in these pits can affect humans in villages and towns close to the features.
7.4.5 Contamination of Soil
Construction Stage: In this project contamination of the soil may take place, from the following activities at the construction zones, construction labour camps, construction plant sites and other auxiliary fachties required for the construction. De tds of the activities from which the contamination can occur are presented below;
Scarified bitumen wastes, over production of bituminous product,
Debris generation due to dismanthg of structures,
Maintenance of the machinery and operation of the diesel generator sets on site,
Oil S p a from the operation of the diesel pumps and diesel storage, during transportation and transfer, parking places, and dtesel generator sets,
Operation of the emulsion sprayer and laylng of hot mix,
Operation of the residential fachties for the labour and officers,
Storage and stock yards of bitumen and emulsion,
Excess production of hot mix and rejected materials,
Operation Stage: During the operation stage, soil may get contaminated with similar reasons, as mentioned above, during routine and periodical maintenance of the project road. The implications of accidental discharge are potentially disastrous. But, it must be emphasized that the probability of such an accident is quite low, as one of the objectives of the design is the
-- P
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 1 2
1 . 1 , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty Study, Des~gn and Detalled Engmeer~ng
enhancement of road safety.
7.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT -IMPACTS
Due to the proposed project there u d be some direct and indirect long-term impacts on the water resources. Table below presents the major adverse impacts on the water resources and the indicators chosen to assess the impacts for the study.
Table 7.11: Impacts on Water Resources due to Construction Activities -
Impacts Due To Construction Indicators
Loss of water bodies Area of water bodies affected
Waste Disposal in Construction Camps bodies / channels
7.5.1 Loss of Water Bodies
The project road passes through the dry area of Andhra Pradesh with mean annual rainfall of 600- 800mm. Thlrty percent length of the project corridor is uncultivated due to non avadabhty of water. The main produce from cultivated land is ground nut and sunflower, requires less amount of water comparatively.
Surface Water Bodies
The impact due to acquisition of the tank area or shifting of the community water tanks. Table below present the details of the existing surface water bodies and possible impacts.
Structure ID N o Water Tank rn Village Name hfydukuru Side Right (LefrIRight) Length x Breath 12.6~20.0 Proposed Eccentric on LEIS Widening ( 4 . 6 9 Impact No drect impact
- impact
No direct impact is envisaged, of the existing 2 surface water bodies.
Ground water resources
The impacts due to relocation of hand pumps, open wells, Borewells. Table below present the details of the existing ground water resources and possible impacts
Table 7.12B: I m ~ a c t s on Ground Water Bodies
1)et;ulcd Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 2 3
Andhra Pradesh Road Secto$toj~ct 'l'hc LOUIS Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Des~gn and Deta~led E w n e e m g
Village Name Vls\vnnatha puram
Side (Left/Right) Left
Distance from ECL 7
Proposed Widening Concentric
Impact No direct impact
Chainage 157+160
Structure ID No Hand Pump
Village Name Badripde
Side (Left/Right) Izft
Distance from ECL 8.7
Proposed Widening Concentric
Impact No direct impact
Structure ID N o Iland pump
Village Name Chapadu
Side (Left/Right) Right
Distance from ECL 11.8
Proposed Widening Concentric
Impact Direct impact
Vis\wnarhapuram
l ~ f t
8.2
Concen tnc
D~rect impact
Eccentric on RHS
IIand Pump
Palavolu
Right
6.0
Concentric
No direct impact
Structure ID N o Water logged body
Village Name I'alavolu
Side (Left/Right) Left
Distance from ECL 12.5
Proposed Widening Eccentric on LHS
Village Name hlulat mgr~mam
Side (Lft/Rigbt) lrft
Dlstance from ECL 3.3
Proposed Widening l:<~nccntnc
Chainage 168+710 1691430
Structure I D N o Hand pump (bWP Hand Pump IIP 4)
Village Name Mulavarigramam Khadrabad
Side (Lefi/Right) Left Right
Distance from ECL 11.5
Proposed Widening Eccentric on RHS (4.06m)
Impact No Direct Impact
9.5
Eccentric on RHS (5.82111) No Direct Impact
Chainage 182+449
Structure ID N o Hand pump
Village Name Chouduru
Side (Left/Right) Right
Distance from ECL 9.2
Proposed Widening Concentric
Impact Direct impact - Out of the 15 Nos. existing ground water sources 9 Nos. are under direct impact due to the upgradation of the project corridor.
- Detailed I'roject Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 1 4
6 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
1 h; Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibll~ty Study, Des~gn and ~e ia i l ed Engneenng --
7.5.2 Alteration of Cross Drainage
During the construction period some amount of drainage alteration is anticipated, due to construction of temporary traffic diversions. Table below elaborates the need of &version for the reconstruction and new proposed bridges.
Table 7.13: Bridges reconstruction
With these widening of minor bridges and bridging of esisting causeways, there will be an improvement in the drainage characteristics of the surrounding area and the alteration d l be temporary in nature. All the diversions will be provided with adequate water way for drainage.
7.5.3 Run-off and Drainage
Sediment accumulation in water bodies decreases the storage capacity for road run-off. To worsen the situation road construction activities can lead to increased run-off both, d u ~ g the construction
Proposal
;\dditional-21,
Additional -?1*
Additional -21,
ridditional-21-
Additional -21,
Reconstmcdon-4L
Reconstruction-4L
Reconstruction-4L
Reconstruction-4L
Proposed Arrangement
and operational stage. This can be considered a hlgh adverse impact.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Span
1 ~ 8 . 0
ls6.0
2~21.0
10~21.0
1~12.0
ls12.0
ls15.0
ls15.0
1~15.0
Phase of Sr. No. Reason
Construction 1 Construction phase 'lie removal of vegetation and compaction of soil can lead to increased run-off
~ o c a r i o n
153.420
154.450
159.350
159.980
167.665
184.205
185.020
191.290
192.135
Height (FRLBL)
4.5
3.8
7.1
10.7
3.2
3.5
Existing Arrangement
amount and rate of run-off.
The project involves widening of existing roads within the ROW, with addition of 2x1.5 paved
Span
2s3.0 + ls1.5
ls6.0
2s21.0
10~21.6
6s2.0
6s2.0
3s3.6
4s2.0
4s1.5
shoulders to the existing pavement of 7k ; provision of2xlm earthen (98 per cent compacted) shoulders; raising the pavement and as a result widening the embankment. Overall the increase in
Height (ERL-BL)
2.7
3.8
7.1
10.7
1.2
1.7
3.0
1.8
1.3
the impervious sirfacewould be 6m. During the operation phase increased run-off can be calculated using the formula:
Itrcrease in nmoffperyear (dl) = increase in nmoffco@ciknt due to constnrction * annual rainfall in the area (in) * area oJthe constnrcted suface (d)
The appmpriate run-off coefin'ents are: 0.95jbr a~phalt, 0.2jbr silty and sandy soil, O.3fbr l o a q soil, and O.55fbr Black cotton soil.
Hence, for hfydukuru - Jammalamdugu Road
Annual average rainfall is equals to 874mm say 0.874m (statistical data book)
The increase in construction surface (BT) equals to 297,500 sqm
Increase in runoff (cum) = (0.95-0.2) X 0.874 X 297.5 X 10A3 = 195.01 x 10A3 cum
Hence addttional 1.95 lakh KL of additional storm water d be required to drain off.
Since soil erosion is associated with concentrated flow of water it is imperative to prevent any increased &version of run-off into drainage channels.
1)etdcd Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 15
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project g 'I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detalled Engineering T
7.5.4 Water requirement for project
The water requirement for construction depends on the c h a t i c conhtions, type of equipment, type of material available, mix design, type of construction plant and number of people workmg on the profect. With the following assumptions the approximate water quantity required for the Project has been calculated.
1 8-10% of weight of soil for the embankment construction
2 7.8% of weight of soil for sub grade construction
3 5-6% of weight of GSA materials for GSB and WT\.ihl
4 150 hers/ cum for concrete
The water requirement has been assumed based on past project experiences and on the strict quality control basis. Domestic requirement of 150 liters per worker has been assumed. For this project about 140 resident workers have been considered. Details of the water requirement assessed for the project are presented in Table 7.14.
Table 7.14: Requirement of Water for Proposed Construction Works S. No. Purpose Cum/dav
. . ..
Total Requirement(cum/day) 121
Daily water requirement for the permanent works has been calculated assuming the construction period of 2 years.
7.5.5 Water Quality
Increased Sedimentation
Degradation of water quality due to sediment transport may occur from activities hke removal of trees, removal of grass cover, excavation, stock piling of materials as part of the pre construction and construction activities. The soil type present along the project corridor consists of the sandy loam to clay loam.
The impacts due to increased sediment laden run-off d l make the water more turbid. This is a significant negative impact on the water boches supporting aquatic life. Heavier sediment may smother the algae growing in the lower strata and could completely alter the nature of the watercourse. Excessive sediment loads may also mean disruption to areas of fish breeding.
Contamination of Water
Construction Stage: The degradation of the surface and to a much less extent ground water quality can occur from pavement construction works, bridge construction works, construction plants, machinery and accommodations of workers. The sources of water pollution from the construction activities are as follows;
Water flow from scarified bitumen materials
From the foundation works of the bridges and culverts such as phng and excavation for open/ well foundations
Oil spills from the Maintenance of the machinery and operation of the chesel generator sets on
- -- P
Detded Project Kcport, Iinvironmental Impact Asscssment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 16
1 -7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sec9r Project .l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~biliry Study, Design and Detalled Engin;ermg
Oil Spill from the operation of the diesel pumps and diesel storage, transportation and transfer, parlung places, and &esel generators.
Operation of the emulsion sprayer and laylng of hot mix.
Operation of the residential facilities for the labour and officers and offices
Storage and stock yards of bitumen and emulsion
Degradation of water quality is also possible due to accidental discharges into watercourses from drainage of workers camps and from spillages from vehcle parking and/or fuel and lubricant storage areas.
Operation Stage: During the operation stage, water may get contaminated with similar reasons, as mentioned above, during routine and periodical maintenance of the project road. The implications of accidental discharge are potentially disastrous. But, it must be emphasized that the probability of such an accident is quite low, as one of the objectives of the design is the enhancement of road safety.
7.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT - IMPACT
Environmental noise particularly highway traffic noise, is a complex phenomenon because tts intensity and characteristics vary with time dependmg upon the frequency as well as type of vehcles on the road.
The impacts of noise due to the project wdl be of temporary significance locally in the construction phase and slight increase may occur during the operation stages. Table below present the source of noise pollution and the impact categorization.
Table 7.15: Source of noise pollution
Sr. Phase Source of Noise pollution No. Impact categorization
1 Pre-construction hlan, material & machinery aIl activities will last for a short movements duration and also shall be localized
establishment of labor camps in nature onsite offices, stock yards and
~- construction plants
truction nt Phase - stone crushing, asphalt production within 50om.
plant and batchng plants, diesel Work zones: Such impacts again wdl generators etc be of temporary nature as the
Workzones construction site wlll go on changng with the progress of the works. - Community residing near to the
work zones ~~ -. ..... ~ . -. ~ ~.-- ~ .. .
ration Phase due to incre ill be compensated with the uninterrupted movement of heavy and light vehicles ttll the fachty reaches the level of service C.
Although the baseline day & night time noise levels monitored at various locations along the project roads are within permissible limits specified by the hfoEF for residential and rural areas, still, noise is a major area of concern, especially since sensitive receptors (schools, colleges and hospitals) have been located quite close to the road. To assess the noise levels at the various sensitive receptors located along the roads, consultant carried out the noise survey through noise integrator both at inside and outside the sensitive receDtor. List of the sensitive receptors located along the project road are presented in Table 7.16.
- Iletaded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hfanagement Plan 7 - 1 7
1 - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project . . 1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Deta~led E n ~ n e e r ~ n g
Table 7.16: Sensitive Receptors with respect to Noise Pollution
Impact Dircct impact Direct impact
cmuic on LHS
Impact Dircct impact Direct impact
Impact N o drcct impact N o direct impact
Distance from ECL 8 3 Length x Breath \(I I I X ( A I . ~ I
Proposed Widening (:t~nccntnc
CLn I Sch<>ol
Village Name hlul3v.ln hv~narn Side (Left/Right) Ibghl D~stance from ECL 11111
Length x Breath 2211xIi11, Proposed Widenrng I.:cccnrnc on LI IS
[ t l hhm) \ . Impact N o direct impact N o direct impact
Structure ID No School Villaee Name l ammalamaduw 1 Side (Left/Right) Right Distance from ECL 10.8 Length x Breath 110.0s200.0 Proposed Widening Concentric Impact N o direct impact
Out of the existing 11 sensitive noise Receptors, four are under direct impact. Considering their sensitivity to noise, measures have been suggested for the mitigation/enhancement of these locations in next chapter.
-- Dctaded Project Report, Envuonmental Impact Assessment & Ifnvironmental Management Plan 7 - 18
4 F Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Praject
The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasihillty Study, Deslgn and Detalled Engneering -
7.7 FLORA AND FAUNA - IMPACT
The major impact in t h s project on flora involves the removal of trees to permit construction and to provide clear zone for safety of the road users. Table below presents the major adverse impacts on the flora & fauna and the indtcators chosen to assess the impacts for this study.
Table 7.17: Impacts on flora & fauna due T o Construction Activities
Impacts Due T o Constmctlon Ind~cators
Tree fehng
x egetauon
Cattle Gra7mg Ground Area and locat~on of grumg ground
7.7.1 Forest Area
No forest area exists within the corridor of impact.
7.7.2 Wild Life
N O wild life crossing is found along the project corridor.
7.7.3 Tree Cutting
Trees located withn the toe line (bottom of formation) need to be removed for efficient construction workmanshp and more importantly to prevent collision with the trees, in case of accident. Roadside trees with strong and rigid stems can pose safety hazards. Some trees obstn~ct clear sight distances. Others have a propensity to overturn when old and are potential safety hazards depending upon age and decay condition. All such trees that are safety hazards need to be cleared.
There will be a significant, direct impact on cutting of the roadside trees, it includes
The loss of shade
Loss of tree products.
Removal of roadside trees d also reduce comfort levels for slow moving traffic and pedestrians.
The removal of trees would leads to erosion and contributes to the loss of the micro-ecosystems developed on the roadside.
Besides t h s trees act as noise barrier, dust absorption, air purifier etc.
A detaded tree inventory was camed out of all the existing trees w i t h the corridor of impact, due care had been given in alignment design to reduce/minimize the loss of flora and green tunnels. As a result a total of about 815 trees out of a total 1163 existing trees are required to b e cut for the proposed project. About 372 trees on the left side and 443 trees on the right side are being affected due to the proposed widening. The major trees affected are Thumma,Neem, kanguaJgipulla, Raavi, Giriship, Tamarand etc.
No tree will be cut beyond the proposed toe line. Cutting of trees for fuel by workers, especially near their camps is of major concern. Therefore adequate training of the workers and availability of their fuel requirements are to be ensured by the Contractor.
7.7.4 Removal of Vegetation
Clearing and grubbing of the area is the foremost requirement to start the construction activities in accordance with hioRTH specifications. The impact due to removal of vegetation includes
Dust generation during windy atmosphere
Loss of productive top soil
Soil erosion during rainy season, may lead to water contamination.
hieasures have been taken in reducing and c u r t a h g the clearing and grubbing of excess land. Refer Table 7.6 for the ttem wise quantitative requirement of clearing and grubbing.
- - Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 19
4 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project A -
1 he h u i s Berger Group, Inc. F e a s ~ b ~ l ~ t y Stuby, Desrgn and Detalled E n ~ n e e n m g - -
7.7.5 Cattle Grazing
No cattle grazing grounds have been found along the corridor of Impact.
7.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT-IMPACTS
Adverse socio-economic impacts include all dtsruptions on the social and economic interactions of communities due to the road intervention (Table 7.18). T h ~ s involves effect on both the adjacent communities (mostly direct) as well as the nearby communities (mostly indirect). The various impacts have been detailed as:
General impacts that apply to the entire project Influence Area,
Specific impacts on likely properties and PAPS, within the Corridor of Impact.
Table 7.18: Impact on Social and Cultural Environment
Planning Operatton Project
and Design Pre Construcuon Phase Construcnon Phase i Ind~rect In- 1 hcov~ty Phase Dlrect / duced de-
General Impacts
Engineering, environmental and socio-economic surveys, conducted during the design phase, for the generation of the basehne information, give indtcations of several adverse impacts in the vicinity of the alignment, which are related to common human psychology and general in nature.
7.8.1 Fear of uncertainties regarding future
These normally become long lived, given the length of time, which elapses between initial surveys and commencement of construction.
Land and property owners are subjected to sufferings regarding uncertainties of the extent of loss
- Detded Project Rcport, Environmental Impact ..issessment & Environmental hfanagcment Plan 7 - 20
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project l 'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~blllty Smdy, Deslgn and Deta~led Engneerlng
and the nature of compensation. These involve:
uncertainty of the amount of land/property to be acquired,
time of acquisition and evacuation,
extent and amount compensation,
Provision of alternative land or job, etc.
7.8.2 Inducement of Land Prices
Once the project becomes common knowledge, there may be an incidence of unscrupulous speculators moving in to purchase land at what might seem to be advantageous prices, pfior to the commencement of the official procedures. Such impact is more likely to occur in the case of urban fringe areas during the design and pre-construction phase.
7.8.3 Inducement of Squatter Influx
Squatters may attempt to occupy land along and adjacent to the proposed alignments, in the hope of receiving compensation or some other inducements to leave when construction commences. Such squatters could cause undue pressure on local resources such as water and firewood, whlch could result in conficts with those who are harvesting the resources presently.
7.8.4 Loss of utilities and amenities
Site clearance involves removal of various assets, utilities and amenities that are:
Natural (trees, bushes and grasslands), and
Physical structures (public or private assets and utilities)
Relocation of utihties hke electricity, water and telephone lines
For people dependent on the above, this constitutes economic loss for some time before these are restored to their previous status. These have been further Qscussed in the U P .
7.8.5 Public health and safety
a) Impacts on Public health and safety may arise during the phases of pre-construction, construction and operation phases. During the pre-construction and construction phases, dismantling of the structures for CoI clearance and road construction activities may result in the following health hazards:
Dismantlmg of properties has psychologcal impacts on their owners and others associated with them.
Debris generated on account of the above mentioned activities.
b) Labour Camps during construction period can bring the following problems
In the case of non-local labour (if so is arranged by the contractor), labour camps are set up at one or more sites adjacent to the alignment, and at some ancillary sites, like aggregate quarries. These labourers hired from outside can have clashes with the local population on account of cultural and religious dfferences. The influx of a large work force to an area, already hard pressed for basic s e ~ c e s (medical s e ~ c e s , power, water supply, etc.), can impose additional stress on these fachties.
if alternative fuels are not made avdable to the workforce, there is a hkelihood that trees will be cut down for cooking or heating purposes.
In sanitary conditions in the labour camps might also result in impact on health of labourers as well as the local population. Transmission of diseases is also facilitated by the migration of people. During the construction phase work, crews and their dependants may bring with them a multitude of communicable diseases including sexually transmitted dlseases (STDs) like AIDS. Thts is more so if the nature of the project requires more male-workers, who have migrated from other parts of the state or country.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental lmpact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 21
1- ,-- Andhra P r a d e s w a d Sector Project 1 hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bility Study, Des~gn and betalled Enpeer ing
c) Allied activities during construction period may cause local &sruption.
During road construction alhed activities ltke quarrying and crushing operations, traffic &versions, etc., may cause dsruption of social and economic life of the local population of the nearby areas.
Dust and noise generated in crushng and blasting operations may cause nuisance to the nearby communities.
Traffic jams and congestion, loss of access and other road accident risks, as a result of diversion of traffic and construction work on road.
There will be some impact on land during construction, limited mainly to temporary acquisition to cater to road &version or traffic detours and establishment of labour camps.
d) Accidents and Safety
Although the design speeds have been kept lower in the major settlement areas, some amount of severance is expected in the rural areas. Especially where the residential area is on one side and their agncultural land and other facilities are on the other side of the highway. School chddren and ladies carxying pots full of water from the water sources @onds/wells) also get exposed to this risk. In rural areas it was seen that cattle also cross the highways near the settlement.
7.8.6 Resettlement of People
People, displaced from their homes and agncultural lands on account of the project, shall induce additional pressures to the local resource base. These include pressure on:
water resources in areas where avdability is low,
grazing lands and fuel-wood,
Public services such as schools and medical facilities.
This is critical since number of dsplaced persons being squatters is larger than legal landholders formally displaced.
7.8.7 Land Use Changes
Land use changes along the road corridors are anticipated. These shall bring about a change in the characteristics of the adjacent lands. There would be succession of land uses and higher return uses would displace the lower return uses. T h ~ s phenomenon will occur at major intersections and in settlement areas along the project corridors. The urban fringe areas along the project roads will be subjected to ribbon development.
7.8.8 Disturbance to the Road side Services
Along the highway, near settlements, small shops get attracted to serve the local people as well as the highway users. composite socio-economically inter-dependent has been developed as a consequence. The shops serve dual purpose by providing income and employment to locals as well as service to the road users. It is hkely that due to implementation of the project some of the shops may get displaced. T h s would cause negative impact on the livelihood of people as well as loss of service to the local people and road users.
7.8.9 Removal of encroachments and squatters
In order to reduce the number of PAPS, land clearing shall be restricted to within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) whch principally lies within the ROW. Width of the CoI varies according to the design and is narrower in the settlement areas, where the numbers of PAPS are hkely to be more. However, some amount of land clearing will be essential in several of these stretches.
The potential impacts ltkely to arise from clearance of encroached residential areas (especially in settlements along the project comdors) may involve loss of valuable residential space to the residents. In the case of squatter settlements, &splacement might lead to loss of shelter if adequate measures are not taken for their resettlement. Compensation may not be enough for the effected
-- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment 8: Environmental Management Plan 7 - 22
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project - I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc.
. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
persons to gain access to shelter. Other impacts include disturbance to family and community life and increased &stance from their workplace. In such cases the displaced persons may again resort to squatting.
The extent of loss in the case of encroached agricultural lands shall be relatively less, in comparison with residential and commercial properties. This because, the encroached lands form only a small part of the total cropped land of the farmers.
Specific Impact
Other socio-economic impacts involve the presence of sensitive community fachties w i t h the Corridor of Impact such as worshlp places and cjtural properties.
7.8.10 Sensitive Cultural Properties
Utmost care has been taken in fmalising the horizontal and vertical alignment so that the impact on cultural properties could be better avoided than mitigated as a result, out of the 18 nos. cultural properties existing within the Corridor of Impact only 7 nos. are in direct impact, i.e. lying w i t h the formation width of the proposed wideninglupgradation. The total list of cultural properties identified w i t h CoI that will have experience positive or negative impact is provided in the Table 7.19 below.
-
Impact LFIS(3.88m) N o Direct Impact Direct lmpact
Strucmre ID N o Hanuman statuc
Village Name
Side (Left/Right) Irft
Distance from ECL 7.5
Length x Breadth 4.0rJ.O
Proposed Widening EccenLric On RHS(4.54m)
Impact N o Dirc3ct' ~mpact N o Dire3ct Impact
Proposed Widening Eccentric On REIS(3.5lm)
Impact N o Dire3ct impact
Eccentnc On LHS(5.24m) N o Dire3ct lmpact
lmpact . ,
N o Direct impact Direct Impact
Detailed I'roject Report, Envitonmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 23
P 7 Andhra Pradesh Road Sectpr Project
'I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty Study, Desrgn and Deta~led EnP'eerlng
a numan temp e
VlUage Name hlulat angramam
Slde (Left/kght) hghr
Distance from ECL 8 5
Length x Breadth 20 0x15 0
Proposed W~denlng Concentnc
Impact Direct Impact Direct Impact
Impact Direct Impact Direct Impact
Structure ID No Renula mamma gudi 1~1th tree
Village Name Khadrabad
Side (Left/Right) Right
Distance from ECL 5.1
Length x Breadth 2.5s2.5
Proposed Widening Eccentr~c On
Impact RHS(5. S4m) Direct Impact
Khadrabad
Left
14.5
6.0s14.0
Eccentric On RIiS(2.01m) No Direct Impact
Chainage 170+920 170+940
Structure ID No l'enthacos tan1 church Dargha
Village Name Proddutur
Side (Left/Right) Left
Distance from ECL 11.5
Length x Breadth 12.0s100.0
Proposed Widening Eccentric On RIIS (0.85111)
Impact No D~rect Impact
Structure ID No iZshramam
ViUage Name Chouduru
Side (Left/Rigbt) Left
Distance from ECL 7.5
Length x Breadth 16.0x40.0
Proposed Widening Eccentric ON
Proddutur
Left
Eccentric On RI-1S(O.S5m) No D~rect lmpact
B Church
Chouduru
Right
I Concentric
Impact No Direct lmpact N o Direct Impact
Out of the existing 18 religious structures along the project corridor, seven are under dIrect impact. However three are very small setup with no shed. Other four are comparatively mehum sized structures. Besides direct impact, there are many possible indirect impacts due to construction activities, as follows.
Access to religious places would be d~fficult during the construction period due to the presence of working areas, consequent traffic management issues, presence of heavy equipment, machineries and numerous workers and controlled sign boards.
- - Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 24
d &dh:a Pradesh Road Sector Project fic is Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty - Study, Des~gn and Detalled Engmeenng
hlany existing signs boards and information boards will be removed for the construction work. This will make it more complicated for identifying the pilgrimage location, routes and landmarks.
Safety issues and accidents could go high during the construction period.
7.9 BUS SHELTER, BUS BAYS, TRUCK LAY BYES, RESTING PLACE AND SERVICE ROAD
Concentric widening is proposed in butlt-up sections of the project road so as to minimize the negative impact due to upgradation/ widening of the project road. The Table 2.1 of Chapter 2 describes the settlements locations along the proposed project road. Out of the total of 10 existing pucca bus waiting sheds, 6 will be relocated, as these bus shelters are falling within the formation width.
Table 7.20: List of Bus shelters
Impact No direct impact Direct impact
. . . . Impact No direct impact No diiect impact
S t r u c t u ~ ID No Bus shelter Village Name Mularari G m a m Side (Left/Right) Right
Distance from ECL 8.5
Length x Breath 6 .0~3 0 Proposed Widening Eccentcic on RHS
(4.OOm)
Bus shelter Khadrabad Right
5.0 s 3.0 Eccentiic on RHS (6.46m)
Impact Direct impact Direct impact
Chainage 177+930 Structure ID No Bus sheltcr Village Name Choutpalle Side (Left/Right) Right
Distance from ECL 11.5
Length x Breath Proposed Widening Concentric
Impact No dircct impact ~irect ' impact
Impact Direct impact Direct impact -
- - Detailed l'rojcct Rcport, Environmental Impact .4ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 7 - 25
P - 7 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project A . * I he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~billty Smdy, Deslgn and Detalled Enpneerlng
-- - Detailed Projcct Report, Environmental Impact Asscssment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 7 - 26
A I'hc Louis Berger croup. Inc .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 8: IMPACT MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT .................................................... 3
8.1 ;~.IITIGATION. AVOIDANCE AND ENHANCEMENT .................................................................... 3
8.2 AIR ENVIRONhENT - MITIGATION ..................................................................................................... 3
8.2.3 R;ieteorolo@cal Factors and Climate . mitigation ............................................................................. 4 . . .
8.2.4 *Air Quality Emissions . muganon ..................................................................................................... 4 . . .
8.2.5 Air Quality Monitoring - mltlgaaon .................................................................................................. 5
8.3 LAND ENLTIRONMENT- hfITIGL\TION hlEASURES ......................................................................... 5 . .
................................................................................................... 8.3.1 Change in Topography - mitigaaon 6 . . .
.......................................................................................................... 8.3.2 Change in Geology- mtlgation 6
.................................................................................................... 8.3.3 Change in Seismology - mitigation 6 . . .
..................................................................................... 8.3.4 Change in Land Environment - &fingation 6 . .
8.3.5 Contamination of soil: Mitigatton ...................................................................................................... 7
.................................................................................................. 8.3.6 Soil Quality hfoilltoring - mitigation 8
....................................................................... 8.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT-RIITIGXTION MEASURES 9
8.4.1 Loss of Water Bodles-hfitigation ................................................................................................... 10
8.4.1.1 Surface Water Bodies ......................................................................................................................... 10
8.4.1.2 Ground water resources ..................................................................................................................... 10
8.4.2 -%Iteration of cross drainage ........................................................................................................... 11
8.4.3 Runoff and drainage ......................... .... ........................................................................................... 12
8.4.4 Water Requirement for Project ......................................................................................................... 12
8.4.5 Water Quality .................................................................................................................................... 12 . .
8.4.6 Water Quality Riomtonng - mitigation ............................................................................................ 13
8.5 NOISE ENVIRONhENT-bflTIG-ATION &E%SURES ..................................................................... 14 . . . .
8.5.1 Sensitwe Receptors - rni~gatlon ...................................................................................................... 14 . . .
8.5.2 Noise Pollution - bfitlga~on ............................................................................................................ 15 . .
8.5.3 Noise Pollution hfonitoring - r n i ~ g a ~ o n ......................................................................................... 16
8.6 FLORA & FAUNA - LDTIGATION .......................................................................................................... 16 . . .
8.6.1 Forest Area - hfitlgation ................................................................................................................ 1 6
8.6.2 Wild Life - hfitigation ......................................................................................................................... 16 . . .
8.6.3 Trees - hfiuganon .............................................................................................................................. 16 . . .
8.6.4 TTegetation - ~Uagaaon .................................................................................................................... 1 8 . . .
8.6.5 Cattle Grazing - Mugation ........................................................................................................... 18
8.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENT'IRONLENT - hIITIGATION ................................................................... 18 . . .
8.7.1 General Impacts - hfitlganon .................................................................................................... 1 8 . . .
8.7.2 Specific Impacts - hfiugauon ......................................................................................................... 23
-- Detailed Project Report. Environmental lmpact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 1
4 7 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
I'he Louis Berger Group. Inc . Feaslblllty Study. D e s ~ g n and Detalled Engineering 1
8.8 BUS SHELTER. BUS BLIYS. TRUCK L I Y BYES. RESTING PLAICE .1 ND SERVICE
ROAD ............................................................................................................................................................... 24
8.9 ,\POIDANCE O F DISRUPTION AND SL\ FETY RISKS DURING THE
CONSTRUCTION STAGE ....................................................................................................................... 25
8.9.1 Disruption to the Community ........................................................................................................ 25
8.9.2 Safety of the Workers ........................................................................................................................ 26
LIST OF TABLES
Table 8.1. Environmental features saved through Avoidance measure at design stage ....................................... 3
Table 8.2. Surface Water Bodes-Mitigation ............................................................................................................. 10
Table 8.3. Ground water Sources-mitigation ............................................................................................................... 10
Table 8.5 List of silt fencing locations .......................................................................................................................... 12 . .
............................................................................................................................ Table 8.6 List of senslttve receptor 11
............................................................................................................ Table 8.7 List of Sensitive Cultural Properties 23
......................................................................................................................... Table 8.8 List of Existing Bus Shelters 24
..................................................................................................................... Table 8.9 List of Proposed Bus Shelters 24
LIST OF DRAWINGS
............................................................................................ Drawing No . 8.1. Conceptual plan of Oil Interceptor 8
............................................................................ Drawing No . 8.2 : Conceptual plan of Soak Pit for Hand Pump 11
Drawing No . 8.3. Conceptual Plan of Diversion at Bridge Location ...................................................................... 12
................................................................................................... Drawing No . 8.5. Conceptual plan of silt fencing 13
......................... .................................................... . Drawing No 8.6. Conceptual Drawing for Noise Barrier ... 15
Drawing No . 8.7. Conceptual Plan for Avenue Plantation ....................................................................................... 17
................................................................................................... . Drawing No 8.8. Conceptual Plan for Tree Guard 18
.................................................................................................... . Drawing No 8.9. Conceptual Plan for Bus shelter 25
Drawing No . 8.10. Conceptual Plan for traffic Diversion ........................................................................................ 26
-.- Detaded Projcct Rcport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 2
f Andhra Pradesh Road 2 c t o r Project 1 hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslbilrty Study, D e s ~ g n and Detmled JZngmeermg
CHAPTER 8: IMPACT MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT
8.1 M I T I G A T I O N , A V O I D A N C E A N D E N H A N C E M E N T
Prevention or avoidance of impact is better than mitigation of impact. Hence avoidance and reduction of adverse impacts approaches were adopted during the design stage through continued interaction between the design and environmental teams. This is reflected in the designs of the horizontal & vertical alignment, cross sections adopted, construction methods and construction materials. In-depth site investigations have been carried out so that sensitive environmental resources are effectively avoided, leadmg to the environmentally best-fit alignment option. As a result many of the trees, cultural properties, water b o d e s etc. have been avoided at the design stage itself, as presented in Table 8.1 below.
T a b l e 8.1: Environmental features saved th rough Avoidance measure a t design s tage
Environmental Features Potential Impact Under Direct Impact Saved through alignment design
Trees (nos.)
Bus Shelters 10 6 4
8.2 A I R E N V I R O N M E N T - M I T I G A T I O N
Motor vehicles have emerged as one of the major sources of air pollution especially in urban areas. Due to the proposed road improvements aimed at enhancing the efficiency of road transport system the number o f vehicles o n these roads wdl be increased over time. Summary of potential impact and mitigation measures proposed is mentioned below:
Sr. No.
1 Pre- construction stage
hfeteorological factors and climate
Air quality - emissions
emissions
Item
1 1 Construction
hfargnal impact
--- temporary and location specific
Impact
emissions
Due to production and laying of hot bituminous mix.
1
Impact (Reason)
J comprehensive afforestation
J avenue
J shrub plantation in the
Stage
Mitigation/Enhancement
median/island
shifting of utilities, removal of trees vegetation,
(Dust
hioderatc impact
transportationof material
installation of construction
(Gaseous pollutants & Dust generation)
I I 1 auto-technology, vehicular fuel quality-
Fine to be completely covered, during transport & stoclung.
Plant to be installed in Downwind plants
clearing and grubbing materials dumping
hloderate impact
Detailed I'roject Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement I'lan 8 - 3
direction from nearby settlement.
Air pollution Norms will be enforced,
Laborers will be provided mask. brushing of the surface lmcal people will be educated on safety access mads to borrow- andprecau"n. areas
hot mix plants, Crushers paving of asphalt layers Labour Camps
air pollutants from traffic
on access roads, newly constructed en~bmh-~ent etc.
compliance with future statuary regulatory requirements
d Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. F ~ a s ~ b i l ~ Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Sr. No.
Emissions from the vehicles are potentially disastrous. But, it must be emphasized that the air pollution fiom vehicle emission will reduce on completion, as one of the objectives of the design is enhancement of facility to cater trafic requirement, till it reach level of service 'CJ. For existing level of service refer table 2.3
8.2.3 Meteorological Factors and Climate - mitigation
Item
pp
improvement
hieasures will be revised & improvcd to mitigate/ enhance environment due to
3
,iny unforeseen impact.
As indicated in previous chapter, there will not be any micro-clunatic effect/impact due to increased traffic emission on the project road during construction and operation phase, if any minor impact do exists due to widening will be counter by compensatory and additional afforestation plan and avenue plantation.
anY unforeseen impact.
8.2.4 Air Quality Emissions - mitigation
Impact
Operation Stage
Air quality - monitoring
Pre-construction Stage: As inhcated in previous chapter, the dust generation due to pre- construction activities is very temporary and localized, and will be efficiently countered by sprinkhng of water.
Construction Stage: During the construction stage, there are two major sources: the first one is construction activities at working zones, whch cause primarily dust emission and second are from operation of the construction plant, equipments and machmery, whch causes gaseous pollutants. The specific measures include:
Impact (Reason)
((;aseous pollutants)
--
Locating Plant at a significant distance from nearest human settlement in the predominant down wind direction.
Mitigation/Enhancement
dust emission from tyres
Effectiveness / shortfall (if any)
Vehicles delivering fine materials like soil and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spds on existing roads.
Water will be sprayed on earthworks, temporary haulage and diversions on a regular basis.
Batch type hot mix plants fitted with the bag filter / cyclone and scrubber will be installed for the reduction of the air pollution.
Pollution control systems hke water sprinkling and dust extractors and cover on conveyors will be installed for the crushers.
A11 vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction will be regularly maintained to ensure that the emission levels conform to the SPCB/CPCB norms.
' Air pollution monitoring plan has been delineated for construction phase separately for checking the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted during the construction phase of the Contract.
Operation Stage: As indicated in previous chapter, the air pollutant will be from vehicular movement on road and dust emission by tyres. As such the nation and international bodies are quite active in controlling the air pollution through emission limit, auto technology and fuel quality whch will counter the increase in air pollution due to increase in traffic during operation phase. Additional measures/proposed are below:
Pollution resistant species, which can grow in high pollutant concentrations or even absorb pollutants, can be planted along the roadside.
Detatled Project Report, Environmental Impact r\ssessmcnt & Environmental hfanagemcnt Plan 8 - 4
4 = Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Proj$t
I hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. F e a s ~ b ~ l ~ t y Study, Desrgn and Detarled E n p n e e n n g
hlonitoring of air pollution levels at sensitive locations shall be carried out all -through the stage to check that the pollution levels are within standards prescribed by CPCB. A
monitoring plan to tlus effect has been prepared for all roads separately and is presented in the inhvidual E h P s .
Other measures such as the reduction of vehicular emissions, ensuring vehicular maintenance and up-keep, educating drivers about driving behavior / methods that wlll reduce emissions are beyond the scope of the Project but wlll be far more effective in reducing the pollutant levels.
8.2.5 Air Quality Monitoring - mitigation
;\part from provision of the mitigation measures, their effectiveness and hrther improvement in designs to reduce the air pollution with increase in traffic shall be monitored. The monitoring plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibhty will be as per the APPENDIX # 8.15: ENVIRONhfENTLIL hfONITORING PLIN. For location refer table 4.3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations includmg one at Hot mix plant site. And standard/acceptable values are given in table 4.2: National Ambient ;\ir Quality Standards. Any value/result not within acceptable limits will be reported to engneer, for remehal measures.
8.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT- MITIGATION MEASURES
Land Acquisition, soil erosion and contamination of soil have emerged as major sources of land impact especially in urban areas and near by watercourses. Due to the proposed road improvements aimed at enhancing the efficiency of road transport system, which d l result in economic growth in the region over time.
Sr . No.
1
2
Item
Change in Topography
3
4
a
b
c
Change m Geology
I
Impact
blarginal impact
Changc in Scismolog?.
ChangeinLand enviconment
Loss of land
Gcneradon of Debris
Soil Erosion
5
Oil & diesel Spills Emulsion sprayer and laying of hot mix
Oil interceptor w d be provided for accidental 'pLU oil and
Production of hot mu and rejected matenals
labor and officers Septic tank \\dl be constructiori for waste
Routine and periodical disposal, main tcnance
Impact (Reason)
Due to embankment raising.
no blasting is cnxlsaged quarry redevelopment plan need to be enforced
Direct, long tcml, ncgadvc impact
No Negative Impact
Direct, long- term ne&mdve lmpact
Negative Impact
Moderate, direct, long-term negative impact
Contamation of Soil
1 1 1 Rejected material \\ill bc layed in xillagc roads or as directed by engineer.
Mitigation/Enhancement
Embankment rising to relieve water logging.
Esuacdon of materials (borrow earth, coarse & finc agpregates).
1 Residential facilities for the 1 1
- Deta i lcd Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & ISnvironmental Management Plan 8 - 5
Land Acqulsltion Change in land use pattern
blay contaminate air, water and land, if not disposed properly.
Road slopcs and spoils
Construction of new bridgcs and culverts Quarry and Borrow areas
Dlrect, long term ncgative Impact
6
Cross drainage structures arc chccked and complied with thc seismological st:ttimgs of the region. (Lone)
Land acquisition to be minimized xith pro\;ision of Retaining walls.
disposed properly to a ~ o i d contamination
E m b a n h c n t protection. For Emb. ht. >3m Stonc pitching,
Emb. ht .<3m Turfing. Residual spoil need to be disposcd properly. Sdt Fenc~ng necd to be pro\lded. Qunrries need to bc reclamed
Scarified bitumen wastes
Sod quality - monironng
Hazardous \Vastcs (Managemcnt and HandlinR) Rules, 1989 to be enforced.
Effectircness / shortfall (if any) Any unforeseen impact
.)Measures d l bc revised & improved to intigate/ enhance environment due to any unforescen impact.
4. A n d h 3 Pradesh Road Sector Project I'he L O U I ~ ~ T r ~ e r Group, Inc. Feas~blllty S<udy:Deslgn and Detaled Engxneermg
The implications of accidental discharge are potentially disastrous. But, it must be emphasized that the probability of such an accident is quite low, as one of the objectives of the design is the enhancement of road safety.
8.3.1 Change in Topography - mitigation
,is indicated in previous chapter, there is not much change in the embankment of the project road (refer Table 2.13 Embankment raising sections) hence no appreciable change in topography. Pavement height w d be raised only to accommodate structural layers over the existing pavement. The raising due to submergence and profile improvement is positive impacts on the local environment. The raised sections are located away from habitations. Adequate measures have been taken so that the raising i f any in settlement areas should be minimum possible and in no case exceed 0.5 m.
8.3.2 Change in Geology- mitigation
As part of the Project preparation, the sources of quarries for the line and coarse aggregates have been identified for use in road works and structural works, details of the quarries have been presented in Chapter 4 Baseline Environment. No new quarry has been proposed for the Project requirements. Only existing. live. licensed quarries vnll be used as sources of coarse and fine aggregates. It will be ensured the aggregates procured during construction stage UTLU be from the authorized or licensed suppliers only. In case of use of any new quarry by contractor, the instructions/procedure as detailed in APPENDIX # 8.1: AGGREGATE QUARRY PvMNAGEhiENT will be applicable.
Selected soil borrow areas have been identified during the design stage of the Project. Most of these borrow areas are local borrow areas, and agricultural fields not in productive use, and where farmers want to lower the level of the land (reduction of energy requirement for the watering and reduce loss of water, nutrients, and f e d u e r through the seepage). The detailed list of the borrow areas is given in Chapter 4 Baseline Environment. In case of talung earth from any of these borrow areas the instructions / procedure as detailed in APPENDIX # 8.2: BORROW XREA LLINAGEIZIENT, wd be applicable.
8.3.3 Change in Seismology - mitigation
As indicated in previous chapter, there will be N O impact on the seismological setting of the regron. Rather, as part of the project all the existing struchues d l be checked and constructed as per the seismological requirements of the region in conformity to the IRC 6, 2000 guidelines. Refer Fig 6.1 Seismology map of Andhra Pradesh.
8.3.4 Change in Land Environment - Mitigation
Loss of Land: As far as possible the land acquisition has been kept to the minimum, by restricting the geometric improvement within the existing right of way. The same can be seen as only 44.69 hectare land is required for project road upgradation. However the land acquisition d be done at sections having width, insufficient to accommodate the approved cross-sections & geometric improvements. For Land acquisition sections refer Table 7.2 Land Acquisition Details.
Debris Generation: Due to the removal of structures (Residential and commercial), pavement scarification and cross drainage structures lot of debris d generate, which need to be disposed properly to avoid contamination of land and water. For safe and environmental friendly disposal of waste debris the instruction/procedure specified in APPENDIX # 8.3: DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITES, d l be applicable.
Soil Erosion: could cause sever negative impact if not dealt with, in time, as this harms the environment in two ways, firstly it erodes the top soil and secondly it spoils the resource where it settles, mostly water course. Hence soil erosion cause loss of top-soil and contamination of water bodies/sources/channels.
A comprehensive instruction/procedure is prepared in APPENDIX # 8.4: SITE CLEARINCE AND TREE FELLING
Detailed Project lieport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Envuonmental Management Plan 8 - 6
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project L .
I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~bllity S ~ d y , Deslgn and Detalled Englneenng
a) Road slopes and spoils
Adequate measures have been devised for control of the soil erosion from the embankments, the slopes have been restricted to 1 vertical: 2 horizontal for most of the sections. Soil erosion through embankments is prevented and controlled by following methods.
Alt 1. Grassing of slopes: (for emb. ht. < 3.0m). For this purpose it is best to use locally growing grasses and bushes, as these are best adapted to the local soil, temperature and rainfall conditions. Plantation is best done just after the first pre-monsoon showers, whch gives a time of 2-3 weeks for the grass to take root before the onset of monsoon. Normally, no watering of the grassed slopes is done following the planting. However, watering of the slopes may be provided if the planting is done in the non-monsoon season, or to respond to dry conmtions following planting. The above methods of providing vegetation cover on embankment slopes follow provisions in IKC-56-1974, "Recommended Practice for Treatment of Embankment Slopes for Erosion Control".
Alt 2. Use of Pitching to Control Erosion: (for emb. ht. >= 3.0m). Stones or bricks are hand laid on the surface and lightly tamped. The interstices between the stones are filled up with soil. Grasses may be dibbled into the soil filled spaces. As the grass grows, it develops a good bindmg effect on the pitchng. List of stone pitching sections is provided in previous chapter.
b) Construction of new bridges and culverts
Contractor wdl be responsible of removing all the debris/ earth generated due to msmantling of existing structure and excavation of the foundation of cross drainage works, form the water course before the onset of monsoon.
c) Quarries and borrow areas
,1 comprehensive management plan for restoring of quarry and borrow area is prepared. Refer APPENDIX # 8.1: AGGREGATE QUARRI' hUNAGEMENT & APPENDIX # 8.2: BORROW *AREA MANAGEMENT.
Prior to the start of the relevant construction, the Contractor shall submit to the ISngineer for approval, h s schedules for carrying out temporary and permanent erosion/sedlmentation control works as are applicable for the items of clearing and grubbing, roadway and drainage excavation, embankrnent/sub-grade construction, bridges and other structures across water courses, pavement courses and shoulders. He shall also submit for approval his proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control on service road and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials. N o construction activity will start prior to approval by engineer, of the measures and method to be adopted by contractor.
8.3.5 Contamination of soil: Mitigation
Contamination of soil can spoil the soil and can also contaminate the surface as well as ground water sources. D e t d s of the activities from which the contamination can occur are presented below;
Potential Impact / Mitigation/Enhancement
Scarified bitumen wastes, Excess production of hot mix and rejected materials.
Scarified waste and excess/rejected hot mix, with the consent of village authority, will be used in village roads construction.
Debris generated from dismantling of structures.
Maintenance of the machmery and operation of the diesel generator sets on site
Oil Spill from the operation of the dresel pumps and diesel storage, during transportation and transfer, parlung places,
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 7
A comprehensive list of instructions/procedures has becn suggested in APPENDIX # 8.3: DEBRIS DISPOSAI, SITES, for contractor to adhere to for safe and environmental friendly hsposal of debris.
'I'he base of all machmery, generators WLU be paved and all the waste/spill will be drained to oil interceptor before di"har$ng. Figure of oil interceptor is presented below.
and dicsel generator sets
Operation of the emulsion sprayer and --
Proper demarcation of the surface to be sprayed /paved will
1 Andhra P r a d e s h x o a d Sector Project l'hc Louis Berger Group;Inc. Feds~bxllty Study, Desrgn a n d ~ g t a l l e d Enpneenng
I Potential Impact I Mitigation/Enhancement
laying of hot mLu
Oil interceptor: Oil and grease from polluting run-off is another major concern. During construction, discharge o f Oil and Grease is most Mely from work shops, oil and waste oil storage areas, diesel oil pumps, vehicle parking areas from the construction camps. Vehicle/machinery and equipment maintenance and refuelling dl be carried out so that spillage of fuels and lubricants d o not contaminate the soil. The source is well defined and restricted. An "oil interceptor" will be provided for wash down and refuelling areas. Fuel storage will be in proper bunded areas. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with hloEF and SPCB guidelines. Fuel storage and fuelling areas will be located at least 300m from all cross drainage structures and significant water bodies. Drawing 8.1 provides the details of the arrangement for the oil interceptor for the removal of oil and grease.
be done to minimize thc excessive spread of emulsion/hot mix.
Operation of the residential facilities for thc labour and officers
Storage and stock ~ a r d s of bitumen and emulsion
I"<- -77.-
SECTION OF OIL IBITERlIEPT~T~F;
The residential facllitics will be provided with proper sanitation, and planed setup of construction camp. ;\ comprehensive plan of construction camp is prepared in APPENDIX # 5: SITING & LAYOUT OF CONSTRUC'I'ION C.\hlP
The base of bitumen/emulsion stock ?ard will be paved and all the waste/spill will be drained to oil interceptor before dscharging. Figure of oil interceptor is presented below
I dm', 1.
PLAF,I 1:f COIL INTEFZEFTOP
Drawing No. 8.1: Conceptual p lan of Oil Interceptor
8.3.6 Soil Quality Monitor ing - mitigation
Apart from provision of the mitigation measures, their effectiveness and further improvement in designs to reduce the concentration of pollutants in the soil due to construction activity shall be monitored, as contamination of soil is directly linked with contamination o f water. The monitoring plan shall be funcuonal in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility will be as per the A P P E N D I X # 8.15: ENVIRONMENTAIL hfONITORING
Detailcd l'rojcct Report, ~nvironmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 8
4 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project rGe Louis Berger Group, Inc. Teaiblhty Study, Des~gn and Derailed Engineer~ng
P U N . F o r location refer table 4.11: ;imbient soil Quality h f ~ n i t ~ ~ g Locations m c l u h g one at H o t muc plant site. A n d standard/acceptable values are given in Table 4.12 : National Ambient soil Quality Standards. ,Any value/result no t within acceptable lunits will b e reported to e n p e e r , for remedial measures.
8.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT-MITIGATION MEASURES
D u e t o the proposed project there will b e some duect and indirect long term impacts o n the water resources. Table below presents the major adverse impacts on the water resources and the mitigation measures taken.
I I I p 1 Relocation of ground/surface water /
I 1 Loss of water
Bodies
I I sources. I
Mitigation/Enhancement
Alteration of Cross Drainage
Impact (Reason)
hlaior, direct impact
Impact 1 Sr. 1 No.
drainage Impact
Item
kart or complete acquisition of source of
\'cry 1,ow Impact
Siltation of water bodtes
Land acquisition to be minimized with provision of Retaining walls.
Reduction in ground recharge.
One major bridge over existing causeway. \VidCnin of minor bridges and
Increased drainagc discharge
widening of minor bridges and bridpng of cxisting causeways, there will be an improvement in the drainage charactcri"cs of the project area
Silt fencing to be provided. Recharge well to be provided to compensate the loss uf pervious surface.
Continuous drain is provided, unlined in rural area and Lined in urban areas.
I I I
4 1 Water I Dircct ( \\later requirement for 1 Contractor needs to obtain approvals requirement for Impact construction activity. project Warer requirement of
labour.
1 for taking adequate quantities of watcr from surface and ground water sources. This is required to avoid depletion of water resources
I I I
5 Water Quahty
a
Water quality - monitoring
alter the nature & capacity of the watercourse
Incrcased sedunentation
Instructions gven in Appendix 8.9: sediment control to bc enforced.
Direct adverse unpact
Residential facilities for I Septic tank will be construction for the labor and officers wastc dts~osal.
Dircct impact
laying of hot mix
Production of hot n i x and rejected materds
Routine and pcriodtcal 1
Scarified bitumen wastes
o i l & diesel spds Emulsion sprayer and
Rejected material wdl be laycd in vdlage roads or as l rec ted by engineer.
I
maintenance
(if any) mitigate/ enhance environment due to
increased sedimcnt laden run-off
Hazardous Wastes (hianagement and Handling) Rulcs, 1989 to be enforced.
Oil Interceptor will be provided for accidental spill of oil and dicscl.
The implications of accidental discharge are potentially disastrous. But, i t must be
Silt fencing to be provided.
De tded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 9
A , Andhra Pradesh Road SectoqProject 'The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~blllry Smdy, Des~gn and Detmled EnGne&mg
-
emphasized that the probability of such an accident is quite low, as one of the objectives of the design is the enhancement of road safety.
8.4.1 Loss of Water Bodies-Mitigation
8.4.1.1 Surface Water Bodies
Two Surface water bodies located along the corridor, Table 8.2 presenting the total no of surface water bodies along the project road and enhancement measure proposed.
Table 8.2: Surface Water Bodies-Mitigation
SI. Chainage Name of Location Distance Common (Left / from PCL Impact MitigationIEnhancement
No. (=.) Pro erty Right) (in mts)
Right N~ nirect Repair of tank platform 1 153+600 Water Tank 9.6
Impacr Proper drainage with soak pit
8.4.1.2 Ground water resources
Loss of other water supply sources includes; removal of private and community ground water sources like bore wells, tube wells and open wells. These losses have been covered under the utility relocation process in the pre-construction phase of the EhL1P. Compensatory water supply sources will be set up before the start of construction activities. Impacted Ground water resources present along the project road and its mitigation measure present in the Table 8.3.
Table 8.3: Ground water Sources-mitigation
Any source of community water (potable or otherwise) such as open wells, ponds, tube-wells and bore wells, accidentally lost will be replaced immehatel~. The location and siting of the replaced source of water will be as close as possible to the ongmal source.
The project road passes through the dry region of hndhra Pradesh, loss of water has sever impact, hence soak pits are provided for the waste water from the hand pump to recharge the ground water,
A - - Detded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 1 0
I I hc Louis Berger croup, Inc. -
wh~ch otherwise would have lost by evaporation. The typical layout of the soak pit is presented below in Drawing NO. 8.2
. . :>OAk< C'.:
1001nrn thl; R.C.C S l a b
- f i ( O m DlA MAS-HOLH
25Omni thk RRICK WALL WITH CEMWT MORTAR 1:4 DUCTS FOK SEEPAGE
. . L Z5mm lhk.Crmcn1 Plaalcr ISOmrn PSC MIS
: URlCK BATS WITH C O A R S E A G G R E 6 h T F . S OF P A O L E S
SECTIOK OF SOAK PIT
SE('?'lOh Al' A I
Drawing No. 8.2 : Conceptual plan of Soak Pit for Hand Pump
8.4.2 Alteration of cross drainage
All cross drainage structures have been designed to handle a 50-year peak flood level. -1 detailed hydrological study had been carried to calculate the design discharge.
Pipe drainages will be provided for diversion roads constructed for the construction of new bridges and culverts. (refer drawing 8.3)
Storm water from all longtudmal and Cross drainage works will be connected to the natural drainage courses.
The contractor will remove obstructions that may cause temporary flooding of local drainage channels, during the construction phase.
Contractor will be responsible for removal of debris generated due to the disinantlmg of structure and earth generated due to the excavation of foundation, from the water course before the onset of monsoon. For list of bridge under reconstruction/new proposed bridges (refer Table 6.11)
Uetded Project lieport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagemcnt Plan 8 - 1 1
- Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 1 Feasibility Study, Deslgn and Detailed Eng~neering 7
The Louis Berger Group, Inc.
Drawing No. 8.3: Conceptual Plan of Diversion at Bridge Location
8.4.3 Runoff and drainage
Continuous Drain (hned/unhned) is provided throughout the project road for efficient drainage of storm water.
Lined drain is provided at builtup sections for quick drainage of storm water.
The increased runoff due to increased impervious (Bituminous Top) surface will be countered with increased pervious surface area through soak pits, at hand pump locations.
The local bohes need to dlscourage/stop the filling of private water bodies, ponds etc to develop commercial places and shops due to the improved roads and improved connectivity
8.4.4 Water Requirement for Project
Acquisition and management of water for construction is an issue that must be addressed by the contractor. The Contractor is expected to obtain water for construction purposes that is of a hgh water quality.
Contractor needs to obtain approvals for taking adequate quantities of water from surface and ground water sources. Thts is required to avoid depletion of water resources.
Contractor is required to minirnise wastage of water.
Water conservation methods to be adopted during construction process to make optimum use of water, as limted water sources are avadable along the PR.
8.4.5 Water Quality
a) Increased sedunentation
Silt fencing will be provided
Desilting WIII be done for the existing ponds/Tanks
Desilting of the waste water will be ensured before the discharge of drain water into natural stream
Instructions gven in APPENDIX 8.9: SEDIhENT CONTROL to be enforced
Table 8.5 List of silt fencing locations
S1. No. Location Length (approximate) Remark
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental bfanagement Plan 8 - 12
I Andhra Pradesh Rqad Sector Project 'Vhc Louis Berger Group, - fnc. Feas~bll~ry Study, Des~gn and-~ethed Englneerlng
1
z ELEVATION SECTION_&%
I I I
, $EO-Er,TIiF FIYFr, TO. AIm.5Fc-13hS IVI'H411CA'Yz i8RF
I rWW.'?'tCOHKL,*i "m",,.. I _.*"1 -,
' I A I
I 4 ~ 2 . a - ~ - - ' A i
! I
I PLAN - DETAIL &A
--- - - - - - - -
Drawing No. 8.5: Conceptual plan of silt fencing.
b) Contammauon of water.
Oil interceptor will be provided at plant site and truck lay byes.
Construction work close to the streams or water bohes wd be avoided during monsoon
The discharge standards promulgated under the Environmental Protection Act, '1986 will be strictly adhered to. -All wastes arising from the project will be disposed off in a manner that is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).
All relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conhtions of Service) Act, 1996 d l be adhered to.
Construction labourers' camps will be located at least 1000m away from the nearest habitation.
Unless otherwise authorised by the local sanitary authority, arrangements for proper hsposal of excreta by incineration at the workplace suitably approved by the local medlcal health or municipal authorities d l be made.
All approach roads to rivers and other surface water bodies need to be closed permanently to avoid vehicle washing and to avoid major pollution sources. This applicable to all areas including the secondary construction sites.
Automotive service centres will be discouraged from establishing along the corridors with out installing preventive measures against petroleum and oil contamination.
8.4.6 Water Quality Monitoring - mitigation
Apart from provision of the mitigation measures, their effectiveness and further improvement in designs to reduce the concentration of pollutants in the soil due to construction activity shall be monitored, as contamination of soil is directly linked with contamination of water. The monitoring: " plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility will be as per the APPENDIX # 8.15. ENVIRONhENTAL hfONITORING
P - I>etded Project Kcport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagcmcnt Plan 8 - 13
A - A n d h r a P r a d e s h R o a d Sec to r Projec t , Feas~b~llty Study, Deslgn and Detalled Eng~neerlng The Louis Berger Group, Inc.
P U N . For location refer table 4.11: Ambient Water Quality Monitoring Locations including one at H o t mi.. plant site. A n d standard/acceptable values are p e n in table 4.12: Na t iona l Ambient Water Quality Standards. Any value/result n o t within acceptable limits wdl be reported t o engineer, for r emeda l measures.
8.5 N O I S E ENVIRONMENT-MITIGATION MEASURES
Environmental noise particularly highway traffic noise, is a complex phenomenon because its intensity and characteristics vary with time dependmg upon the frequency as well as type o f vehicles o n the road.
I tem 1 lrnpact 1 Impact (Reason) 1 Mitigation/Enhancement I Direct Noisc barrier to be provided Sensitive
Increase in noise pollution Traffic calming dcviscs to be used. receptors
N O Horn Zonc sign Post.
Noise movements Area specific and for short duration hiachinery to bc checked & complied
Establ~shment of labor with noise pollution regulations. (:onstruction duration camps onsite offices, stock Camps to bc sctup away from the
Stage) 1 yards and construction settlements, in the down wind direction. plants
I 1 I 1 stone crushing, asphalt 1 Camps to be setup away from the 1
1 1 1 1 to thc work zones 1 constructjon I I
1
hlarginal Impact
2b
2c
mitigate/ enhance environment due to Monitoring Any unforeseen impact any unforcsccn impact. I
Noisc Pollution
(Construction Stage)
Stage)
8.5.1 Sensi t ive R e c e p t o r s - mi t iga t ion
1 Community residng near , changng wlth completion of
production plant and settlements, in thc down wind drection.
I
Noise Pollution hfargnal
(Operation lmpact 1 Ievcl of service C.
All schools, hospitals and cultural properties have been identified and those that are close t o the project roads ie with in 100 m &stance will require noise barrier to accommodate the long term impact o f the improved road. List o f sensitive receptors along the project corridor is presented in table 8.6 below
batching plants, diesel generators etc
I Effectivcncss / shortfall (if I hleasures will be revised & improved to
T a b l e 8.6 List o f sens i t ive r ecep to r
Noise pollution regulation to be monitored and enforced. . . lemporary as the work zones will be
due to increase in traffic will be compensated with the uninterrupted movement of heavy and
- -. - - - Detaded Project Kcport, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental hlanagemcnt Plan 8 - 14
(duc to improved facility) 1 light vehicles ull the faclty reaches the
- -
Name Common Property
ofpLocation (Left / Right)
Right
Left
Left
Left
2
3
4
5
Distance from ECL (in mts)
5.5
7.9
7.7
9
11.2
153+080
41/300
153+460
153+600
156+380
Shahi 11ospira1 Sd Bala
Sisulu High School Govt.
Hostel for Girls
1'cternary Hospital
Govt School
Distance for PCL (in mts)
5.53
7.8
8.4
11.3
~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ Impact
Dircct Im act
~ i ~ ~ ~ t Impact
Direct
~ i r ~ ~ ~ im act
No Direct Impact
- Length
5.00
10.30
60.00
38.00
16.00
Mitigation/Enhancement
Will bc relocated to thc nearest possible placc.
Boundary wd be shifted. Noise bnrner \dl be provided (refer dwg:8.6)
Noise barrier will bc provided (refer dwg:8.6)
Breadth
14.00
200.00
100.00
50.00
40,00
A - Andhra Pradesh Road Secto 'I'he LOUIS Berger Group, Inc.
-- Feaslb~l~ty Study, Deslgn and Detaded
25mm Groove to Rcducc Nolnc L r r l
BOUNDMY WAI.1. PETBlL
Drawing No. 8.6: Conceptual Drawing for Noise Barrier
MitigatiodEnhancement
Noise barrier will be provided (refer dwgS.6)
Noise bacriec will be provided (refer dwgS.6)
Noise bamcr d be prorided (refer dwgS.6)
2
8.5.2 Noise Pollution - Mitigation
Impact
NoDircct Impact
Direct Impact
No Direct Im act
No *lCect
Impact
No Impact
N o Direct Impact
Noise standards will be strictly enforced for all vehicles, plants, equipment, and construction machinery. All construction equipment used for an 8-hour shift d l conform to a standard of less than 90dB(A). If required, high noise producing generators such as concrete mixers, generators, graders, etc. must be provided with noise shelds.
Machinery and vehcles will be maintained regularly, with particular attention to silencers and mufflers, to keep construction noise levels to minimum.
Distance for PCL (in mts)
14,1
8.0
18.2
10.9
14.0
10.9
~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~
Workers in the vicinity of high noise levels d be provided earplugs, helmets and d l be engaged in diversified activities to prevent prolonged exposure to noise levels of more than 90dB(A) per 8 hour shift.
Distance from ECL
(in mts)
10.1
8.1
17.7
10
10
10.8
- Length
35,00
20.00
20.00
22.00
70.00
110
During construction vibratory compactors d be used sparingly within the urban areas. In case of complaints from roadside residents, the engineer will ask the site engneer to take suitable steps of restricting the work hours even further or use an alternative roller.
Location (Left / ~ i ~ h ~ )
Left
Right
Left
Kight
Left
Right
Breadth
100,00
60.00
35.00
10.00
200.00
200.00
Proposed tree and shrub plantations planned for avenue plantation especially close to settlements, may form an effective sound buffer during the operation stage.
Name of Common propertv
Kasthunba Gurukula
Guls kligh School
vetemir?: Hospital
Veternvq Hospital
Gort School
\'.P.K. Collegc of Education
School
S1. No.
1 8
9
10
11
People will be convinced / educated to prevent sensitive land uses from developing up adjacent to the project corridors.
Chainage (Km.)
158+800
161+250
]63+200
168+100
168+850
194+200
- P ~~~~
Detaded Project Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & EnvironmcntaI Management Plan 8 - 15
4- -- A n d h x Pradesh Road Sector Project 'I'he Louis - - - ~ e r ~ e r ~ r o u ~ , Inc. Feaslblllty S t u d K D e s ~ ~ n and Detalled Engineering
8.5.3 Noise Pollution Monitoring - mitigation
Apart from provision of the mitigation measures, their effectiveness and h t h e r improvement in designs to reduce the concentration of pollutants in the soil due to construction activity shall be monitored, as contamination of soil is drectly linked with contamination of water. The monitoring plan shall be functional in construction as well as in operation stages. The frequency, duration and responsibility d be as per the APPENDIX # 8.15: ENTTIRONhENTAL hIONITORING PLAN. For location refer table 4.11: Ambient Water Quahty Monitoring Locations including one at Hot mix plant site. And standard/acceptable values are given in table 4.12: National Ambient Water Quality Standards. Any value/result not within acceptable limits d be reported to engmeer, for remedial measures.
8.6 FLORA & FAUNA - MITIGATION
The major impact in t h ~ s project on flora involves the removal of trees to permit construction and to provide clear zone for safety of the road users. There is N O recorded wild life habitat in near vicinity of the project corridor.
Trees located within the clear zone need to be removed to prevent cohsion with the trees, in case of accident. Roadside trees with strong and rigid stems can pose safety hazards. Some trees obstruct clear sight distances. Others have a propensity to overturn when old and are potential safety hazards dependmg upon age and decay condition. All such trees that are safety hazards need to be cleared.
1 Forest area N O Impact No forest arca Nil 1 Sr.
No.
Wild life I NO Impact 1 No wild life habitat I Nil I
Trees Cutting
Item
Vegetation
I 1 hlaximum deviation in Agnment design 1
Impact Impact (Reason)
Direct impact
Mitigation/Enhancement
loss of shade & loss of tree products
Incrcase in soil crosion, silting of water bodies, Dust & noise pollution.
antation along corridor is also proposed. Endangered Tree species will be
I
to save the road side trccs. Compulsory tree plantation in the ratio of 1:2, i.e. for each tree cut, two saplings will be enforced However Avenue
Direct Impact
8.6.1 Forest Area - Mitigation
1
I vegetated.
No forest area within the corridor of impact.
transplanted. Clearing and grubbing will be minimized, and sprinkled with water to reduce dust
Increase in soil erosion, silting of water bodies, noise pollution. Dust I'ollution
5 ( Cattle Grazing
8.6.2 Wild Life - Mitigation
pollution. Exposed surface like embankment slopes will be protected with stone pitching and turfmg. Open land in and around plant will be
No wild life habitat/wild life crossing within the corridor of impact.
8.6.3 Trees - Mitigation
Nil No Impact
The mitigation and enhancement measures taken along the project corridor includes,
No cattle grazing found
a) Compensatory Afforestation: to compensate the f e h g of trees.
b) Avenue Plantation
c) Plantation at enhancement sites
- Detailed I'roject Rcport, Environmental Impact Xsscssmcnt & Environmental hlanagement Plan 8 - 1 6
A- , - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project A Feaslbillty Study, Deslgn and Detaled Engmeermg
-, The Louis Berger Group, Inc. -
d) Landscaping at junctions and realignment locations etc
Compensatory Afforestation: Compensatov afforestation will be taken up as per the Forest (Conservation) .k t , 1980. For each tree felled, two trees will be planted. The R&BD will bear the cost of such afforestation. Refer APPENDIX 8.10: ARUNGEhIENT WITH FOREST DEPARTMENT
To minimise loss of trees, clearance of only those trees identified from the design will be removed. The felling of trees has been rninimised as much as possible by having the centreline adjusted so as to necessitate fellmg of trees from only one side, in case of green tunnel.
Endangered specles, if found during construction, will be transplanted as per the APPENDIX 8.13: TR\NSPL\NTATION O F TREES.
No tree wiU be removed in the zone of construction without the prior approval of the DoF, through the supervising engineer.
total of 1163 trees need to be uprooted along the alignment because of project intervention
Avenue Plantation: In addition to the compensatory afforestation, trees shall be planted along the project corridors by the APRDC through Department of Forest for this purpose RDC should sign a hIOU with Department of Forest. Such plantations \d be initiated once the construction is complete. The objective behmd such plantation is to cover/ re-vegetate the areas withn the ROW that are at presently barren. To maintain the present character of strip plantation, similar indgenous trees should be planted. Refer APPENDIX 8.11: SELECTION OF TREE SPECIES.
Considering the combined compensatory afforestation by DoF and the plantation by the APRDC, a total of 6,000 saplmgs will be planted along the corridor in single, 300 no. of trees in each package.
Costing has been done as per forest schedule of rate, includmg the plantation and maintenance cost for 3 years.
Drawing No. 8.7: Conceptual Plan for Avenue Plantation
Landscaping at Junctions and medians etc: No trees are planted up to 50m before the intersections so as to achieve clear sight &stances For intersections, shrubs will be planted at 1.5m c/c as per the design shown in the Figure 8.8. Beyond this point only dwarf shrubs are planted. The height of these shrubs should be such that they do not obstruct the view of traffic coming from the intersecting road. The plants recommended for intersections are Ce/odendmn ineme, slntirhinnwm,
lletailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagement Plan 8 - 1 7
Ic Andhra Pra%h Road Sector Project 1 he Louis Berger Goup, Inc. Feaslbll~ty Study, Deslgn2nd Detalled En~neering
Browaka. The intersections where landscaping is proposed is presented in the individual EhlPs. The supervision consultant shall ascertain avadabkty of space in the junctions mentioned below and plantation shall be done in the avadable space. Refer APPENDIX 8.11: SELECTION OF TREE SPECIES.
Ornamental Tree Guard
PLAN
With MS Bars
1J m's b n b -1s 1 E6-m LW
2 5 ~ 0 4 US Fld 3 16'. h q lrn
4 nm.7 2% $mm US rbl h 4.m
ELEV ATlON
Drawing No. 8.8: Conceptual Plan for Tree Guard
8.6.4 Vegetation - Mitigation
High embankment WIU be re-vegetated with local shrubs and grasses to prevent soil erosion from the bare earth, prior to the monsoon.
8.6.5 Cattle Gtazing - Mitigation
No cattle grazing seen along the corridor.
8.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT - MITIGATION
Adverse sodo-economic impacts include all disruptions on the social and economic interactions of communities due to the road project. This involves effect on both the adjacent communities (mostly direct) as well as the nearby communities (mostly indirect). The various impacts have been detaded as:
General impacts that apply to the entire corridor,
Specific impacts on &ely properties and PAPS, within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) of the project corridor.
8.7.1 General Impacts - Mitigation
Sr. Item Impact Impact (Reason) Mitigation/Enhancement No. - -
1 Fear of Direct, long Land and propcrty owners are Public participaaon sessions uncertainties Impact subjected to sufferings regarding werc/wlll be conductcd in
regarding future uncertainties of the extent of loss different stages of project. and the nature of compensation
2 Inducement of Duest lmpact danger of unscrupulous Market Valuc l\ssessment land prices speculators movlng in to purchase Committee will dcclde thc actual
- - " - Detaded Project Report, Environmental Impact ilssessmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 18
4 - A n d h r a P r a d e s h R o a d S e c t o g r o j e c t
I'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. - Feas~b~hty Smdy, Deslgn and Dera~led Engmeekng
Sr. I tem Impact Impact (Reason) Mitigation/Enhancement No.
land cost of land -- - - -
3 lnducem occupy The dates of base-hne soclo- squatter influx adjacent land in thc hope of economic survey have been
receiving compensation undue considered as cut off date for pressure on local resources identification of project affected
pcople PAP.
and amenities Impact grasslands), and Physical completed prior to start of structures (public or private projcct work. assets and utnlities). These have bccn further
discussed in details in R4P
5a Pubhc Health High direct Psychological impacts on their Advancc noticc as pcr RAP(4 and Safeq adverse owncrs and others associated months before cornmenccment
impact with them.
Debris generated
of work) will be p e n to the owners of the affected properties. Dcbris, so generated wdl be dsposed to thc satisfaction of F.ngineer. Refer Appendix 8.3: Debris Disposal Site. hfonitoring of air , water ,noise and land during construction and operation phase. Rcfer Appendix 8.15: Monitoring Plan. Rcfer Appendix 8.7: Environment Friendly construction hlcthodolo
5b Impact population encouraged to recruit the local
Pressure on basic facilities llke people as labourcr at least for medical services, power, water unskilled and semi-skdled jobs. supply, etc. Transmission of communicable Hygiene and basic facditics will dlscases including aids. bc ensured at labour camp to sanitary conditions in the labour prevent the spread of disease. camps Refcr Appendix 8.5 s~tting and
layout of construction Camps, and Appendix 8.6 Workers Safety dunng construction
5c Induect Social an d traffic control ~ l a n s Impact local population due to quarrying shall bc prepared and submitted
and crushng operations, traffic to the engineer for approval 5 diversions, etc. days prior to commcricemcnt of traffic jams and congestion, loss work on any scction of road. of access and other road accident nsks temporary land acquisiuon
5d Accldcnts and Dircct School chddren The contractor wdl provide, Safety Impact lades carrying pots full of water ercct and malntain barricades,
includmg signs marlung flags hghts and tlagmen as requued
- by the Engineer
-- - - - - - -- - -- . - - - 6 ~ e s e t z m e z o f - In duect Prcssure on civil ameniues. water A comprehensive resettlemcnt
People impact sources, grazing lands, fuel wood, action plan has been prepared medical facilities etc. to improve the standard of
living of the affected population
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental hlanagcment Plan 8 - 1 9
Andhra Pradesh Road g c t o r Project 'I.he Louis Berger Group,kc. * Feaslblliry Study, Des~gn and Detded Ennpneermg
Sr. Item
No. Impact Impact (Reason) Mitigation/Enhancement
7 Idand Use Inducct Succession of land uses and Project is widening of existing Changcs impact higher return uscs would displace of pavcmcnt, hence no major
the lower return uscs at major change in land use pattern is interscctions and in settlcmcnt cnvisagcd along the project areas. road. Vrban frinec arcas will be subjected to nbbon development.
---. - - 8 Disturbance to ~nducct Some Shons mav be sh~fted. no
road side Impact income from hlghway users services hence loss of service to the local
pcople
9 Removal of Indircct loss of shclter disturbance to encroachments impact f a d y and community life and squatters
The cleanlng of such rnformal estabhshment wd be carncd out as phase-wlse resettlement Programme
Impact wd be avolded by unplcmentahon of phase-w~se resettlement action Propmme NoUcc w d be served 4 months in
fachtles
11 Indirect Dlsplaccd, resettled f a d e s wd special provlslon has been Community Impact put pressure on the existing made in the comprehensive
scarce infrastructure and resettlement action plan for the amenities available with the host host commuility community
8.7.1.1 Fear of uncertainties regarding future
The Project is only of widening and strengthening of the existing road, and within the confines of the existing Row, the fear of uncertainties is most hkely lunited to the people squatting and encroaching in the ROW. At places where the community uthties are to be affected a certain amount of anxiety wiU he among the people in that particular community.
To remove such fear from the people, public participation sessions were/wdl be conducted in Qfferent stages of project, viz. pre-design, design, pre-construction and construction.
In the pre-design stage, a comprehensive socio-economic survey was conducted to prepare base h e status of the households squatting or encroached upon the ROW. During the survey each households were contacted/inte~ewed and they were explained about the purpose of the survey, need of the project and benefits associated with the project etc.
The second stage of public participation was in the form of village meetings, focus group discussion, indvidual interviews, voluntary and academic institution consultation.
The third stage of participation session d l start before pre-construction. The EhlU d verify and consult the inQvidua1 EPs with the help of an NGO for Qstribution of ID card. At this stage the EPs will be explained about their entitlement and R&R framework.
*I11 people &ely to be Qsplaced will be informed in advance through NGO by a time bound Programme about resettlement to remove fear of uncertainty.
During the construction stage the consultation process d continue to avoid any inconvenience to the community at any point of time.
8.7.1.2 Inducement of Land Prices
As the project becomes common knowledge, the land prices along the corridor will increase. For realignment and geometric improvement of highway, extra additional land may be required; Market Value Assessment Committee will decide the actual cost of such land. The actual cost of land may be different from induced land cost. The hWAC have time bound Programme to calculate the
-- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 20
4 . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 4 - I he Louis Berger Group, Inc. -
Feas~b~ l~ ty Study, Des~gn and Detarled Enpneerlng P -
actual cost of land. In calculating the actual land cost individual project affected person CP;IP) R. NGOs wlll be involved.
8.7.1.3 Inducement of Squatter Influx
Once the project becomes common knowledge, people may attempt to occupy the land along the corridor in anticipation of compensation. To avoid such, the dates of base-line socio-economic survey have been considered as cut off date for identification of project affected people, who are eligble for compensation. The cut off dates will be used to establish whether a person located in the right way qualifies as a P,il-' for the dsbursement of compensation. All the PAPS recorded during socio-economic baseline survey are eligble for compensation after verification by EMU.
8.7.1.4 Loss of utilities and amenities
The site clearance for construction of road may result in loss or relocation of certain utilities and amenities, viz. electricity, water and telephone line etc. People dependent upon these utilities and amenities may experience inconvenience and economic loss. Though such impacts are unavoidable keeping in mind the scale of work, but ever): care will be taken in co-ordination with concerned departments, to restore the facility within shortest possible time to avoid any prolonged hardshp or inconvenience to the community. Similarly other utilities like water source, cattle trough etc. wdl be constructed or replaced at appropriate place with the consent of community prior to dismantling the existing one.
8.7.1.5 Public Health and Safety
a) Duxing the Pre-construction and Construction Phases dismantling of the structures for Col clearance and road construction may result in health hazards. To minimise this potential negative impact the following recommendations should be adopted:
To avoid the psychological impacts due to the demolition of properties on the owners and other tenants. The advance notice as per K I P will be given to thc owners of the affected properties. An advance notice wdl be served at least four months beforc construction commences. For squatters needing relocation, all R&R activities will be undertaken and entitlements will be completed before construction starts.
Debris generatcd from the demolition of properties will be properly disposed of to avoid the health problems in the safeties. Earth material, if required will be dumped in borrow areas as approved by the engineer. Borrow areas will be filled to avoid health hazards from stagnant water collecting in these areas. The contractor will make all arrangements for chsmantling and cleaning up of debris. Implementation will be as per the approval and direction of the engineer.
Instructions as given m APPENDIX 8.7: EN\?RONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY, to be enforced
b) During the construction period the potential negative community impacts arising from imported labour in the labour camps will be avoided as per following: -
All contractors d be encouraged to recruit the local people as labourer at least for unskilled and semi-skilled jobs. T h s would automatically reduce the magrutude of impact expected due to outside labour. Wherever the local labourers are not available the contractor should ensure the following provision for imported labour.
The adhtional stress on the facilities like medical services, power, water supply due to a labour camp in a local area d l be avoided by the contractor providing these facilities for the labourers as per the chrection of the Engineer
In areas where wddlife resources are abundant, construction workers shall be instructed how to protect natural resources, fauna, flora and aquatic life. In such areas hunting and unauthorised fishing are prohibited.
In the labour comps, all temporar). accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinkmg, cooking and washing.
- - Iletailcd Project Kcport, Environmental Impact Asscssrncnt Rr Environmental hlanagerncnt Plan 8 - 21
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Droj I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. -.
4t Feasibility Study, Deslgn and Deta~led En~neenng
The sewage system for the camp d l be properly designed b d t and operated so that no health hazard occurs. Garbage bins will be provided in the camp and regularly emptled. The collected garbage \dl be disposed off in a hygenic and approved manner.
Instructions as p e n in APPENDIX 8.5: SITTING -4ND L4YOUT OF CONSTRUCTION CAhPS, to be enforced.
Instructions as given in APPENDIX 8.6: WORKERS S;IFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION, to be enforced.
Instructions as given in APPENDIX 8.8: STORAGE, U N D L I N G USE AND EMERGENCY DURING CONSTRUCTION, to be enforced.
c) /\llied activities d u ~ g construction period may cause local disruption:
In the construction phase, there may be inconvenience to the local people as well as the highway passengers due to traffic jams and congestion, loss of access and other road accident risk as a result of construcbon. Detailed traffic control plans shall be prepared and submitted to the cngmeer for approval 5 days pnor to commencement of work on any section of road. In the preparation of the traffic control plan special consideration shall be given to the safety of pedestrians and workers at night.
d) Accidents and Safety
To avoid the accidents during construction phase, contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure traffic safety. The contractor WIII provide, erect and maintain barricades, i n c l u h g signs marlung flags lights and flagmen as required by the Engineer.
In the operation phase, traffic control measures such as speed breakers and sign boards (incluhg speed lunits) d be provided and strictly enforced in residential areas, near schools and water bodles ltke ponds and wells.
8.7.1.6 Resettlement of People
People displaced from their home and livelihood on account of the proposed activity vnll be taken care in the project. A comprehensive resettlement action plan has been prepared to improve the standard of living of the affected population if not at least restore their livelihood and regaining their former standard of living (Refer Resettlement Action Plan Report).
8.7.1.7 Land Use Changes
As regards land use changes, it is Uely that the impact would be very minimal. Since the project is widening of road within the existing ROW, the possibhty of major land acquisition is not envisaged. In design stage utmost care has been taken to keep the land acquisition at minimal for road realignment and geometric purpose. The probable impact on road-side business and trees within ROW has been reduced and avoided through design.
8.7.1.8 Disturbance to Roadside Service
Along the highway, near settlements, small shops serve the local people as well as highway users. Some of these shops are w i t h the ROW. To avoid any impact on livelihood of people dependent on roadside business, the cleaning of such informal establishment will be carried out as phase-\vise resettlement Programme. Loss of livehhood of the d~splaced shop owners will be compensated as per assistance or entitlements in Entitlement Framework of Andhra Pradesh.
8.7.1.9 Removal of Encroachments and Squatters
The impact due to removal of encroachments and squatters will be avoided by implementation of phase-wise resettlement action Programme. To avoid the severance of impact, advance notice will be given to the encroachers and squatters. The notice will be given four months prior to construction phase starts. Relocation of all such impacted persons will be as per R&R schedule.
Detded Project Report, Envuonmental Impact ,\ssessment & Enwonmental hlanagement I'lan 8 - 22
A = 4 - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detalled Englneer~ng
-
8.7.1.10 Sensitive Community Facilities
The impacts due to project on the sensitive community fachties or institution along the project corridor such as education institution, health facilities, a number of recreational facilities and others hke ponds and cultural community assets avoided in the design phase of the project. These are discussed in d e t d in subsequent paragraphs.
8.7.1.11 Host Community
F a d e s dtsplaced due to the project will be resettled at suitable place. This may put pressure on the existing scarce infrastructure and amenities available with the host community. To avoid such pressure on already scarce resources, viz. water, grazing land, he1 woods, and medtcal fachty etc. special provision has been made in the comprehensive resettlement action plan for the host community. This will be applicable where the total number of resettled people exceeds 200 or 10 percent of the host community whichever is less (Refer: Resettlement Action Plan Report).
8.7.2 Specific Impacts - Mitigation
8.7.2.1 Sensitive Cultural Properties (CPR)
A no. of sensitive communal assets exists along the project corridor. Table below presents the impact and mitigationlenhancement proposed at each location. (Refer APPENDIX 8.14: R~IITIGATION/ENHANCEhfENT O F C U L T U W PROPERTIES.)
Table 8.7 List of Sensitive Cultural Properties
- - - Detailed l'roject Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 23
S1. No.
Chainage
(h.)
153/800
3
4
6
7
, 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
Name of Cultural Property
Mosque Wit11 Neem Trce
pp
160/840
160/840
162/375
l65/450
167/350
167/450
168/200
168/350
168/433
168/450 --- 169/350
170/040
170/920
170/940
Location (Left / ~ i g h t )
fight
Will be rclocated
p 17 181/740 Ashramam Ideft 7.5 11.4 16.00 40.00 ' Direct
Distance from ECL (in mts)
7.7
H;::z: 'I'emplc Arch
Temple Cum ~ s ~ ~ r a m a m
TFzilr Temple
pppp
Tcmple
Church
Hanuman Temple Side
'I'ree
Gangamma Stone
18
Distance for PCL (in mts)
11.6
I>e ft
Left
Left
Right
Left
Right
Right
1,rft
Right
182/090 Church
7.5
12.5
7.5
8.9
Will be rclocatcd
Will be relocated 1
1
Mosque With Right 7 Direct
Trec Renuka EUamma -0.7 2.50 2.50 Direct
Impact Temple
Swamiji Temple Left 14.5 16.5 6.00 14.00 Direct
Right
Dimensions
Pentdoastal Church
Dargh
Impact
No Dircct Im act
Length
5.00
12.0
11.0
14.1
16.5
Mitigation/ Enhancement
( As per Appendix 8.14)
. . . . . . . . . . -
Breadth
4.00
9.7
Left
Left
4.00 ,
30.00
11.00
7.5
8.5
6.5
6.5
16.1
11.5
11.5
Impact
No Direct
4.00
60.00
30.00
2.9
8.5
6.0
6.3
12.4
12.3
No Direct Impact
No Direct Impact
Impact Direct
Impact
12.00
20.00
5.00
1.50
-
12.00
13.00
14.00
15.00
100.00
100.00
Direct Impact
Im Direct act P
Impact Direct
Impact No Direct
Im act
Will be relocated
Will be rclocatcd
Direct 3.00
Impact Will bc relocated - 1.50
Impact Direct
Will be relocated
4 - Andhra Pradesh l'he Louis Berger Group, nc. Feas~blllty Study,
I Impact
Besides mitigation & enhancement, following measures wdl be taken for safety of the locals:
Local people wdl be informed about the schedule of construction activity, so that the local people remain prepared in advance.
The existing sign boards wdl not be removed but shifted to appropriate place during construction, so that people don't find problem in identifying the tourist/religious place.
During construction proper demarcation and sign board, indicators and flag man will be deputed for safe traffic movement. (Refer drawing 8.10)
8.8 BUS SHELTER, BUS BAYS, TRUCK LAY BYES, RESTING PLACE AND SERVICE ROAD
As a part of road improvement, bus shelters will be constructed/repaired at all b d t up locations. The table below presents the impact and mitigation proposed for each of the existing bus shelters.
Table 8.8 List of Existing Bus Shelters
1 2 Bus Shelter 1 161/250 1 Right 1 8 . 1 Direct impact 1 Will be clocated I
I Impact
Bus Shelter 157/770 Left I 16.4 N o Direct Impact
Mitigation and Enhancement
1
1 8 1 Bus Shelter 1 180/955 1 Ideft 1 3.0 1 Direct imnact I Will be Relocated 1
3
4
5
6
I 7
1 9 1 Bus Shelter 187/055 1 Left 1 3.3 Direct imnact I Will be Relocated I
Besides the reconstruction/relocation of 5 bus shelters and repair & rehabilitation of all existing bus shelters, 18 nos. of new bus shelter/bus laybyes are proposed, tabulated below.
Bus Shelter
Bus Shelter
Bus Shelter
Bus Shelter
Bus Shelter
10
Table 8.9 List of Proposed Bus Shelters
- -
Left
Left
Rght
Right
Right
166/810
167/725
168/830
169/500
177/930
Bus Shelter 1 190/205 / Left 1.1 Duect impact 1 Will be Relocated
Description
(Reefer Drawing LVO 8.9)
Locat~on
LHS RHS
2.6
13.5
4.5
0.0
11.5
Remarks
12 Sheltcr 190.650
For dimensions, plan and layout rger drawing no 8.9: Conceptualplan 4 B u s shelter.
-
N o Direct Impact
N o Dircct Impact
Direct unpact
Direct impact
No Dircct Impact
P P
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 24
- - -
Will be Relocated
Will be Relocated
4 - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project - The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~brhh. Study, Des~gn and Deta~led Engpneermg
IM RLT 1-WMm-
3 FRONT MEW L r n = ~ m w m l m
NCMW
Drawing No. 8.9: Conceptual Plan for Bus shelter
8.9 AVOIDANCE O F DISRUPTION AND SAFETY RISKS DURING T H E CONSTRUCTION STAGE
8.9.1 Disruption to the Community
8.9.1.1 Loss of Access
At all times, the Contractor will provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and property accesses connecting the project road. Work that affects the use of side roads and existing accesses will not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions.
The works will not interfere unnecessady or improperly with the convenience of public or the access to, use and occupation of public or private roads, railways and any other access footpaths to or of properties whether public or private.
8.9.1.2 Traffic Jams, Congestion and Safety
Detailed Traffic Control Plans wdl be prepared prior to commencement of works on any section of road. The traffic control plans will contain details of temporary &versions, detds of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day.
Temporary &version (includtng scheme of temporary and acquisition) will be constructed with the approval of the Engineer and the EMU. Special consideration will be gven in the preparation of the traffic control plan to the safety of pedestrians and workers at night.
The Contractor wdl ensure that the running surface is always properly maintained, particularly during the monsoon so that no &sruption to the traffic flow occurs. The temporary traffic detours will be kept free of dust by frequent application of water, if necessary.
The Contractor wdl take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the hlghway under improvement.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact .Issessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 25
4 7 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Pro&ct
The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~b~l~ty Study, Des~gn and Deta~led Engmeemg - . --
Drawing No. 8.10: Conceptual Plan for traffic Diversion
8.9.2 Safety of the Workers
Refer: Appendix 8.5: Sitting And Layout Of Constructioti Camp.
Refer Appendix 8.6: Workers Safety During Construction
Refer: Appendix 8.7: Environment Friendly Construction l\.lethodology.
Refer Appendix 8.6: Storage, Handling Use And Emergency.
8.9.2.1 Risk from Operations
The Contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as requtred for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organisation @LO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to t h s contract. The contractor will supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulatloo regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, workmg platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.
8.9.2.2 Risk from Electrical Equipment
Adequate precautions will be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. No material or any of the sites will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public. All machines to be used in the construction wdl conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, w d be free from patent defect, will be kept in good workmg order, wdl be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provisions and to the satisfaction of the E n p e e r .
8.9.2.3 Risk at Hazardous Activity
A\ll workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., wdl be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers, who are engaged in weldtng works would be protided with welder's protective eye-shlelds. Stone-breakers will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and wdl be seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical wdl be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Engneer wdl be gven at least 6 working days nvtice of the proposed use of any herbicide or toxic chemical. A register of all herbicides and other toxic chemicals delivered to the site wdl be kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor. The regster will include the trade name, physical properties and characteristics, chemical ingredients, health and safety hazard information, safe handling and storage procedures, and emergency and first aid procedures for the product.
- Detaded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 8 -26
A Andhra Prade* Road Sector Project
I hc Louis Berger G C ~ U ~ , Inc. Feas~b~l~ry Study, ~ e s i ~ n i 3 D e t a d e d Engtneenng - - -
8.9.2.4 Risk of Lead Pollution
No man below the age of 18 years and no woman will be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. No paint containmg lead or lead products will be used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Face masks will be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.
8.9.2.5 Risk Caused by Force Majure
All reasonable precaution d l be taken to prevent danger of the workers and the public from tire, flood, drowning, etc. All necessary steps will be taken for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of work.
8.9.2.6 Risk from Explosives
Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorised by the Engineer, the Contractor will not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so provided or ordered or authorised, the Contractor will comply with the requirements of the following Sub-clauses of this Clause besides the law of the land as applicable: (also refer Appendix 8.8: Storage, Handhg use and emergency.)
The Contractor will at all times take every possible precaution and will comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives and will, at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor will at all times make full liaison with and inform well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from all Government Authorities, public bodies and private parties whatsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or affected by blasting operations.
8.9.2.7 Malarial Risk
The Contractor will, at his own expense, conform to all anti-malarial instructions gven to him by the Engineer, including &g up any borrow pits which may have been dug by him.
Gravid, blood laden mosquitoes can not fly very far, so they generally bite within a lulometre or so of their breeding place. Thus borrow pits and any other water bodies created during the construction process will be situated 1 to 2km away from the human settlements. Pits dug up closer than these d be adequately drained to prevent water logging.
Similarly compensator). measures for &g up part of the water bodies situated adjacent to the project corridors will be directed towards deepening of the water bodies concerned. T h s way the capacity of the water body remains the same, while water surface available for breeding of mosquitoes is reduced. T h s will have an addtional advantage of decreased evaporation losses, whch will be important in water-scarce corridors such as 02, 23 and 28.
8.9.2.8 First Aid
, i t every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of stenlised dressing material and appliances d l be provided as per the Factory Rules. Workplaces remote and far away from regular hospitals will have indoor heath units with one bed for every 250 workers. Suitable transport d be provided to facilitate take injured or ill person(s) to the nearest applicable hospital. At every workplace an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment and nursing staff d be provided as prescribed.
8.9.2.9 Potable Water
In every workplace at suitable and easily accessible places a sufficient supply of cold potable water (as per IS) d l be provided and maintained. If the drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply then, storage tanks will be provided. All water supply storage will be at a &stance of not less than 15m from any latrine, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well, which is w i t h such proximity of any latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well d l be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking water.
- Detded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management I'lan 8 - 27
4 - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. - - Feasib~l~ty Study, Design and Detailed Engrneering
All such wells will be entirely closed in and be provided with a trap door, which d l be dust proof and waterproof. A reliable pump will be fitted to each covered well. The trap door will be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which d be done at least once a month.
8.9.2.10 Hygiene
The Contractor during the progress of work WLU provide, erect and maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancdlary facihties for labour to standards and scales approved by the resident engineer. Refer Appendix 8.5: Sitting and layout of construction Camp.
There will be provided within the precincts of every workplace, latrines and urinals in an accessible place, and the accommodation, separately for each for these, as per standards set by the Budding and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. Except in workplaces provided with water-flushed latrines connected with a water borne sewage system, all latrines will be provided with dry-earth system (receptacles) which d be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working hours and kept in a strict sanitary condition. Receptacles d be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the vernacular will be provided. There d be adequate supply of water, close to latrines and urinals.
All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp must be properly designed, budt and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Compliance with the relevant legislation must be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins must be provided in the camp and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Construction camps are to be sited away from vulnerable people and adequate health care is to be provided for the work force.
Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority, arrangement for proper disposal of excreta by incineration at the workplace will be made by means of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities. Alternatively, excreta may be disposed off by putting a layer of night soils at the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (by then it d turn into manure).
On completion of the works, the whole of such temporary structures d be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches fdled in and effectively sealed off and the whole of the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor's expense, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.
- -- - -- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact ;\ssessmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 8 - 28
3 7 1 . Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Feas~b~llry Study. Des~gn and Deta~led Englneer~ng
+- . I he Louis Berger Group. Inc .
-.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
....................................................... CHAPTER . 9: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 2
9.1 OB1ECTIIrE O F E h P .................................................................................................................................... 2
9.2 ORGA\NIZATIONAL FRAPvfE\VORK ..................................................................................................... 18
9.3 COST ESTIPvMTES FOR ENVIRONhlENTAL hLINAGEMENT ............................................... 20
9.4 B;\SIS O F COSTING .................................................................................................................................... 23
LIST OF TABLES
........................................................................................... Table 9.1. The Environmental Management Plan (EhlP) 3
..................................................................................................... Table 9.2. Roles and Responsibilities of Officers 18
.................................................................................... Table 9.3. Cost Estimates for Environmental Management 20
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig . 9.1. Organisation Framework of P1U - APRSP .................................................................................................. 20
Detded Project Report. Environmental Impact ilssessment & Environmental Management Plan 9- 1
I . 1 , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~b~l~tv Study, Design and Detailed Engineer~ng
CHAPTER - 9: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Management Plan (EhP) deals with the implementation procedure of the guidelines and measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate environmental impacts of the project. It also includes management of measures suggested for enhancement of the environmental quality along the highways.
The institutional arrangement made under project wdl look into the implementation of project as well as EhrP and the various legal settings applicable to the project are briefly stated in chapter 3.
The avoidance, mitigation & enhancement measures for protection of the environment along highways have been dscussed in detail in previous chapter. Although the social environmental impacts, its mitigation and management is an essential component of the E h P , this chapter excludes it for the purpose of clan9 and procedural requirements. Social environmental elements have been separately dealt in separate volume namely, Resettlement and Rehabihtation Action Plan (RAP).
9.1 OBJECTIVE OF EMP
The EMP is a plan of action for mitigation / management / avoidance of the negative impacts of the project and enhancement of the project corridor. For each measure to be taken, its location, timeframe, implementation and overseeing / supervision responsibilities are listed. These components of the EM' have been given in Table 9.1 which explains the environmental issues and the avoidance/ mitigation/ minimization or enhancement measures adopted and/or to be adopted during different phases of the project. It also provides the references for the suggested measures, responsible agency for its implementation/ management as well as its timeframe.
Dctallcd l'roject Report, Environmental Impact rlssessment & 1:nvironmental Management Plan 9- 2
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Table 9.1: T h e Environmental Management Plan (EMP) - Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
Impact & Issues Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Oreanisation Oreanisation tual Clause
u u
DESIGN PHASE
ction alternatives were 1 .& of Cross section road design depending on the traffic requirement and economic Economic i\nalysls, Alternatives indicators like EIRR & NPV. FSR <
IRC/hloRTH specifications) alignment design Geometric Design, - to minimise land disturbance Main Report, Draft - to avoid culturally & environmentally sensitive areas - cultural D.P.R.
n merit Kc other road safety measures. Consultants Consultations
e alignment we Properties - Religious Structures were avoided by adjustment of alignment. alignment design Des~gn
re t
Preservation of tree Afore than 25% of the existing trees have been saved during PIU - EMU, alignment design.( Table:8.1) alignment design Department of Design No trees to be cut beyond toe h e . Forest, A.P. Consultants
~habTeE5: Stakeholder Consultation
(Refer clause 8.7.1.2 chapter-8, of th~s report.)
AfoRTH clause 201.5 (Page42)
Detailed Avenue plantation scheme is prepared, for plantation all Clause along the project cor
-- . -- - - - - - .. -- -. ~ .~ . ... . ~ ~. ~ ~
harge & Bridges have been d 0-year flood frequency. All C Design Drainage design culverts have been designed for 25 years flood frequency. The Consultants report)
fd height has been designed for 50-year flood. -- ... .~~ . -.
The m sign .7, 1.8 locations out at critical locations along the project corridor. This will serve Consultants and 4.12 of
4= ., * ,
as a benchmark for monitoring during construction and Chapter 4: Baseline operational phases. (Appendix 8.15: hlonitoring Plan) Environment
C Implementing Agency prepared at different stages for APRDC. Consultants Training Schedule
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Thc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Impact & Issues
Mitigation/Enhancement measures Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
Time frame Organisation Organisation tual Clause
External Influence of Location and basic facilities at site are suggested in a way to During Design APRDC Design Appendix 8.5 construction camp cause minimum interference with the local system, for details
refer Appendix 8.5: Guidelines for siting & layout of
- - - -- - .. ... -
Road safety issue due ment has been incorporated as per IRC Dunng
PIU - XPRDC traffic flow, minimize accidents during construction, design of diversionary signage
Accident black spot Imp geometry, Pedestrian During design PIU - APRDC facilities and Bus shelters is planned. Lining and signing is given Stage. Traffic Police a high priority for all road junctions. Safety Audits completed on
Consultants
. - . - - - -
Design Not ,Ipphcable . .
Consultants
Design Clause no 8.9.1 2 Consultants (chapter-8)
Design Not Applicable Consultants Traffic Police
-- -- ... ..... ...
Land Acquisition Acquisition Act, 1894". centreline Revenue Acquisition Volume: 1'111
marking at site Department Officer P O - Resettlement APRDC) Action Plan, Draft
on the Resettlement Action P1.m. Pre- Revenue R&R Officer Volume: 1'111 construction. Department, (APRDC), CSC Resettlement
NGOs Action Plan, Draft recommended in D.P.R RAP
Relocation of Utdities AU underground and over head Post design to ii gn PIU - R&R shifted as per-ytility 'hifting plan, prior permission should be re-const&tion Consultant
- officer, CSC Volume: VIII b
obtained from regional offices of Electricity, Contractor Resettlement
- -" - -
Detatled Project Rcport, Enwonmental Impact ,4sscssment & Envuonmental Management Plan 9- 4
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
Telecommunications, OFC, Water works etc. Action Plan, Draft D.P.R
- ~ ~ ~- - -
e replaced PIU, Refer R i P 1 Ic
water source (surface public water sources replaced according to EMP. Pre- surface Water CSC, Contractor 4
water) construction. Board /lJHED Clause 8.4.1, No surface water body is imacted. (refer Clause 8.4.1.1 of this Chapter 8 of this report) report
Loss of dnnkmg Pnvate dnnkmg water source replaced accordtng to R I P and water source (Ground pubhc water sources replaced accordtng to E W . water)
Eight ground water sources are to be relocated (refer Clause 8.4.1.2 of this report)
372 on LHS and 443 on RHS (Refer Appendlx 4 1) Permission has been obta~ned from forest department In case of any Endangered species found, it should be
Post design to APRDC PIU, Pre- Ground Water CSC, Contractor construction. Board /PHED
Post design to APRDC, PIU - EMU, CSC Pre- Department of Contractor construction. Forest, A.P.
Pre PIU - APRDC CSC, Contractor Construc~on PIU - EMU,
Refer R i P
Clause 8.4 1, Chapter 8 of thls report
M ~ R T H clause 201 5 (Page42)
Clause 8.6.3,chapter 8
(Refer clause 8.7 1.2 chapter-8, of this report)
Consultants
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact :\ssessment & Environmental Management Plan 9- 5
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
Clearances, Approvals List of clearance Required prior to start of construction Activity Construction APRDC, SPCB, The Contractor General and Permits Type of Clearance Applicability stage (Prior to CPCB, Chief Conditions o f
NOC and consents under Air, For establishment of any Contract
Water & Environment Act and construction camp. work Explosives,
noise rules from SPCB District Collector Time period in State department
NOC and consents under Air, For operating constructi- getting the of Mines and Water & Environment Act and on plant, Crusher, permission is 2-3 Geology, noise rules from SPCB batching plant etc. months. State Ground Explosive License from Chef For storing fuel oil, Water Board, Controller of Explosives, lubricants, diesel etc. State Irrigation
Permission for storage of Manufacture storage Department, hazardous chemical from and Import of Labour CPCB Hazardous Chemical commissioner
Borrow Area, approval from Borrow area for officer &strict collector, Concent letter, excavation of earth lease aggrement with the owner of land.
Clause 111.3, MoRTH
Quarry Lease Deed and Quarry Quarry operation (for License from State Department new quarry) of Mines and Geology
Permission for extraction of Extraction of ground ground water for use in road water constructioil activities from State Ground Water board
Permission for use of water for Use of surface water for construction purpose from construction irrigation department
Labor license from labor Engagement of Labor commissioner office
Provide a copy of all necessary clearances to the CSC / EMU
-.
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact .4ssessment & Environmental Management I'lan 9- 6
7 Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
e
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac ' Mitigation/Enhancement measures Impact & Issues Time frame Organisation Organisation tual Clause
J Adhere to all clearance terms and conditions J Obtain written permission from private landholders to
conduct construction activities on their land prior to
Management locations mentioned in Appendix 8.1 5. construction APRDC specific action this And Monitoring (Five Years) d have to be Facility Equipment for E L P (Meters, T'ehicles and Bulldlngs)
incorporated.
Asphalting Asphalt mixing plants should be sited over 1000 m (refer During PIE- APRDC, Contractor MORTH CPCR/SPCB, No Objection Certificate) from any communities. Construction CSC, Specification 1 1 1 , Mming equipment should be well sealed, and be equipped with a SPCB 111.5 dust-removal device. Opelators should wear dust masks, ear protection and hard hats.
AIR
Gaseous Emlsslons Vehicles and machmerp are to be mamtamed so that emissions Begnnmg w t h PIU - APRDC, Contractor MORTH conform to Natlonal Ambient ;ur quahty standards. & throughout SPCB Specification 1 1 1 1, A11 vehlcles and machmenes should obtam Pollution Under construct~on 111.5 Control Certificates
ve r sp~Us and dust blowing off the load. & throughout EhIU - APRDC -
4 Clearing and grubbing to be done, just before the start of construction CSC next activity on that site. In case of time gap, water should until asphalting - - be sprinkled regularly till the start of next activity. is completed and
J water to be sprayed during the construction phase, at mixing side slopes are sites, approach roads & temporary roads. covered.
J In laying sub-base, water spraying is needed to aid compaction of the material. Xfter the compaction, water spraying should be carried out at regular intervals to prevent
< - .
MORTH Speclfication 11 1.1, 111.5, 111.8, 11 1.9, 111.10
, . -- --==
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & l:nvironmmtal Management Plan 9- 7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Impact & Issues
Mitigation/Enhancement measures Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
Time frame Organisation Organisation tual Clause
dust generation. J Road surface should be cleaned with air compressor and )L,
vacuum cleaners prior to the construction works. Manual i
labour using brooms should be avoided, if used labour to be provided masks.
J Embankment slopes to be covered with turfmg/stone
~ -~
PIU - APRDC, Contractor MORTH Spec maintenance and international standards for emissions and will be maintained and construction EhllJ - APRDC, 106, IRC: 72-1978; operation operated in a manner that ensures that relevant air, noise, and CSC IRC: 90-1 985,
discharge regulations are met 111.5, 111.9, 111.10, 201.3
LAND
sion is rams/monsoon, contractor should Up actor hIORTH Sedimentation control plan the actlvltles so that N O bare/ loose earth surface is left out completion of EMU - APRDC, Specification 306,
before the onset of monsoon, for mlnlmismg the soil erosion construction CSC 307,308 follow~ng prevenuve measures to be taken such as activities at these
sites. J Embankment slopes to be covered, soon after completion
During J Next layer/activity to be planned, soon after completion of,
construction clearing and grubbing, laying of embankment layer, sub - - . -
grade layer, subbase layer, scarification etc. J Top soil from borrow area, Debris disposal sites; borrow
area, construction site to be protected/covered for soil erosion.
J Debris due to excavation of foundation, dismantling of existing cross drainage structure will be removed from the water coufse immediately.
J Diversions for bridges, will be removed from the water course before the onset of monsoon.
- . - ..- - -- - .- - ~. . - - ~ -
Loss of agricultural All area C Contractor topsoil be stripped to a depth of 150mm and stored in stockpile. construction Eh,llJ -APRDC, Specification
8-
Detailed Projcct Kcport, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management I'lan 9- 8
7
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project I hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
'
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures T ime frame
Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
Top soil d be safeguard from erosion and will be reused as CSC 301.3.2, 305.3.3
follows
J Covenng all borrow areas after excavation is over. J Dressing of slopes of road embankment
ltural fie rardy.
n vehicles should operate withm the Corridor of During ontractor and Damage to Impact avoidmg damage to soil and vegetation construction ELMU -APRDC, Specification 201 2. Vegetation Diversions, access road used urlll be redeveloped by contractor, CSC
to the satlsfdction of the owner/vdlagers -
Contammationof sod Guldehes of "Hazardous waste (management and hanchg) Dunng PIU - APRDC Contractor rules, 1989 wl l be enforced. Construction EMU -APRDC, J Plant to be setup 500m away from surface water body. CSC J Oil interceptor will be installed at construction site. J Septic tank d be constructed for safe dsposal of waste.
- -. .- -. - - - ~ .~. - -- -
row permission of During PIU - XPRDC Contractor supervision consultant. Construction EMU -APRDC, J Written approval from owner to be submitted to EMU. CSC J Borrow pits have been identified outside the ROW. Before
opening addtional borrow pits, operating pits shall be closed according to IRC specification.
Clause 8.3.5, Chapter-8 of this report.
IRC: 10 1961 MORTH Spec. & 11 1.2, 305.2.2 Appendix 8.2: borrow area management
quarries only. Copy of licenses to be submitted to the EMU. Construction EMU -APRDC, Specification 11 1.3,
2, 2. As far as possible contractor will use the material from the CSC 302, 305.2.2
Material sources as shown Chapter 4 -Baseline Studes In case on new quarry the instruction of Appendur 8.1: Aggregate Quarry Management will be applicable.
~ ~ ........ . . ~
Loss of water bodies J N O excavation from the b PIU - APRDC Contractor MORTH
(Surface/Gro'Jnd) J N O debris dsposal near, any water body. Construction EMU -APRDC, Specification 11 1.4,
_____ __ ____In---
Dctailed Project Report, Environmental Impact .Zsscssment & Env~ronmental Managcrnrnt I'lan 9- 9
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac i-
Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause i
4 Prior written permission from authorities for use of water CSC 201.2, 301, 304, for construction activity should be submitted to EhlU. 306 Construction labours should be restricted from polluting the source or misusing the source.
4 Shifting of source to be completed prior to disruption of Table 8.2 and 8.3
the actual source. list of water bodies
J Source to be replaced immediately, in case of accidental loss.
and their mitigations.
4 Alternate measures to be taken/ensured during disrupted period.
adequate drainage facdtty, and will be completely removed encountered EMU -ilPRDC, Specification before the onset of monsoon. during CSC 201.2,301, 304,
J Debris generated due to the excavation of foundation or construction. Irrigation Dept. 306,312 due to t h e dismantling of existing structure should be removed from the water course.
4 Silt fencing has to be provided on the mouth of discharge into natural streams.
Clause 8.3.2, chapter 8 of this report.
J Continuous drain (ltned/unlmed) is provided, obstruction if any, to be removed immediately.
, b-
-. .- - -- -- -- --- - -- . - -
Runoff and drainage J Throughout contmuous dram is provided-
J Lined drain is provided at builtup locations for quick Construction EMU -APRDC, drainage. CSC
J Increased runoff due to increased impervious surface is countered through increased pervious surface area through soak pits.
-~ --
PIU for project for approval from EMU. Construction EMU -APRDC,
J Prior to use of source contractor should obtain the written CSC
P - .-----
Detailcd I'roject Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmrnt & Environmental Managcmcnt Plan 9- 10
7 - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project Ihe Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame
Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
permission from authority, to use the water in construction activity, and submit a copy to EMU
J During construction only permitted quantity (permission taken) from approved sources should be used in
- -
construction activity. J Contractor to ensure optimum use of water; discourage
labour from wastage of water.
control" has to be enforced. construction
J Silt fencing should be provided around water bodies. period J Construction activities should be stopped near water bodies
during monsoon.
water be enforced. construction J Construction work close to water bodes should be avoided period.
during monsoon. J Labour camps are to be located away from water bodes.
J Car washing/workshops near water bodies are to be
PIU - APRDC, Contractor MORTH EMU -hPRDC, Speclficatlon 11 1 4, CSC 306 Irngatlon Dept., Forest Dept.
PIG - APRDC, Contractor MORTH EMU -hPRDC, Speclficatlon CSC, SPCB, 111.1, 111.4, 111 9, Irrigation Dept 111.13, 122, 201 2,
201 4, 301 1 3 10, 304.3.3, 306
avoided.
plants, batching plant, hot mix plant are to be strictly and monitored to prevent exceeding of GO1 noise standards. throughout CSC , SPCB 111.5 -
J Workers in the vicinity of strong noise to wear protectors construction and their working time should be limited as a safety measure.
J In construction sites within 150 m of sensitive receptors construction to be stopped from 22:OO to 06:OO.
J Machineq and vehlcles should be maintained to keep their
Table 8.6 list of sensitive receptor and thelr mitigations.
noise to a minimum
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan
Andhra Ptadesh Road Sectot Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feas~biliry Study, Deslgn and Derailed Engrneer~n~
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures T ime frame
Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
J Noise barrier to be constructed at noise sensitive locations. (refer Clause 8.5.1 of this report)
. - . - ~ - - . . - ~ p - ~ . ~ ~ - - -- -- - -.--. .- - .- .. - .-. . -- - ~
FLORA & FAUNA
iivenue Planting completion of civil works. (Refer clause 8.6.3 of this report) completion of EMU -APRDC, J Cultural property has to be enhanced with plantation. (refer construction CSC,
clause 8.6.3 of this report) activities Forest Dept.
Specification, 1 1 1, 111.5, 201.5, 306, 308
J Contractor has to make sure that no trees/branches to be fell by labourer for fuel, warmth during winter. Enough provision of fuel to be ensured.
PIU - APRDC Contractor NORTH which is directly required for construction activities. operations EXIU -APRDC, Specification 201.2 . -
J Next activity to be planned/started immediately, to avoid During CSC, dust generation and soil erosion during monsoon. construction Forest Dept.
J Turfing / re-vegetation to be started soon after completion
wild animals. J Hunting will be prohibited.
construction
J Nesung grounds & migratory paths wdl be protected
SOCIO-ECONOMIC E
Fear of Public participation sessions were/will be conducted in Construction uncertainties different stages of project construction. regarding future
Public Health and Debris, so generated wdl be disposed to the satisfaction Safety of Engineer.
hionitoring of air, water, noise and land during -
construction and operation phase.
PIU - i\PRDC Contractor EMU -APRDC, CSC,
MORTH Specification 1 1 1.1, 111.6 i
Forest Dept
PIU - APRDc Contractor G ~ R T H EMU -APRDC, Specification CSC 111, 111 5, 111 6,
112, 201.2, 201.3 &
-- - - - - ,
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact .\ssessment & Environmental Management l'lan 9- 12
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
Labour Camps Contractors should recruit the local people as laborers at least for unskilled and semi-skilled jobs. Hygiene and basic facilities should be ensured at labour camp to prevent the spread of disease.
i\llied activities Detailed traffic control plans shall be prepared and submitted to the engneer for approval 5 days prior to commencement of work on any section of road.
i\ccidents and The contractor should provide, erect and maintain Safety barricades, including signs m a r h ~ g flags lights and
flagmen as required by the Enguieer.
Sensitive Community Structures
Road side amenities
ROAD SAFETY
iiccldent with hazardous matenals
CPOl ' for each of the existing community a roper ties along the construction EMU -APRDC, through Plate # project corridor.(refer clause 8.7.2 of this report) CSC C P l l
4 Precautions should be taken during construction, for accidental loss/damage of any communal property.
4 Any loss during construction will be the solo responsibihty of contractor and the damage will be repaired immediately up to the satisfaction of people, at contractor's own cost.
4 Through access/identification should be maintained during construction.
. ~
s, in case tractor already existing; the same will be repaired and rehabilitated. construction EMU -APRDC,
4 Pedestrian crossing is provided at major pedestrian CSC crossings, providmg zebra crossing, sign posts and speed breakers.
(Protection) Act, 1986, includmg: 4 For delivery of hazardous substances, three certificates Station, SPCB,
issued by transportation department are required permit EMU
. .. . .. .. .. . - - - - - -. . . . .
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact tlsscssment & Environmental Management Plan 9-13 .
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Impact & Issues
Mitigation/Enhancement measures Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
T ime frame Organisation Organisation tual Clause
license, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous substances will be printed with standard signs Public security, transportation and fire fighting departments wdl desipate a special route for these vehicles. -
J These vehicles can only be parked at designated parlung lots.
J In case of spill of hazardous materials, relevant departments wdl be informed at once & dealt with it in accordance with spdl contingency plan.
- - - ........ - - . . . . . .....
OPERATIONAL PHASE . ....... - -
increased/widened paved surface. completion of EMU APRDC ,\venue plantation to be maintained, casualties to be construction Forest Dept replaced. activity hvenue plantation includes species having dust absorption characteris tic.
J Community properties and realignment locations has been proposed for peripheral plantation and landscaping. Maintenance of roads to be ensured.
Air Pol lu~on ey tlme, idle engme runnmg ume After EMU, SPCB hlamtenance unit- Environmental alr pollution d l reduce. completion of Forest Dept, APRDC Management Plan
J '\venues plantation is proposed throughout the corridor, construction State Transport Forest Dept actlvity
( E b f T casualties to be replaced. Dept., Pohce hvenue plantation includes species havlng a.tr punfymg charactens~c.
J Enforce Polluuon Under Control (PUC) Programs. The pubhc w~l l be mformed about the regulatioils on alr pollutlon of vehicles
J Air pollution monltorulg program has been devised for
c-._ - ______- ___-- .
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Envlronn~ental Management Plan 9- 14
. * Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame
Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause
checking pollution level and suggesting remedial measures.
Temporary I unit- EhiP acqmsihon enforced completion of i\PRDC
J All temporary acquired land for construction of diversion, construction . -
transportation of material etc should be redeveloped to the satisfaction of owner.
is quite low as one of the objectives of this project is to completion of State Police, State APRDC enhance road safety. construction Transport Dept.
J The public should be informed about the regulations on land pollution.
J Alonitoring of Land pollution to be done regularly as per frequency and locatlon mentioned in Appendx 8.15 and
cons tructlon
water IS qmte low as one of the objective of this project IS to completion of State Pohce, State APRDC enhance road safety construction Transport Dept
J Discouraging local people from establishing workshops and car wash near public drinking water source. -
J The public to be informed about the regulations on water pollution.
respective Municipal Agency
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Fmvironmental Managemetit Plan 9- 15
Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Proiect The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Impact & Issues
Mitigation/Enhancement measures lmplementing Responsible Reference/Contrac
Time frame Organisation Organisation tual Clause
J Monitoring of water pollution to be done regularly as per frequency and location mentioned in Appendix 8.15 and
- -
es.
Water Drainage accommodate storm water flow. start & end of Municipal Agency corporation System J Cleaning/removing of spoils should be ensured rains
before/during the monsoon rains. -
NOISE
Noise d After J Maintenance of noise barriers. completion of J Discouragmg local people from establishmg sensitive construction Police, State Forest Dept
receptor near the road. Transport Dept. J The public to be informed about the regulations on noise
pollution. J Modtoring of noise pollution to be done regularly as per
frequency and location mentioned in Appendx 8.15 and res.
- ..... .. --- .. ... .- .- - . -
FLORA . . - - - - - - . - .-
Loss of trees and J The avenue plantation should be completed, maintained and After Avenue Planting casualties to be replaced. completion of
J Discouraging local peoples from cutting tree/branches for construction fuel, cattle food etc.
J Educating people about the usefulness of trees.
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
amtenan~e unlt construchon to access the people opmon/gnevances from the project mterventlon
J Remedal measures to mlhgate the impact due to project ated m the operahon phase
Sensmve Communal nt measures to be completed, and
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 6 b 9- 16
- - Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 1 he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
Environmental Implementing Responsible Reference/Contrac Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Impact & Issues Organisation Organisation tual Clause - -
Structures trees to be maintained and casualties to be replaced.
ROAD SAFETY - ~
of of altered (es Design standard road embankments J Although stone pitchmg is provided, vigdance to be after requirement
niaintaiiled. construction
Local Bodies IRC 35-197 1 disturbance carriageway. after project IRC 79-1981
J No new schools and hospitals are allowed within 100 m of development IRC 93- 1995
carriageway. Wherever required appropriate noise barrier period should be constructe
~ -- - k'
Road surface to be IU EhIP immediately. Operational Local Bodies
4
J Regular maintenance of sign post, painting/removal of bills. stage. J Road marking to be maintained. J People to be educated about the safety in following traffic
rules. J Speed limit to be enforced at sensitive locations. J Lighting of major junctions near settlements. J Mitigative /preventive measures for accident black spots,
b e traffic calming devises.
- - Dctailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Asscssmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 9- 17 k1
4- -r A n d h r a Pr%desh_Road Sec to r P ro jec t 'l'he Louis Berger - ~ Group, -~ Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detailed Engineering
9.2 O R G A N I Z A T I O N A L F R A M E W O R K
T h e proposed project 1111 be implemented by ;IPRDC through its Environmental Management Unit (EMU). T h e E M U comprises o f officers f rom Department o f Forest, Go;lP, and other environmental Engineers. T h e E M U nil1 be coordinating with the field level implementing agencies such as Engmeer (Supervision Consultant), Contractor and field level A P S H P officials. Role and responsibhties o f important officials is mentioned below.
T a b l e 9.2: Roles a n d Responsibi l i t ies o f Off icers
Officer Responsibility
Chief ~ n g i n c c r & ~ v c r v ~ c w of the projcct implementation Managng Director Ensure timely budget for the EILfP.
Coordination with different state level committee, to obtain regulatory clearances.
Participate in state level meetings
Monthly review of the progress.
Project Director Overall rcs~onsible for EhfP im~~cmcntation 'IPRSP
Reporting to vanous stakeholders (World Bank, Regulatory bodies) on status of EhIP implementation
Coordinat~on with 1'IU Staff (IJhiU & XPSHI')
Responsible for obtaining rcgulatory Clearances
Review of the progress made by contractors
Ensure that BOQ items mentioned in EhlP are executed as per Contract
Officer (PIU) Review of periodic reports on EMP implementation and advising Project Director in talung corrective measure.
Conducting periodc field inspection of EhfP implementation
rlssisting Project Director to rcporting various stakeholders (World Rank, Regulator). bodies) on status of EhIP implementation
l'reparing environmental training program and conducting the same for field officers and engineers of contractor.
(SupeMsion Consultant) Responsible for maintaining quality of EhlP envisioned in detail Project
Report
kfaintainlng progress reports on Ehll' implementation
Periodc reporting to P1U-XPRSP about the status of EMP implementation
Executive Engneer
Work In close coord~nauon wlth Executive Engneer (package unit) and contractor
Conduct~ng need-based s ~ t e lnspectlon and preparing compliance rcports and forwardng the bame to the Env~ronmcntal hlanagement U n ~ t (EMU)
Programmng necessary training program on envuonmental Issue.;
Deputy Executive '&'orktng as site-representative of Exccuuve Engneer (APSHP) Engneer
Conduc d offs~te works - -- .-
- p-
Detdcd Project Report, Environmental Impact ,lsscssmcnt & Environmental hianagement Plan 9- 18
a * Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project
'I'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty S ~ d y , Design and Deta~led Engtneerlng
Officer Responsibility
hlaintaining records of all necessary statutory compliancc, to be obtained trom contractor.
hlaintaining records of Ehll' ~rnplementation includng photographic records
.\ttcndlng environmental and social training programs
Preparing periodic reports on EhfP implementation and forwarding to EE
Bnvuonment & 1s dctallcd below Safety hlanager of Contractor
For ensuring that EMP is implemented as per provision in the document, Contractor shall nominate a qualified and experienced Manager from the commencement to completion of the project.
T h e responsibilities of Environment & Safety Manager of Contractor will include the following:
9 Directly reporting to the Project hlanager of the Contractor;
P Discussing various environmental/social issues and environmental/social mitigation, enhancement and monitoring actions with all concerned dlrectly o r inlrectly;
9 Prepare Contractor's Checklist, traffic management plan and safety plan as part of their Work Program;
9 Ensure Contractor's compliance with the ESMF stipulations and conditions of statutory bodies;
9 Alssisting h s project manager to ensure social and environmentally sound and safe construction practices;
> Conducting periodlc environmental and safety training for contractor's engineers, supercisors and workers along with sensitization o n social issues that may be arising during the construction stage o f the project;
9 Preparing a registers for material sources, labour, pollution monitoring results (if required by -4PSPCB), public complaint/grievance redressal and as may be dlrected by the Engineer;
P Assisting the R&B o n various environmental monitoring and control activities including pollution monitoring; and
9 Preparing and submitting monthly/bio-monthly reports to R&B on status of implementation safeguard measures.
9 Will be responsible for getting and maintaining the approvals o r clearance for varioud departments and Environmental officer as per formats attached in Appendix: 9.2
Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 9- 19
9 . Andhra Pradesh RoaQector Project 'l'hc Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detai1ed'~n~ineerin~
ORGANISATIONAL FRAMEWORK O F PIU - APRSP
(Supervision and Monitoring of EMP)
Chief Engineer & Managing Director APRDC
t
t Environment Management Unit (EMU-APRDC)
Environmental Oficer APRDC
d
I ORGANISATION STRUCTURE AT FIELD LEVEL
Proiect Director - APRSP
(R&B), APRDC
17
(Supervision and Monitoring of EMP)
1 Environmental 1 Engineer, I I
Executive Engineer of Package Unit. APSHP 7
I Dy. Executive Engineer of Package Unit, APSHP
Environment & Safety Manager of Package Unit, Contractor
Fig. 9.1: Organisation Framework of PIU - APRSP
9.3 COST ESTIMATES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
hfitigation measures proposed in the EhfP will be implemented by the Contractor. The works to be undertaken by the Contractor have been quantified and the quantities included in the respective BOQ items such as earth works, slope protection, noise barriers, road safety features, and shrub plantation.
Provisional quantities have also been included for additional measures that may be identified during construction and for silt fencing which w d depend on the Contractors work methods and site locations. Items and quantities have also been included for enhancement measures.
More general environmental management measures to be followed by the contractor have been included in the specifications and this EMP. These cannot be quantified and are to be included in the contract rates.
The budgetary provisions for the implementation of the environmental management plan of the Project are presented in Table 9.3.
- Detailed Project Report, Environmental Impact ilssessment & I<nvironrnental Management Plan 9- 20
Table 9.3: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management
Remarks
I Tree FeLng Permission Number 20 81 5 Covered under regulator).
2 U&ty Shifting clearance,
Quantity Rate (in INR) Cost (in INR) Unit S. No.
A Item
PRE CONSTRUCTION PHASE
d 2 A n d h r a P r a d e s h R o a d Sec to r P ro jec t Louis Berger Group, Inc. ~ez&b~hty Study, Des~gn and Detailed Enpneenng
Dctded I'roject Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & 1;nvironmental hlanagemcnt Plan 9- 21
Rate (in I N R ) Engineering cost.
Unit S. No.
B
I tem
Tota l Cost CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Quantity
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
2
2
700 ---- 15
9
4
1
Cost (in INR)
2.1
3.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
3
3.1
4
4.1 4.1.1
4.1.2
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.3 4.3.1
4.4 4.4.1
4.4.2
Oil Interceptors Numbcr 5,000
Ixngth, m 850
Remarks
10,000
595,000
75,000
675,000
800,000
100,000
Soak pits for Hand Pump/ Wells
1 Relocation of Hand Pumps Relocation of Cultural Properties
Dcsilting/Deepning of Ponds
Clausc 8.3.5
Clausc 8.4.5
Clause 8.4.1
Along Bypass
Plantation & maintcnancc of Saplings for 3 years
I Tree Guards
Brush Wood Fence
I-Ialf Brick circular Tree Guard
1 Iron Tree Guard
I Landscaping At Junction location
Numbcr
Numbers Numbers
Number
5000
75,000
200,000
100,000
Number
Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
Air Quality hlonitoring of Air Quality near Hot mix plants
1 hlonitoring of Air Quality at Critical Locations
1 Noise Levels
hlonitoring of Noisc Lcvel at Equipment Yards
Monitoring of Noise Levels at Critical Locations
Watcr Quality Monitoring of Watcr Quality
Soil Quality
hfonitoring of Soil Quality
Additional Soil Monitoring during Spills
1000
180
974
1497
50
I'er Samples
Per Samples
I'er Samples
Pcr Samples
I'er Samples
I'er Samples
I'er Samples
6,000
3600
1800
600
500
5,000
5,000
4,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
6,000
6,000,000
648,000
1,753,200
898,200
25,000
As separate Contract
At l.5m for 50m
12
24
6
24
40
32
6
60,000
120,000
24,000
96,000
200,000
192,000
36,000
Three season in a ycar for 2 years Three season in a year for 2 years
Three season in a year for 2 years Three season in a year for 2 years
Four season in a ycar for 2 years
Four season in a year for 2 years
. 4 , Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Prokct I he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Design and Detalled Engneenng
'
I I I I I I cost (in 1 I
Implementing agency staff
S. No. I Item 1 Unit I Rate (in INR) I Quantity I INR) 1 Remarks
includcd in Consultancy
5 I Orientation of I Per
I fcc. 6 I Mitipation/Enhancement Measures
I Dccmed to be
6.1
6.1.1
6.3
6.4
C
Seeding & hlulching) Provision of Cross drainage I
Dust Suppression Erosion Control hieasures (Turfing / Pitching /
& side drainage structures I General Borrow area
Cultural Properties Resources as per list
Surface Water Bodies/incidental
Iior Incidental spaces
Covered under Engineering Costs
management and maintenance of haul roads
measures in construction I I
GOOD ENGINEERING PRACIICES
Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
equipmcnts Management and disposal of scarified waste bituminous material Provision of Informatory I
Busshcltcrs Construction of Specd
54,000
3,000
100,000
3,000
3,000
10,000
18
1
10
Safety measures for workers I ITEMS COVERED UNDER THE RAP BUDGET
I Iumps Cattle Crossings Xlanagcmcnt of quarries Deemed to be included in Contractor's quoted rates
Relocation of private I Covered under RAP Budget
Redevelopment of Borrow Areas
Construction Camp hlangement Costs
Properties Relocation of ~r ivate Water 1
Will form part of the contractor's cost
points (wells, Lanks, water 1 1 taps and hand pumps) Relocation of graveyards, I statues, motor sheds
Community Assets (private)
I I I I
E OPERATIONPHASE 1
- - - Detded Projcct Report, Environmental Impact i\ssessmcnt & Environmental Management Plan 9- 22
A AndhraSpradesh Road Sector Project 1hc Louis ~ e r ~ e r Group, lnc. Feas~b~lltv Study, ~ e s p and Detalled Engtneenng
9.4 BASIS O F COSTING
(A) COSTS DURING PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Remarks
Two season in a year for 3 years Three season in a year for 3 years Four season in a year for 3 years Four season in a year for 3 years 'l'hroughout operation phase.
Covcrcd under Ri\P
Say
ITEM 1.0 T R E E FELLING PERMISSION
Tree fekng permission will be obtained from Forest Department of Xndhra Pradesh under WALTA ACT 2002, a fee of Rs 20 per felling tree is charged from the agency, in thls case APRDC, and for tree felhng cost is considered in Enpeer ing cost.
Quantity
24
3 6
60
48
6
2000
INR
US$
also if necessary
Rate (in INR)
- - - - -
construction phase
ITEM 2.0 UTILITY SHIFTING
Cost (in INR)
12,480,700 312,100
Unit
I'er Sample
Per Sample
I'cr Sample
Per Sample
I'er Sample
Scl. m
utllised in
S. No. 1
1.1
1.2
1 1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
2
The cost of existing u d t y shifting is taken separately in engineering costing, under the Non civil cost Head.
(B) COSTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Item Monitoring of Environmental Attributes during Operation Phase hlonitoring of i\ir Quality at Critical Locations
hionitoring of Noise Ixvcls at Critical Locations
hlonitoring of Water
Quality
hlonitoring of Soil Quality
Additional Soil hionitoring during Spills
Noise mitigation measures in form of noise barrier at sensitive receptors*
Information Dissemination
Sub Total GRAND TOTAL US$ @ INR 40.00/$ * 'l'hc provision made shall be
ITEM 1.0 MITIGATION MEASURES O T H E R T H A N GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES
This section includes the costs for the mitigation measures during the construction other than those included in the Enweering Budget. It covers the following items:
Item 1.1 Oil Interceptors
The unit cost of Single Chamber Gravity Separation Type Oil & Grease Interceptors (Influent handling capacity 20 L/hr) as per prevalent market rates is Rs 5,000.
I tem 1.2 Silt Fencing
The per unit length cost of silt fencing as per market rate is Rs 850.
-- - Iletalled Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan 9- 23
4 , 4 * Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 4 'The Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feasibility Study, Deslgn and Deralled Enpneenng
Item 1.3 Soak pits for hand pumps and wells.
The unit cost of soak pit of 1.5m diameter and 1.0m deep made of brick masonry/concrete rings, filled with brick bats and pables, as per market rate of Rs 5,000.
Item 1.4 Relocation of ground water bodies
The unit cost of relocation of ground water sources has bee considered as per market rate of Rs75,000/source.
Item 1.5 Relocation of Cultural Properties
The unit cost of relocation of cultural properties- Religious structures has bee considered as per existing structure evaluation and cost of land at Rs200,000/source.
Item 1.6 Pond deepening/desilting
li lump sum cost of Rs.100,000/- has been provided for deepening/desilting of pond. The unit rates for earthwork excavation from ponds have been obtained from the Schedule of Rates as Rs.62/- per cum.
ITEM 2.0 T R E E PLANTATION AND PROTECTION
Item 2.1 Avenue plantation including Compensatory afforestation
The afforestation wd be done by APRDC through Forest department. The hIoU d l be signed between APRDC and Forest Department.
ITEM 3.0 LANDSCAPING AND HEDGING
It includes the costs involved in landscaping apart from tree plantation. It is proposed to plant dwarf shrubs along the T-Junctions, realignment location and hedgmg along Right of Way.
Item 3.1 Along junction
It has been estimated that the number of shrubs required, Considering 100no.s of shrubs at each major junction, planting at 1.5 m c/c. The unit cost of shrubs is Rs 50.
ITEM 4.0 MONITORING O F ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
Item 4.1 Air Quality
The cost for continuous 24 hour monitoring for SPM, RPM, S02, NOx, CO & Pb as per prevalent market rates is Rs 5,00O/sample. (For locations and frequency refer Appendlx 8.1 5 hionitoring plan)
Item 4.2 Noise Level
The cost for noise level monitoring on dB(A) scale (readings to be taken at 15 second interval for 15 minutes every hour for a total period of 24 hours) as per prevalent market rates is Rs 4,00O/sample. (For locations and frequency refer Appendix 8.15 Monitoring
plan)
Item 4.3 Water Quality
Water quality will be monitored for the following parameters:
pH, BOD, COD, TDS, Pb, Oil & Grease and Detergents for surface water
pH, TDS, Total Hardness, Sulphate, Chloride, Fe, Pb and Coliform count for ground water
P
Detded Project Report, Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan ?- 24
I- Andhra Pradesh Qad Sector Project 1 Ilc LOUIS Berger G ~ C J U ~ , lnc. Feas~blllty Study, Destgn and ~e;alled Engmeenng -
Cost for one time monitoring of water quality as per prevalent market rates 1s Rs 5,00O/sample. (For locations and frequency refer &\ppendur 8.15 Llonitoring plan)
I tem 4.4 Soil Quality
Cost for one time monitoring of soil quality for Pb, Sohum Absorption Ratio & Oil & Grease as per prevalent market rates is Rs 6,00O/sample. (For locations and frequency refer Xppendlx 8.15 Monitoring plan) Provisions have also been included in the budget to monitor the soil quality in event of any major accident/spillage during bulk transport of hazardous material. Costs are incorporated for monitoring at such locations.
ITEM 5.0 ORIENTATION O F IMPLEMENTING AGENCY STAFF
This item includes the costs to be incurred for training sessions involving the PIU staff. The training programme will be attended by EMU staff -APRDC, Engineer - Supervision Consultant and Contractor representative. The cost is included in the consulting fee of Engineers.
ITEM 6.0 ENHANCEMENT MEASURES
The costs have been calculated for each cultural property w i t h the corridor of impact generic enhancement has been proposed. For generic enhancements of cultural properties, water bodies and incidental spaces adequate provisions have been made in the budget.
(E) COSTS DURING OPERATION STAGE
ITEM 1.0 MONITORING O F ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES DURING OPERATION PHASE
The rates for monitoring of quality are same as those mentioned for the construction stage. Provisions have been made in the budget to monitor each year upto 3 years from completion of construction.
ITEM 2.0 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION
This item includes the costs to be incurred for information hssernination during the implementation stage. Cost of information dissemination has been included in RAP towards the cost of NGO.
- ,
Dctded I'roject Report, Environmental Impact iisscssment & Environmental Xlanagement Plan 9- 25
A , - r Andhra Pradesh Road Sector Project 'l'he Louis Berger Group, Inc. Feaslblllty Study, Design and Detalled Eng~neenng
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX 4.1:
APPENDIX 8.1:
APPENDIX 8.2:
APPENDIX 8.3:
APPENDIX 8.4:
APPENDIX 8.5:
APPENDIX 8.6:
APPENDIX 8.7:
APPENDIX 8.8:
APPENDIX 8.9:
APPENDIX 8.10:
APPENDIX 8.11:
APPENDIX 8.12:
APPENDIX 8.13:
APPENDIX 8.14:
APPENDIX 8.15:
APPENDIX 8.16:
APPENDIX 9.1:
T R E E ENUMERATION : PROJECT ROAD
GUIDELINES FOR AGGREGATE QUARRY MANAGEMENT
GUIDELINE FOR BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT
GUIDELINE FOR DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITES AND MANAGEMENT
GUIDELINES FOR SITE CLEARANCE AND T R E E FELLING
GUIDELINE FOR SITING & LAYOUT O F CONSTRUCTION CAMP
WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
GUIDELINE FOR ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY
STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
ARRANGEMENT WITH FOREST DEPARTMENT
GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION O F T R E E SPECIES
GUIDELINE FOR AVENUE PLANTATION
GUIDELINES FOR TRANSPLANTATION O F FLTLL-GROWN TREES
MITIGATION ENHANCEMENT O F CULTURAL PROPERTIES
GUIDELINES FOR MONITORING PROGRAM
TRAINING PROGRAMME O N ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
MODIFICATIONS T O MORTH CLAUSE 111, MEASURES FOR SAFEGUARDING ENVIRONMENT
- - - - Dctded l'roject Report, Environmental Impact ;\sscssment & Environmental Managemcnt Plan A - 1
138
110
1611915
160997
6 2
11 1 Brp Nccm
115
125
I5 25
T3 T1
To be i r U 138
I59
160980
161 -105
715
5 8
TanpB
Glnrbp
120
2-10
I 4
12
T3
TI
To be Fell
To be bell
malamadugu - Maidukwu Tree Inventory (R.H.~ 1 Jammalamadugu - Maidukuru Tree Inventory ( L.H.S)
APPENDIX 8.1: GUIDELINES FOR AGGREGATE QUARRY MANAGEMENT
l.he Contractor will finalize the locations from the list given by DPR Consultant's for procuring materials. 'l'he
Contractor shall establish a new quarry only with the prior consent of the 110 only in cases when: (i) Lead from existing quarries is uneconomical and (ii) Alternative material sources are not available. '1-he Contractor shall prepare a
Redevelopment l'lan for the quarry site and get it approved by the EO/Supervision Consultant.
l 'he construction schedule and operations plans to be submitted to the 1'0 prior to commencement of work shall
contain a dctatled work plan for procuring materials that includes procurement, transportation and storage of quarry
materials.
Operation & redevelopment plan (if a new quarry is opened). . . ..
Photograph of the quarry site prior to commencement
'l'he quarry boundaries as well as location of the materials deposits, worlung equipments, stockpiling, access roads and tinal shape of the pit.
I Drainage and erosion control measures at site. ~ I Safety hleasures during quarry operation. ~
Design for redevelopment of exhaust site. ~ Option-A: Revegetating the quur~y to merge wiih surrounding hnhcape: This is done by conserving and reapplying the topsoil for the vegetative growth.
Option-B: Develqping exhausted quum'es us wuter bodies: The pit shall be reshaped and developed into pond, for harvesting rainwater. This option shall only be considered where the location of quarry is at the lowest point, i.e. surrounding areas/natural drainage slopes towards it.
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Development of site: 'To minimize the adverse impact during excavation of material following measures are need to be
undertaken:
i) Adequate drainage system shall be provided to prevent the flooding of the excavated area
ii) At the stockpiling locations, the Contractor shall construct sediment barriers to prevent the erosion of excavated
material due to runoff
iii) Construction of offices, laboratory, workshop and rest places shall be done in the up-wind of the plant to minimize
the adverse impact due to dust and noise.
iv) The access road to the plant shall be constructed taktng into consideration location of units and also slope of the
ground to regulate the vehicle movement w i t h the plant.
v) Incase of storage of blasting material, all precautions s h d be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983.
QUARRY OPERATIONS INCLUDING SAFETY
i) Overburden shall be removed and disposed i d n e with Guidelines for Debris Disposal Site and management p i n g
in Annexure-8.3
ii) During excavation, slopes shall be flattcr than 20 degrees to prevent their slidtng. Incases where quarry strata are
good and where chances of sliding are less this restriction can be ignored.
iii) Incase of blasting, procedure and safety measures shall be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983
iv) l'he contractor shall ensure that all workers related safety measures shall be done as per guidelines for Workers and Safety attached as Annexure-8.8
v) The Contractor shall ensure maintenance of crushers regularly as per manufacturer's recommendation
Page 1 of 5
' I ' c ~ p s ~ ~ l wdl be cxcavatcd and prcscrvcd during transportation of the matcrial mcasures shall be taken to mini&c the
ecneration of dust and prcvcnt accidents.
'l'he IiO and the Supervision (:onsultant shall review the quarry s ~ t e for the management measures during quarry
operation, including the compliance to pollution norms.
POST CONSTRUCTION STAGE
The Contractor shall restore all haul roads constructed for transporting the material from the quarries to construction
site to their original state.
The T i 0 and the Supervision Consultant shall be entrusted the responsibility of reviewing the quarry site for the
progress of implementation of Redevclopmcnt I'lan. 'I'hese shall include the following two cases;
Redevelopment of quarries opened by the Contractor for the project
Redevelopment of existing quarries operated by other agencies
In the first case, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Kedevelopment Plan prior to completion after five years,
during the defect Liability period. The EO shall be responsible for reviewing this case of redevelopment prior to the
issuing the defect liability certificate.
In the second case, the redevelopment of exhaust quarry shall be the responsibhty of the agency providing the permit
to ensure the implementation of Redevelopment I'lan.
Page 2 of 5
Case I- ];or each agrcpatc-culn-cluarry sand source. the plan should contain a scparatc section. If the quarry is an existing one and is managed dircctl!. by the (:ontractor, the plan should contain the following:
1 4 . 1 Area involved I Cum I 1 1
Sr. No. 1.
2.
3.
I I I I
5. 1 Arrangement with the owner (agreement with Iand owner I
Unit I tem
Name / ~dentlty of the location
Nearest project road chainage.
Name of the owner
I available 7. 1 Machinery & equipment to be used
Details
1
I should be attached as an iinnexure)
I I I
8. 1 Copy of the consents to establish and operate should be I I
Remarks by SC/EO, if any
1 6 . 1 Quantity of material to be withdrawn vis-i-vis the material I Cum
I attached as an Annexure.
measures 14. 1 Information on whether or not the quarry will be closed I
I 9. 1 Copy of the l~cence from Liining & Geology, Police & Fire I
I
1 1 under thls projcct. If yes, the proposed closure & 1 I I I
I
10.
11.
12. 13.
'Attach Photograph of Proposed Site, 1,ocation Map, and Agreement with land owner
15.
16.
REMARKS
dept. <:on&tions laid down In the clearances / licences and plans to cnsure compliance Photographs of the cluarry prior to commencing operations. ,\ccess roads condition and proposed maintenance
Tree-cutting rcquued, if any, along with compensation
restoration plan. Sketch of the layout of the quarry
Description of the operating practices to be adopted.
SUBMITTED C H E C K E D APPROVED
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... SIGNIITUKI~ SIGNATURE SIGNXIZTRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. Nl\i\.IlZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NXI\.IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Nr\'fB ..........................
.............. DESIGNi\TION
CON'IL\C'I'OR CONSIRUC1'ION SUPERVISION EXECUTISTE ENGINEER CONSU1,'l'ANT
N0.s
Case I1 -16 the quarry is an custtng onc and is managcd directly by a sub-contractor trom whom the (:ontractor is sourcing the materials, the plan should contain thc following:
) 2. I I 1 Nearest project road chainage.
Sr. No. 1.
I I I I
1 3. 1 Name of the owncr I I I I
4. 1 Area involved
Item
Name / identity of the location
ilrrangcment with the owner
:\rrangcment with the sub-contractor contractor should be attached as an ,\nncxurc and should necessarily require the adoption of good quarry managemcnt practices - a dcscription of the rcquiremcnts should bc 1 I 1 I I
Unit
&~cludcd) 1 I Quantity of material to be withdrawn vis-i-vis the matcrial I available hlachinery & equipment to bc used
Drainage plans
'Top soil managemcnt
Details
Description of the operating practices
Safety provisions made including fire protection systems and the availabhty of diffcrent personal protecdvc cquipmcnt
Remarks by SC/EO, if any
I such as helmcts, ear plugs / muffs and facc masks I
I project
.Ittach Photograph of Proposed Site, Imcation Map, and ,igreemcnt with land owncr
1 14. 1 Copy of the sub-contractor licences from PCB, hlining & 1 --
- 15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
REMARKS
Conditions laid down in thc clearances / liccnces --- Monitoring plans for air quallty
Information on whether or not the quarry will bc closed under this project. If yes, thc proposed closurc & restoration plan. Sketch of thc layout of the quarry
Photographs of the quarry bcfore matcrial sourcing for the
SUBMITTED C H E C K E D APPROVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNA'IURE SIGNrl'IURE ....................... SIGNATURE ..................
.......................... NAhiI', ...................... NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAhiE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . UESIGNAI'ION
CONTILACTOR CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION EXECUTIVE ENGINEER CONSUJII'AN'I'
Page 4 of 5
Case I11 - If the quarry is a new onc and 1s managed dircctly by the Contractor from whom thc contractor is sourcing thc matcnals, thc plan should contain thc following:
Attach Photograph of Proposed Site, 1.ocation Map, and Agreement with land owner
sation measurcs
REMARK
9.
10. 11. 12.
13. 14. 1 5. 16. 17. 18.
SUBMITTED
SIGNA'IURE . . . . . . . . . . .
C H E C K E D
SIGN:\TURI<
Xrrangemcnt with the owner (,igreement should necessarily include commitment of the contractor to adopt good quarry managemcnt practices - a description of the requirements should be included -
and should indcatc proposed restoration plans) Quantity of material to be withdrawn vis-i-vis the material avdable Particular areas to be quarricd should be clearly identified Pre-establishment activities, e.g. purchase / lease of nearby properties Machinery & equipment to bc uscd Drainage plans Top soil management Description of thc operating practices Hcalth fachties Safety provisions made includmg fire protection systems and the
APPROVED
SIGNATURE
Cum
availability of different personal protective equipment such as helmets, ear plugs / muffs and face masks
..................... NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAME ........................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAME DESIGNATION . . . . . . . . .
20.
21. 22.
23. 24.
25. 26.
CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION CONSUIIrANT EXECUTIVE ENGINEER
Copy of the sub-contractor licenses from PCB, hfining & Geology, Police & Fire dept. Condtions laid down in the clearances / licences Information on whether or not thc quarry w d be closed under this project. If yes, thc proposed closure & restoration plan. Sketch of the layout of thc quarry Concerns of the local pcoplc living in the irnmedate / near vicinity should be idcntified and appropriates measures should be reflected Tree-cutting required, if any, along with compensation measures Photographs of the quarry before the project
Page 5 of5
4 -- r ,
APPENDIX 8.2: GUIDELINE FOR BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT
Borrow areas will be finalized either form the list of locations recommended by III'R consultants or new areas identified
by contractor. The finalization of locations identified by DPR consultant or identified by contractor depends upon the
formal agreement between landowners and contractor and its suitabhty from civil engneering as well as environmental
consideration. Meeting the guidelines/notifications as stipulated from timc to timc by the lllinistry of Environment and
Forests, Government of India, and local bodes, as applicable shall be the sole responsibhty of the contractor.
Besides this certain precautions have to be taken to restrict unauthorized borrowing by the contractor. N o borrow area
shall be opened without permission of the Engneer/BO. 'She engneer in addition to the established practices, rules and
regulation will also consider following criteria before approving the Borrow areas.
(1) The borrow arca should not be located in cultivable land unless unavoidable i.e. no suitable uncultivable land in the vicinity for borrowing or private landowners are willing to allow borrowing in their fields.
(2) .-\long the roadside, borrow pits should be located 5m away from the toe line.
(3) 'I'he loss of productive and agriculture soil should be minimum
(4) The loss of vegetation is almost nil or minimum.
(5) Sufficient quality of soil is available.
(6) 'She Contractor will ensure that suitable earth 1s available
After identification of borrow areas based on guidelines. Contractor will fill reporting format as under and submit the
same for approval to the "Engineer" Once approved the contractor will adhere to the recommendation for borrow area
to the satisfaction of Engneer.
(1) In no case the depth of borrow arca should exceed 2m from the existing ground level.
(2) Borrow pits slope should be maintained, no steeper than 1 Vertical: 4 Horizontal.
(3) In case of cultivable land, top soil (15cm) should be preserved and stockpiled
(4) hdges of not less than 8m width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300m. Small drains to be cut through the ridges to fachtate drainage
(5) Water pooling to be avoided/managed so that no disease spread due to water stagnation
(6) Borrow pits should be located at least 1000m away from settlements.
(7) Precautionary measures as the covering of vehicles will be taken to avoid spillage during transportation of borrow
arca.
(8) The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of borrow matcrials should be maintained properly for dust
(9) Haulage of material to embankments or other areas of fill shall proceed only when sufticient spreading and
compaction fascllity is operating at the place of deposition, to minimize dust pollution.
(10) Borrow pits located near settlements will be re-developed immediately after borrowing is completed. If spoils are
dumped, that will be covered with a layers of stockpiled topsoil in accordance with compliance requirements with respect MOEE'/SPCB guidehnes
(11) Redcvclopment of the borrow areas to mitigate the impact will be the responsibility of the contractor. The
contractor shall evolve site-specific redevelopment plans for each borrow area locations, which shall be implemented after the approval of the Engineer.
(12) Borrow area near to any surface water body will be at least at a dlstance of 15m from the toe of the bank or high flood level, whichever is maximum.
Poge I of 4
-
(13) I)urlng rams appropriate measurcs to be taken to minimizc so11 crosion, slit fcnc~ng to bc provided as ducctcd by
Enginccr/'l<O.
(14) Borrow arcas might bc uscd for acluaculturc in casc landowner wants such development. In that case, such borrow
area will bc photographed after thcu post use restoration and Environment Expert of Supervision Consultant will
certifv the post use redevelopmcnt.
The Contractor will keep rccord of photographs of various stagcs LC., bcforc using materials from the location @re-
projcct), for the period borrowing activities (construction Phase) and after rehabilitation (post development), to
ascertain the pre and post borrowing status of the area.
Page 2 of 4
Format EMI: Reporting for Borrow Areas
(To be Submitted by Contractor for taking consent for opening of Borrow area)
Construct~on Stage Report: Date Month Year Site I.ayout of Borrow ;\tea and Proposed Borrow .\rea Redevelopment Plan to be attached with format Format to be submitted before target date as (decided by PIU) for establishing Borrow Areas Borrow .\tea No. RA 1,ocation of Borrow i\rea (Km Package )
a
b
c
d
e
f
g h
i
j
Date of Borrow Area becoming operanonal dd/mm/yy
Current Landuse
Distance from Nearest Settlement
No of settlements within 200m of Haul Road
No of settlements within 500m of Borrow ,\tea
k
I
m
n
Krn
No.
No.
.Total Capacity
No of Trees with girth more than 0.3 m
Length of IIaul Road
Width of Ilaul road
Type of Haul Road
. . . I use/Ownership
cum
No.
km
m
~nctal/&t
Size of Borrow Area
.\rea of Borrow Area
Quantity Available
Ilistance of Nearest Water Source
1 o l~uan t i ty of top soil removed
p
q
2 l~nhancement Elements 1 I I I
sqkm krnxkm
cum
Type/Size/Capacitv/Present
cum
Detail of storage of topsoil
l~aily/occasional use of the Borrow Area by the . .
r
s
) b l ~ e t a i l of storage of topsoil I I
sq.m
community, ~t any Probable reuse of Borrow pit-ask community
Drainage channels/slope/characteristics of the area
I I I I I
1 d l ~ e a r by catchment for storing water I I I I
-
1 a I~uant i ty of top soil removed
Erosion Control I'rograrnme
1 f ~revent ive measures for
sq.m
1 i i Mosauito breed in^ I I I I
Page 3 of4
iii
iv
3
a
b
c
Water run-off/contamination
Any other environmental degradation
Details of workforce
Total No of lJabourers
Total no of hlale Workers
No of Male Workers below 18 years of age
No.
No.
No.
Certified that the furnished information is correct the quality of work is as per good practice and all relcvant information as required is attached
Project Engineer
(Supervision Consultant)
SI. No
d
c
1
(Contractor)
Unit
No
No.
Item
'l'otal N o of lkmale Workers
N o of F'emale workers bclow 18 years of age
Details of redevelopment, l'lan to be enclosed
Attach Photograph of Proposed Site, Location Map, and Agreement with land owner
REHABILITATION PLAN MEASURES
LOCATION 1: 4:
LOCATION 2: 5:
LOCATION 3: 6:
REMARKS 1
Details
SUBMITTED CHECKED APPROVED
SIGNATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNilTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAME ...................... NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAME ..........................
DI<SIGNATION ..............
CON'ITLICTOR
Remarks by SC/EO, if any
CONSTRUCTION SUPI<RVISION EXECUTIVE ENGINEER CONSULTilN'I'
--
Page 4 of4
APPENDIX 8.3: GUIDELINE FOR DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITES AND MANAGEMENT
.l'he locations of Ilisposal sites have to be selected such that:
Productive land to be avoided and available wasteland to be even preference.
Disposal sites to be located at least lOOOm away from sensitive locations like Settlements, \\later body, notified forest areas, Sanctuaries or any other sensitive locations.
Should be located in the downwind side of nearest settlement locations
Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this, site should be located away from water body, disposal site should be lined properly to prevent infiltration of water.
Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location
Permission from the Vlllager/local community is to be obtained in writing by contractor for finalisinp the disposal site identified.
'I'he Plan must be approved by IIO/Supervision Consultant and PIU- APRDC.
PRECAUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED DURING DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS / WASTE MATERIAL
The contractor shall take the following precautions while disposing off the waste material
During the site clearance and disposal of dcbris, the contractor will take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not damaged/affected, therc is no dwellings below the dumpsite and that the traffic is not interrupted.
Contractor w d dispose off debris only to the identified places or at other places only with prior permission of Engineer/EO.
In the event of any spoil or debris from the sites being deposited on any adjacent land, the contractor wlll immediately remove all such spoil debris and restore the affected area to its orignal state to the satisfaction of the Engneer/EO.
. 'I'he contractor wlll at all times ensure that the entire existing drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any dcbris.
Contractor will uthze effective water sprays during the delivery and handhng of materials when dust is likely to be created and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy weather.
lliaterials having the potential to produce dust will not the loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a tarpadn in good condition.
Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrologcal flow in the area
REHABILITATION OF DISPOSAL SITES
The dumpsites filled only upto the ground level could be rehabilitated as per guidelines below and to be decided by the engneer and the supervision consultant
The dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants. Local specics of trees has also to be planted so that the landscape is coherent and is in harmony with its various components.
In cases where a dumpsite is near to the local vdagc community settlements, it could be converted into a play field by spreading the dump material evenly on the ground. Such playground could be made coherent with the landscape by planting trees all along the periphery of the playground.
hlaterial excavated for foundation of bridge works should not be dumped in the water course; if same has to be refilled then precaution has to be taken so that the excavated material should not be carried away by flowing/rainy water, thereby silting the water course.
Care should always be taken to maintain the hydroIogical flow in the area.
Page 1 of 2
Format EM1: Selection of d u m ~ site locations
From 'I'o - (Give chainage and ncarest settlements from both ends)
Selected Site (tick any one column only)
Certified that the above information is correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Criteria on which information for each site is to be collected
Area covered (m3
Total Material that can be dumped within the site (m3)
Depth to which dumping is feasible (m)
Distance of nearest watercourse (m)
Nearest Scttlernent (m) 1
Date/s of Community (:onsultation/s
Whcther the community is agreeable to siting of dumping site (Y/N)
Date of Permission from \'illage Council PresidentC1C1')
Proposed future use of the Site
(Contractor)
l'erified:
Recommendation on the suitability of the site
Site 1
Signed
Name & Designation:
-
Ilecision Taken (tick one):
Site 4 Site 2
Name and Designation of Deciding Authority
Site 3
Enclosures
(l'ick as appropriate)
1 Maps of each location
2 Photographs
a Each dumping location
b Each community consultation
3 Photocopies of permissions from VCPs
Name and Designation of Verifier:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Page 2 of 2
APPENDIX 8.4: GUIDELINES FOR SITE CLEARANCE AND TREE FELLING
1. VEGETATION CLEARANCE
J'egetation clearancc shall comprise uprooting of vcgctation, grass, brushwood, shrubs, stumps, trees and saplings of girth upto 30 cm. measured at a hcight of one meter above the ground Icvel. Whcre only clearance of grass is involved it shaU be measurcd and patd for separately. The procedure/ steps involved for uprooting, skating and felling trees arc described bclow.
1.1 Uprooting of Vegetation - 3 I he roots of trees and saplings shall be removed to a depth of 60 cm. Below ground lcvcl or 30 cm. bclow formation level or 15 cm below sub grade Icvcl, whichever is lower.
All holes or hollows formed due to removal of roots shall be filled up with earth rammed and levelled . . I rces, shrubs, poles, fcnccs, sgns, monuments, pipe lines, cables etc. w i t h or adjacent to thc area, which arc not requircd to be disturbcd during vcgctation clcarancc shall be properly protected by the contractor at his own cost.
Staking and Disposal
All useful matcrials obtained from clearing and grubbing operation shall be staked in the manner as directed by the ICngncer.
Trunks and branches of trces shall be cleared of limbs and tops stackcd properly at the places indicated by the Engneer- in - chargc. These materials shall bc the propcrty of the Govcmment.
,\U unserviceable matcrials are dlsposcd off in such a manncr that there is no livelihood of gctting mixed up with thc materials meant for construction.
Felling Trees
Marking oftres~ Trees, above 30 cm. Girth (measured at a height of one metcr above ground level) to be cut, shall bc approved by the Engineer-in-chargc and then markcd at the sitc.
Felling oftrees: Felling of trecs shall include taking out roots up to 60 cm bclow ground lcvel or 30 cm. below formation level or 15 cm. below sub-grade Icvel. whichever is lower.
Filling .:\U excavations below general ground levcl arising out of removal of trees, stumps etc. shall bc filled with suitable matcrial in 20 cm. layers and compacted thoroughly so that the surfacc at these points conform to thc surrounding area.
Sieng. The trunks and branches of trees shall be clcared of limbs and tops and cut into suitable pieces as dlrccted by thc Ihgncer-in-chargc.
Staking Thc serviceable materials shall bc staked in the manncr as hec tcd by the Environmcntal spccialist of Supervision Consultants/Engnccr-in-charge.
Dirposak The matcrial, which cannot bc used or auctioned shall be rcmoved from the area and disposcd off as per thc duections of the Engneer-in-chargc. Unsuitable wastc materials should not get mixed with construction matcrial during disposal.
Format EM4: Tree Felling
Unit
S' No
3 nos
4 nos
Links
1
2
(Signed)
Assistant Conservator of Forests
- Page I of l
nos
nos
Physical Target
--
Total Reason for Delay if any
Completion Target Target Date Target
Date of Completion if task completed
Target Achieved
% of task completed
APPENDIX 8.5: GUIDELINE FOR SITING & LAYOUT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP
(A) SITING
The contractor bascd on the following guidelines shall idcntify the location of thc construction site. The construction sitc shall bc located:
. The construction camps w d be located at least 1000m away from major settlements in downwind direction. The living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour shall be erected and maintained to
standards and scales approved by the resident engneer. . ,\ minimum 500m away from surface water course or body. . ,\ minimum 1000m away from Wild life Sanctuary/EcologicaUy sensitive areas.
. Should not be located in cultivable land unless unavoidable
r\ll sites used for camps must bc adequately drained . 'I'he camps must bc locatcd such that the drainage from and through the camps w d not endanger any domestic or pubhc water supply. . All sites must be graded, ditched and rendered free from depressions such that water may get stagnant and become a nuisancc.
(B) LAYOUT
,i conceptual layout of a typical construction site has been presented in Figure below. The Contractor during thc progress of work will provide, erect and maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour to standards and scales approvcd by the engineer. XI1 temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinlung, coolung and washing. Safe drinhng watcr should be providcd to thc dwellers of the construction camps. ;\dequate washing and bathing places shall be provided, and kept in clean and drained condition. Construction camps are to be sited away from vulnerable people and adequate health care is to bc provided for the work force.
Sanitation Facilities: Construction camps shall be provided sanitary latrines and utinals. Scwerage drains should be provided for the flow of used water outside the camp. Drains and ditchcs should be treated with bleaching powder on a rcgular basis. The scwage system for the camp must be propcrly designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjaccnt watercourses takcs placc. Compliance with the relevant legislation must be strictly adhcrcd to. Garbage bins must be provided in the camp and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygenic manncr
Shelter at Workplace: .\t every workplace, there shall be provided frcc of cost, four suitable shelters, two for meals and two others for rcst, separately for usc of mcn and women labourers. The height of shelter shall not be lcss than 3m from floor lcvcl to lowest part of the roof. Sheds shall bc kept clean and the space providcd shall bc on the basis of at least 0.5m2 per head.
Canteen Facilities: A cookcd food canteen on a moderate scale shall be providcd for the benefit of workers whcrever it is considered nccessary. The contractor shall conform generally to sanitary requirements of local medical. health and municipal authorities and at all times adopt such precauuons as may be nccessary to prevent soil pollution of the sitc.
First aid facilities: ;\t cvcry workplace, a readily avdable first-aid unit including an adequate supply o t stcnlized dressing materials and appliances wdl be provided. Workplaces remote and far away from regular hospitals wdl havc indoor hcalth units with two bed fascllity. Suitable transport will be provided to f ad ta t c taking injured and ill pcrsons to thc nearest hospital. i\t construction camp an ambulance room containing thc prescribed equipment and nursing staff will be providcd.
Health Care Facilities: EIcalth problems of the workers should be taken carc of by providing basic health carc fachties through health centres temporarily set up for the construction camp. The health centre should havc at least a doctor, nurscs, duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tacklc first-aid requircments or minor accidental cascs, linkagc with nearest higher order hospital to refer paticnts of major illncsses or critical cases.
The hcalth centrc should havc MCW (Mothcr and Chdd Welfare) u ~ t s for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from th~s , thc hcalth centre should provide with regular vaccinations required for children.
Page I of 3
Day Criche Facilities: At every construction site, provision of a day creche shall be worked out so as to enable women to leave behind theu children. .\t construction sites where 20 or more women are ordinarily employed, there shall be provided at least a hut for usc o f children under the age of 6 year:: belonging to such women. IIuts shall not be constructed to a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud walls and floor with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covcrcd with matting. IIuts shall be provided with suitablc and sufficient openings for light and venalation. '['here shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the place... clean. There shall be two maidservants (or aayas) in the satisfaction of local medtcal, health, municipal or cantonment authorities. Where the number of womcn workers is more than 25 but less than 50, the contractor shall provide with at least one hut and one maidservant to look after the children of women workers. Size of crPchcs shall vary according to the number of womcn workers employed.
Page 2 of3
- -
APPENDIX 8.6: WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
SAFE LAYOUT I N T H E CONSTRUCTION PLANT, CAMP AND QUARRY AREAS
1. Arrange border to perimeter fencing
2. Ensure good visibility and safe access at sitc entrances
3. Provide adequate warning signs at the entrancc and cxit wherc necessary
4. Provide adcquatc space/area for loading and unloading, storage of materials, plant and machinery
5. Display emergency procedure and statutory notices at conspicuous location
6 . Consider welfare fachtics required
7. Provide arcas for dumping garbagc and other waste materials, and also arrange for thcu regular clearance.
8. Arrange storage, transport and usc of fuel, othcr flammable materials and explosives in line with the liccnsc requucments to be obtained from appropriatc authoriucs
9. Plan emergency assembly points, fire cscape routcs and locate fire-fighting cquipment
10. Provide access roads and plant movement areas within the sitc.
11. Ensure the availability of first aid fachties and display noticcs at thc various works to show thc location of these fachtics
12. Providc proper drainagc and sewagc & drainage fachtics
HOUSE REEPING PRACTICES
1. Maintain washrooms and canteens clcan
2. Kccp all walkways clear and unobstructed at all timcs
3. Ensure that spdages of oil and greasy
4. Stack raw materials and finished products clear of walkways or inside roads
5. D o not leave tools on the floor or in any location whcre thcy can be easily dislodged
6 . Keep windows and light fitting clean
7. Maintain the workplace floors dry and in a non-slippery condition
8. Providc and maintain propcr drainagc system to prevent watcr ponding
9. Usc metal bins for oily and greasy rags and store all flammable materials in appropriatc bins, racks or cabinets. Ensure that the mcal bins for storing oily and greasc rags should be covered with lids.
10. Ensure that protrudmg nails in boards or walls arc movcd or bcnt ovcr so that they do not constitute a hazard to people
11. Makc sure that hazardous/dangcrous chemicals are kcpt in the goods storcs with thc appropriatc labeling, display of the material-safcty-data-shcet (hISDS) and othcr precautionary mcasures
12. Display 'no smoktng' signs in arcas with high fue risks, e.g. paint stores, wood working area and othcrs
TREE FELLING
Usc hard hats during tree felling
Gnsurc tools such as thc axes arc in good condition
Determine propcr foot and body position whcn using thc axc. D o not cut above your head
Wear appropriatc foot protection
Carry a first aid !at to thc site
Deterrninc possiblc hazards in the area, c.g. electrical or telephone or other uality lincs
Prior to fclling, detcrmine the safcst direction for thc fall
Detcrminc the proper hinge size before directing the trcc fall
-- Page 1 of 1 l
NOISE HAZARDS A N D ITS CONTROL
1. Note that indications of noisc levels are:
You have to shout to be heard;
Your hearing is dullcd just after work;
a You get head noises or ringng in the ears after work;
You have difficulty heanng pcoplc while others are t a l h g
2. Use sound level meters to measure. If the sound level exceeds 85 dB(A), then prcvcntive measures should be taken
3 . hlake personnel aware of noisy areas by using suitable warning signs and insisting that ear protectors should necessarily be worn.
4. lieduce noise at source by improved maintenance, replacing noisy machines, screening with noise absorbing material, mahng changcs to the process/equipment, controlling machine speeds, ensuring that two noise- generating machines are not running at the same time, using cutting oils and hydraulic breakers.
5 Alppoint a competent person to carryout a detailed noisc assessment of the site, designate ear protection zone, and give instructions on the necessary precautionary measures to be observed by site personnel, including the use of suitable type of ear protections.
6. Wear and maintain ear muffs and car plugs as required
7 . In construction or repair work, noise should be kept to a low-level bearing in mind the disturbance to local residents.
ROAD WORKS
1. Thc use of signagc is most important to caution the road users of possible unsafe condtions due to the road works.
2. Use the appropriate signage devices as required by the site condtions/situation. The devices include regulatory signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pavement markings, lanterns and traffic control lights.
3 . In using signs, make sure that they arc (i) simple, easy-to-understand and convey only onc message, (ii) luminescent and with reflective properties, and )iii) broad, prominent and of appropriate size.
4. In using barricades, make surc that you keep traffic away from work areas and you guide the drivers to keep along a safe, alternative path.
5. ]Insure that proper personal protective equipment (l'PI:) is provided to all thc workers
6. (:over existing road signs and install new ones at appropriate locations taking into account the distances that would be required and reaction times.
7. Plan layout and traffic management so that hazard are not created.
8. Deploy flagmen, who control traffic at the work areas. The flag should be 6OOmm x 6OOmm fastened to a l m length staff.
9. 1;lagmen should wear reflective safety vests along with hard hats
10. If requ~red, use wireless devices for flagmen to co-ordinate from either ends of the road, where works arc being carried out.
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS I N CONSTRUCTION AREAS
1. Treat all wires as live wires
2. Never touch dangling wires, but report them to your manager
3 . Unless you are a qualified electrician, do not attempt electrical repairs
1. Ncver usc electrical equipment if you hands are wet or you are standing in water
5. If electrical cquipment is sparhng or smohng, turn the power off and report the condtion to your supervisor
6. Ncver use electrical wires that have physical damage
7 . Never allow equipment or traffic to run over electrical wires.
Page 2 of11
USE AND STORAGE OF GAS/LPG
1 . Storc filed gas/l,l'(; cylinder in the open area, i.c. outsidc of the building
2. 'I'ransport, store, use and secure cylinders in upright position
3. Ensure proper ventilation at the ground level in locations where gas/I,I'C; is in use
4. livold physical damage to the cylinders
5. Never weld or cut on or near the cylinders
6. Store empty cylinders sccured and upright
7. Make sure that the cylinder is closed immedately aftcr use
8. Investigate immedately if there is the smell of LP<; or gas
9. Never use destenched gas/I,PG on site
10. hlakc sure that therc is no other unrelated fue in the vicinity of the cylinder
OPERATION OF EXCAVATORS
1. Ensure that excavators arc operated by authorized persons who have been adequately trained.
2. Prevent unauthorized movemcnt or use of the excavators
3. Check regularly and maintain thc machine thoroughly
4. Iinsurc that all relevant information, includng those related to instruction, training, supervision and safe system of work are provided to the operators.
5. Ensure that the operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturer's specifications, inspection and maintenance log books are provided for the use of the mechanics, service e n p e e r s or other safety personnel during periodic maintenance, inspection and examination.
6. During tipping or running alongside the trenches, excavators must be provided with stop blocks.
7. Excavators must be rested on fum ground during operation
8. Avoid operating the machine too close to an ovcrhang, deep ditch or hope and be alter to potential carving edges, faUlng rocks and slides, rough terrain and obstacles.
9. 1,ocatc and identify underground services by checking with all utility companies bcforc excavations
10. Ensure that all excavations are supervised by experienced and competent persons.
11. Lmcn reversing or in caste the operator's view is restricted, adequate supervision and signaling should be provided.
12. Ensure that the type and capacity of thc excavator are properly chosen for the intendcd purposes and site conditions. Never usc a machine for any purposes other than it is designed for.
13. Check and report for excessive wear and any breakage of the bucket, bladc, edge, tooth and other worlung tools of the excavator.
14. Check that all linkages/hingcs are properly lubricated and ensure that the linkage pins are securcd. Nevcr use impropcr linkage pins.
15. Never dsmount or mount a moving machine
16. Work only with adequate vcnulation and lighting
17. Ensure that the protective front scrccn of the driving cabin is fmed in position during excavations to avoid eye injury to the operator.
18. Ensure switch-off of the unattended vehicle.
OPERATION OF TRUCKS AND DUMPERS
1. Ensure that only trained, authorized and licensed drivers operate thc vehicles
2. Enlist the help of another worker beforc reversing the vchiclc
3. Switch-off thc engne of an unattendcd vehlclc
4. Lower the tipping bodes when the machine is unattcndcd, but if it is necessary to Icavc them in the raised position they should be blocked to prevent their fall.
Page 3 of 11
5. \\'car s a k y boots or shocs to avoid ~n~ur ics during loading and unloading.
6. (:arrrout servicing to the manufacturer's requirements. All records of maintenance and repairs should be In writing or kept on site.
7 . Kccp the vehicle tidy and the cabin frcc from tools and material, which might obstruct the controls.
8. Keep to speed h t s .
9. No passenger should be carried on a dumper cxcept the driver
10. Never drive the vehicle across a slope
11. I'rovide stop blocks when the vehcle is tipping into or running alongside excavations
12. Do not overload the vehicle.
13. Carry only well secured loads
14. Park only on level ground, in neutral with the parlung brake applied
15. Ncvcr mount of dismount from a movlng vehicle
GAS WELDING
1. Use the following personal cquipmcnt during weldmg
Face or hand shield fitted with filters
Goggles, particularly when chlpping slag
Gloves long enough to protect wrists and forearms against heats, sparks, molten metal and radiation
I Iigh-top boots to prevent sparks from entering footwear.
2. Screen of the work area with sturdy opaque or translucent materials because &re can cause eye Injury.
3. Key for opening the acetylenc cylinder valve must be one the valve stem while the cylinder is in usc so that the cylinder valve may be immediately shut-off in an emergency.
4. \'entilate the workplace using air blowers and exhaust fans to remove poisonous fumes and gases that are p e n off during welding
5. Take precar~tions against flying sparks and hot slag where wc l lng is bcign done near flammable materials and check the arca before leaving.
6. 110 not weld material degreased with solvents until completely dry
7 . 110 not use gas cylinders for supporting work or as rollers
8. D o not use oil grease on oxygen cylinder fittings
9. Do not use cylinders with damaged valves.
10. Do not use too much force if valves are stuck.
I 1. Replace valve caps after use
12. Search for leaks in equipment by using a solution of soapy water.
13. Shut the cylinder valve if acetylenc from a cylinder catches fire at the valve or regulator due to leakage at a connection.
14. Treat all gas cylinders as "full" unless you arc sure otherwise.
15. Never attempt to transfer acetylene from one cyhndcr to another or attempt to refill an acetylenc cylinder.
16. Place portable fire extinguishers near the welding arca
17. Secure all cylinders against accidental lsplacement.
18. A\lways lift gas cylinders. D o not slide them along the ground or drop them from trucks.
19. Keep gas cylinders in vertical position both in storage and when in use
20. Keep the work place dry, secure, free from combustible materials and obstruction.
21. Store the acetylenc and oxygen cylinders separately, and in a proper store.
22. Keep the gas cylinders from source of heat, flammable materials, corrosive chemicals and fumes.
Page 4 of / /
MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING
1 . Use mechanical cqurpment in lace of manual handling as far as possible
2. .Isscss the manpower required to handle or life the load safety and arrange the manpower accordingly.
3. In handling hazardous materials, the workers shall be informed o f the hazards and safety precautions
4. ,111 relevant persons shall be trained in the proper methods of lifting and carrying
5. Where team work is required, select the persons whose ages and physical builds arc compatible for teaming up. Coordinate the actions of the team members by giving necessary instructions.
6. Always lightcn or suitably shape the load for manual handling as far as possible Keep a look out for splinters, sharp edges, loose banding and nails.
7. Clear path or obstruction and tripping hazards
8. Stack and secure goods safety on trucks, otherwise they fall off and injure passers-by.
9. Use personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety shoes, etc.
10. Adopt the following procedure when you lift a load:
11. Stand close to the object. Have a firm footing with feet spread on either side of the road
12. Rend the knees and keep your back as straight as you can
13. Grasp object fumly. Re sure grip will not slip
14. Breath in and throw the shoulder back wards.
15. Straighten the legs, continuing to keep the back as straight as you can.
16. IIold object fimly close to the body
17. i1lways lift smoothly. Avoid jerky motions. Turn with fcct instead of twisting the back
HANDLING CHEMICALS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
1. Always substitute hazardous chemicals with harmless or less hazardous ones wherever possible
2. Enclose the process using chemicals or provide other engineering controls such as local exhaust ventilation, a fume cupboard or a safety cabinet.
3. Exercise great care in the storage and usc of chemicals because they may be explosive, poisonous. corrosive or combusablc.
4. Separate different chemicals physically
5. Store chemicals classified as dangerous goods in a properly constructed and approved goods store. Keep propcr records of all chemicals and hazardous substances delivered, stored and used on site.
6 . Consider unknown substances and liquids as dangerous until proven otherwise.
7. All containers should be clearly labeled to indicate contents. Never use a wrongly labeled container for chemicals.
8. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of dangerous chemicals
9. Ensure that you are wearing the correct personal protective equipment before you handle chemicals
10. hfalntain the Material Safety Data Sheet of all chemicals for reference on safety precautions to be taken and the use of su~table PPE
11. When opetung containers, hold a rag over the cap or lid, as some volade liquids tend to spurt up when released.
12. Wash before you eat and do not eat at the work place.
13. If the skin is splashed with a chemical, rinse it immediately with plenty of clean water. Eye should be flushed thoroughly with water followed by immediate medical attention.
14. Eye fountain, emergency shower and breathing apparatus should be availablc in the vicinity of the workplace
15. Safety instructions for handling emergency situations should be displayed prominently at both the storage and use locations.
FIRST AID
1. l'rovide fust aid boxes at every site
Page 5 o/ 1 1
3. I<nsurc that training on the use of the first aid box IS prov~dcd to a handful otstatf worlunR in the site
3. I)isplay the list of persons who arc trained on providing first aid.
4. llnsurc that every first aid box is marked plainly "I:irst ;\idn in Itnglish and local language.
5. 'The responsible person or first aider should replenish the contents of the first aid box as necessary
PERSONAL P R O T E C T W E E Q U I P M E N T
General
1. Consider the provision of personal protective equipment only after all measures for removing or controhng safcty hazards have been provided reasonably impractical.
2. l<nsure that sufficient personal protective equ~pment are provided and that they are readily available for every person who may need to use them.
3. 'I'he management should ensure that all persons make full and proper use of the personal protective equipment provided.
4. l'rovide instruction and training in the proper use and care of any spccific protective equipment where necessary
5. Do not wrllfully misuse, interfere with or rll-treat any protective clothing and equipment provided.
6. Ensure that the personal protective equipment are in good condition. Report immed~ately any damage to the management for replacement. Always keep the personal protective equipment as clean as possible.
Eye protection
1. Issue eye protection equipment where there 1s a foreseeable risk of eye injury
2. Ensure an adequate supply of goggles/shields is available.
3. Keep the goggles clean and make sure they are good fit.
4. D o not watch welding operations unless your eyes are protected from the damaging effect of flash
Head Protection
1. N o person shall enter a construction site unless hc is wearing a suitable safety helmet
2. Wear a safety helmet:
When there is the risk of being hit by falling objects
While on or near a construction site
During adverse weather conditions
When in any area designated as a "hard hat" area.
3. Provide identification labels to all helmets in some way to prevent random exchange among wearcrs, with one helmet exclusive to each person.
4. Inspect helmets for cracks of sign of impact or rough treatment before each usage. Destroy, remove and replace all worn, defective or damaged helmets.
Hear ing Protection
1. Provide ear plugs or ear muffs as required. Use re-usable ear plugs when the reduction required (15-25 dRA) is not excessive. Use ear muffs where a large attenuation of upto 40 dBX is demanded.
2. 110 not use dry cotton wool for hearing protection because it cannot provide any.
3. I'rovide disposable ear plugs for infrequent visitors and cnsure that they are never re-used.
4. Provide re-usable ear plugs for those who need to work continuously for a long period in a high noise area
5. Use ear muffs with replaceable ear cushions because they deteriorate with age or may be damaged in use.
6 . ;\void wearing spectacles with ear muffs.
7. Use soap and water or the recommended solvent for cleaning ear muffs.
8. Provide ear muffs for those who may need to get in and out of a hlgh noise area frequently.
Page 6 of 1 1
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE E Q U I P M E N T
1 . \\'car suitablc rcspirablr for protection when thcre is a potential for small particlcs cntcring thc lungs, c.g. emptying of ccmcnt bags.
2. Ensurc that he explanators can provide adequate protection.
3. I'rovidc training to all persons using thc respirators for their correct fitting, use, limitntions and symptoms of exposure.
4. Clean and inspect all respirators before and after use.
5. Store respirators propcrly whcn not in use.
Safety Footwear
1. Wear suitablc footwcar for work
2. Use safcty footwcar on site or in other dangcrous areas
3. Wear suitable safcty shoes or anklc boots when worktng anywhere where thcre is high risk of foot injuries from slippery or uneven ground, sharp objects, falling objects, etc.
4. All safcty footwear, including safcty shoes, ankle boots and rubber boots, should be fitted with steel toecaps.
5. .ivoid wearing f i p flops, high heeled shoes, slippers, light sport shoes in situations where thcrc is a risk of foot injury.
6 . Keep shoe lace knots tight.
H a n d Protection
1 . Wear suitable gloves for selected activities such as welding & cutting and manual handling of materials & cquipmcnt.
2. D o not wear gloves where there is a risk of them becoming entangled in moving parts of machineq
3. wash hands properly with disinfectant soap and clcan water bcfore drinking, cating or smolung. Wash hands immediately after each operation on site when the situation warrants.
F IRE PREVENTION, F I G H T I N G AND E Q U I P M E N T
Before fire breaks cut
1 . Store flammable matcrial in proper areas having adequate fue protection systems.
2. Display sufficient warning signs
3. 'Train selected personnel to use these fire extinguishers
4. Inspect fire extinguishers regularly and replace as necessary
5. Fire cscape routc should be kept clear at all times and clearly indicated.
6 . Know the escape routc and assembly point.
7. Ilisplay escapc route maps prominently on each floor
8. Carryout fire drill regularly. Ileslgnate fire officers
9. Install firc alarm wherevcr required and test regularly.
10. Provide sufficicnt exit signs at prominent locations for directing people to thc escape staircases and routes.
When fire breaks out.
1. Alert all persons
2. Put offthc fire with appropriate firc cxtinguishcrs only when you are sure that you arc safe to do so.
3. Escape if you are in danger through the fire escape route to assembly point
4. Firc officers to carryout head count at the assembly point.
Incident and accident investigations
1. Carryout the invcsdgation as quickly as possiblc.
2. Conduct interviews with as many witnesscs as necessary
Page 7 of 11
3 l)o not rely on any one sole source of cv~dence
1. Usc thc following tools:
(:hccklrsts for obtaining basic and typical information for accidents
Notebook
Tape records
Camera
hleasuring tape
Special equipment for the particular investigation
5. Obtain answers to the following questions:
LYihcn did the accident occur?
Where did it occur?
LVho was injured and what was damaged?
What caused the accident?
LVhy did it occur?
I Iow could it have been prevented?
FIow can a rccurrence be prevented?
6 . Prepare a short but sufficient investigation report that contains the following:
:i summary of what had happened
.\ summary of events prior to the accident
Information gathered during the investigation
Details of witnesses
Information on injury or loss sustained
Conclusions and possible causes of the accident
Recommendations to prevent rccurrence
Supporting materials (photos, diagrams, etc.)
WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION
1 I slip.
FSxcavahon in Rock where chiseling is involved -The fall of hammer may injure the hand, small rock pieces may injure the eyes and legs.
Safety measures expected to be taken by the Contractors and Site Engineers
The Excavation beyond 1.5 m to 2.00 m to be done in steps of minimum 500 mm offsets as shown in Clause 2.18.2@) and also planking and strutting should be done as in Clause 2.19.1.
S1 No.
1
Excavation in Rock where blasting is involved - Careless handling may lead to injury to main worker or a passer by.
Stage and Nature of Construction Hazard
E<xcavation in soft loose & slushy soil above 2.00 m depth sliding of earth or collapsing of sides.
be employed. Chisel should not be allowed to bc held by hand, while hammering but chisel holding clamp should be provided. The labour should be provided with goggles and leg cover to protect eyes and legs. from injuries due to small rock pieces. . . I he work of blasting should be entrusted to only experienced persons. Provide sufficient length of fuse to gve ample maran of timc from the timc of lighting to the time of explosion. A danger zone at least 180m diameter is to be flagged off 10 minutes before actual firing. All workmen should be sent away from danger zone exceDt the firing man. who should be nro-
Page 8 of11
1 SI 1 No.
5
1
care that has to be taken on such site is to always keep a vehicle available on slte to rush the patient to a doctor. I'his applies to snake stinged patients as well.
Stage and Nature of Construction Hazard
6
Safety measures expected to be taken by the Contractors
Excavation for drain across road or manhole adjacent to a road - chances of a passer by falling into the excavated portion
1 bahcs are used.
1 and Site Engineers
The area should be well barricaded & a red lamp provided at night. A watchman should be deputed to prevent any movc- ment of persons, or vehicles.
During Excavation or some times even while concreting - Snakc bites or Scorpion stings -
(form-work) and scaffolding -
Forn-work collapse while concreting or just before concrcting especially when wooden
double stagng for a Slab at a height, utmost care should be taken to see that the top balli rests on the bottom balli. A
In places where the movement of snakes are more the con- tractor should provide the labour with gum boots, gloves etc. and also make snake antidotes available on sitc. A particular
Many a times ballies joined together grvc way due to weak joint. Ilcnce the use of joined baUies should be restricted. Only 2 jo~ned ballies out of 8 ballies should be allowed. In case o t
particular care that should be taken during each concreting operating of slabs and beams is that, one carpenter and two helpers with spare ballies, nails etc. should be deputed below the slab/beam that is being concreted to watch any distur- bance in the supports of the form-work below during concrct- ing and in case of any doubt the concrcting should be stopped immediately and the torm work strengthened. Never allow bricks below a balli to make up the required height. This is most dangerous.
I s u p e ~ s i o n staff.
8
beams & slabs. The bracings should be for the support of beams as well as slabs.
Form-work for bcams and slabs: The bottom of beam collapses and many a times brings down the slab as well, injuring the labour and
This is so weak a portion that with little pressure the plank gives way.
This case is noticed when slender ballies arc used without bracing. In fact, no concrcting should be allowed without bracing at 300 mm above ground, and at mid way, in normal
9
1 I 1 Hence side shuttering should be done with a direct balli 1 1 support from ground or floor. and the practice of tying planks
with bindmg wire to the steel reinforcement should be totally avoided. :I temporary railing along the periphery of slab will guard the life of labour and supervision staff.
Form-work for sides of a slab-The labour just rests his foot on the plank and looses balance and falls resulting a fatal accident.
I I
10 Form-work for beams and slabs-Opening In fact, this is a most dangerous work. One should be very 1 the form- work-Accident due to fall of ) careful while form-work is removrd. Only trained carpenters
This is noticed when the carpenter f i e s a slab with a plank just tied by bindng wire to the steel reinforcements and by wooden pieces nailed in wall and plank.
~ I materials during removing the forms. should be deputed for the work. X safe resting place outside the area of slab as a temporary measure should be constructed from where the Slab can be removed safely. Removal of form- work during night should not be permitted under any circumstances.
(Chahs maid; made of Bamboos)
Scaffolding-Fall of work-man, Supervision Staff, Standing on Chalis not tied properly or 'c at one end.
1 dmes at one end bnly. ~ e n c e , care must be taken that the Chah do not span over the full length but some middle support should be provided and also the same is tied properly on both ends.
This is a very common negligence on the part of labour who do scaffoldmg work. 'l'hc Chalis on whch they work either span over it's complete length or is tied loosely and many a
12 Ladders-Ball1 or bamboo ladders - The horizontal member breaks and the person
The ladders should be strong enough to bear the weight of a labour with materials on head. As far as possible a hand rail
falls. Some timcs the top face just rests on wall and the whole laddcr tilts causing an accident.
should be provided at one cnd. The horizontal membcr should be preferably fued with. bolt & nuts or strong nails. Whcn the ladder is placcd across a wall the top portion should be tied
Safety measures expected to be taken by the Contractors and Site Engineers
S1 No.
firmly to a strong support so that the ladder docs not movc laterally.
Stage and Nature of Construction Hazard
~ ~ working nearby.
13
reinforcements results in a wcak support. Hence, thc column reinforcements should be supported bv strong ballics on all
I I . . I four sides of rcinforcements and as far as possiYble a combined I
<:olumn Rcinforcernents-Column reinforcements mainly in independent footings collapses - Injury to persons
platform should be constructed out of billies over whch the reinforcements can bc supported.
The tendency of bar-benders is to tie the vertical steel with coir rope or 8 mm steel rods as ties on all four sides of the column reinforccmcnt. This method of supporting the column
injury to labour on top or bottom of chajja.
Concreting chajjas - When chajjas are concretcd with out carc and on opening the form-work the chajja would collapse, causing
Dismantling-Dismantled materials may fall on passer by or the person engaged in dismantling work may fall due to slipping. The dismantled materials may fall on persons worktng below.
Whilc concreting chajjas care must be taken that the labour do not stand on thc rcinforcement and disturb the position. Separatc scaffoldng must be tied over which the labour can stand and work without disturbing the reinforccments. The main rcason is in chajja the stcel is placed on top face but if thc labour stands on the steel, it will bend and come to bottom face and hence the chajja will fall when form-work is removed, thus, causing injury to labour working on top, or bottom.
When work of dcmolition is to be taken up the area should be closed for all outsiders. No one should be allowed up to 50 m. from the place of demoliuon. The workers engaged in demolition should be asked to wear safety belts. Helmets must be worn by all the workers engaged in dismantling work. The place should be strictly guarded at night with red lights at
I I I prominent places, and watchman shouldbe posted. I I tcnsion/I,.?'. Electric wire passing ncar the themselves, but in such position the work must bc executed 1 slab structure- while bcnding, lifting or tying under the strict supervision of a responsible Foreman or a
rcinforcements the bar benders may sustain the Electric Shock, causing fatal injury.
Supervisor
progress the punctured cable may prone to bc fatal to thc labour.
17
lilectric Connections/<;ablcs etc. - Temporary Electric lines near damp walls, ncar joinery stretched on a considerable lcngth - There is evcry chance that the wire may get cut duc to usagc and may develop short circuits/lcakages etc. and may clectrocutc the person touching the wire accidentally.
Electric and gas welding work - Drdling, polishing work - Done by temporary cables
Electric Connections/Cables etc. -Cables below ground may get punctured during cxcavation & thus electrocute the labour worktng. Similarly when concreting is in
uscd on a number of works - ~ " e to~ the fact that the wires are old & when they come in contact with water even in the process of
Before taktng up the work all available drawings should be studied, local enquiry to be made to know the position of cables and work in such area should bc got executcd under strict supervision of an experienced Foreman or a Supenisor.
The Electric wires should be maintained by an electrician who should rcgularly check up the insulation of wires especially placed near steel items & damp areas.
The temporary wiring should be supported properly.
As far as possible a good quality wirc should bc uscd which may not get damagcd easily.
All wiring works to be inspected by experienced electrician. All wires to be properly insulated and fixed at height on temporary poles. N o welding work should be permitted near damp area. The welders to be provided with welder's goggles & gloves. 21s h r as possible machne in good condition should be used. ~
1 1 curing the surrounding area may get affected I 1 ( duc to leakagc in thc elcctric cGrrcnt thus I 1
Page 10of l l
staff.
Construction hlachinery & l if ts - Concrete hluters - Safety precautions. .I mixer with hopper tried to be operated by an helper could not release brake in time thus causing injury to the person near hopper- some times fatal one.
The h1ixers with hopper should be operated by an cxpcricnccd mixer opcrator and such mixers should not be allowed to be handled by a helper or a labour.
Safety measures expected to be taken by the Contractors and Site Engineers
S1 No.
Stage and Nature of Construction Hazard
(1) i\ brick protection wall of minimum 1.00 m height should be constructed around the Lift Pit, thus, preventing the
21
(1) 'The lift pit if left unguarded the children of workers may fall in the pit resulting in fatal accident
Construction hlachinery & Lifts - Lifts -
Safety precautions. children going near the pit. A special care should be taken to see that the children are not allowed to come near the machinery.
I I I
I I the labour at the top and the liftman failed and thus, the lift was not controlled and resulted In fatal accident.
(2) The condition of the lift must be maintained properly. The lift ooerator should be well trained. The labour rcccivine the I bucket at top should be smart and active enough to convey the message of stopping & releasing the Ilft-to-lift opcrator properly. - I
22
I I - upper floors - The labour thus traveling many a times get injured. ~
(2) The manually operated brakes of the lift failed or the communication between
23
Water Storage Tank for general use & curing - chances of children of workers falling in the tank with fatal acc~dent.
I I top to ground injuring person below or even a passerby.
The water tanks constructed on site should be protected by at least 1.00 m tug11 walls on four sides, so that the children do not fall.
hiisuse of lift by labour and some times supervision staff 'l'he lifts that are meant for lifting materials used by labour to go to
Site Cleaning-Cleaning top floors of buildings - Upper portion of any structure - Throwing waste materials broken concrete pieces, brick bats, sand etc. straightway from
N o person should be allowed to go to upper floors by lifts that are mainly meant for conveying the building materials. Fatal accidents have taken place due to above action of workers.
This dangerous practice should not be allowed at all. 'l'he materials should be brought to the ground with the help of lift or the use of rope over pully with a bucket, thus bringng down materials safely.
pieces from top floors to ground and may cause fatal injuries.
25 Bar bending work-FIelpers of bar benders to follow short cut method, throw surplus steel
This is a very bad practice. The helpers to ground with the help of lift or rope & pulley.
APPENDIX 8.7: GUIDELINE FOR ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOG'I-
.I'he contractor shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the requirements of all the current statutes. ordinances, by-laws, rules and regulations or their instruments having the force of law including without limitation those relating to protection of the environment, health and safety, importation of labour, demolition of houses, protection of environment and procurement, transportation, storage and use of explosives. ctc.
1. PROTE<TTION OF ENVIRONMENT
(i) The contractor wlll take all neccssary measures and precautions and ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or offsite are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory cnvironmental requirements including those prescribed in I'hll'.
(ii) 'l'hc contractor wlll take all measurcs and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance to inhabitants arislng from the execution of works.
(iii) ,111 liquid wastc products arising on the sites will be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the sites and in a manner that wlll not cause either nuisance or pollution.
(iv) 'I'hc contractor wlll at all times ensure that all existing watcr courses and drains within and adjacent to thc site are kept safc and frcc from any contamination.
(v) The contractor wlll submit details of his temporary drainage work system (including all surfacc channels, scdiment traps, washing basins and discharge pits) to the I'roject Implementation Unit -;\PRDC / I'nvironmcnt Officer for approval prior to commencing work on its construcaon.
(VI) 'l'he contractor will arrange all thc equipment in good condition to minimize dust, gaseous or othcr air- borne emissions and carry out the works in such a manner as to minimize advcrsc impact on air.
(vu) ,\ny vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust-producing material will have properly fitted side and tailboards. h,laterials having the potcntial to produce dust will not be loaded to a lcvel higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condtion.
(viii) 'l'he contractor will take all neccssary measures to ensure that the operation of all mechanical equipment and condition processes on and off the site will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, talung into account applicable environmental requirements.
(ix) 'l'he contractor will take necessary measurcs to maintain all plant and equipment in good condition
(x) W'here the execution of the works requires temporary closurc of road to traffic, the contractor will provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions subject to the approval of the EO/Enginccr.
(xi) \%ere the execution of the works requires single-lanc operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain all neccssary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the satisfaction of the EO/Engneer.
(xii) \%ercver traffic diversions, warning signs, traffic control signals, barriers and the like are required, the contractor will install them to the satisfaction of I<O/Eng~neer prior to commencing the work, in that area.
(xiii) Contractor will install asphalt plants and other machinerics away from the populated areas as per laid down regulations.
(xiv) Pcrmit for felling of trees wlll be obtained from the forest dcpartment beforc the esecution of any work.
(xv) Trees and plants going to be uprooted wdl be duly compensatcd and maintained up to 3 years.
(xvi) &list sprays should bc provided at appropriate places for preventing dust pollution during handling and stockpiling of stones and loose earth.
(xvii) Over Hurdcn (OB) waste dumps shall be spraycd with watcr, as thcy are the major sourcc of air bomc particulate matter.
(xviii) O B wastc dumps shall be redaimcd / afforested to bind the Loose soil and to prevent soil erosion. The frequency of sprinkling should be f w d as per the seasonal rcquirement and in consultation with engneer.
(XIX) Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of construction material by water sprinklers. 'l'hc frequency of sprinkling should bc ftved as per the seasonal requirements in consultation with engineer. , .
(xx) Iransfer point for transporting construction material shall be provided with appropriate hoods/ chutcs to prevcnt dust cmissions.
Page 1 of 4
(xxi) Dumpins of construction material should be from an optimum hcight (preferably not too high), so as to reducc thc dust blow.
(xxii) Innovative approaches of using improvised machinery designs, with in-built mechanism to reduce sound emission.
(xxiii) Procurement of dnll loaders, dumbcrs and other equipment with noise proof system in operator's cabin.
(xxiv) Confining the equipment with heavy noisc emissions in soundproof cabins, so that noise is not transmitted to other arcas.
(xxv) Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the transport vehicles to maintain noisc levels.
(xxvi) l'rovisions should be madc for noisc absorbing pads at foundations of vibrating cquipmcnts to rcducc noise emissions.
2. QUARRY OPERATIONS
'The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after the consent of the Forest Department or other concerned authorities and in consultation with the IiO/Enginccr. The quarry operations shall be undertaken within the purview of the rules and regulations in force and instructions as mentioned in Appendix 8.1: Guidelines for Quarry hlanagcment and Appendix 8.2: Guidelines for Borrow Arcs Management.
3. PREVENTION OF WATER COURSES FROM SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SILTATION
The Contractor shall apply following mitigation measures to prcvcnt sedimentation and pollution of watcrcourscs.
T o prevent increased siltation, if need bc cxisting bridges maybe widened downstream side of the water body;
Cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from watcr, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and ground watcr;
If need be, slope of thc embankments leading to watcr bodies should be modificd and rechannelised to prcvcnt entry of contaminants into thc watcr body;
During construction silt fencing (consists of geo-textile with extremely small size supported by wire-mish mounted on a panel madc up of angle frame) could be used along the road at all canals and rivers to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses.
4. POLLUTION FROM HOT-MIX PLANTS AND BATCHING PLANTS
Bituminous hot-mix plants and concrete batching plants shall be located sufficiently away from habitation, agricultural opcrauons. 'The Contractor shall take every precaution to rcducc the levels of noise, vibration, dust and emissions from his plants and shall be fully responsible for any claims for damages caused to the owners of property, fields and residents in the vicinity.
5. ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION 7 7 l h e Contractor shall at all times carry out work on thc road in a manner creating lcast interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory cxccution. For all works involving improvements to the cxisting state highway, thc Contractor shall, in accordance with the dircctives of the SI<, provide and maintain, during cxccution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a tcmporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the SE regarding traffic arrangements during construction.
6. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL
(i) Where subject to the approval of the Engncer thc execution of the works requircs temporary closure of road to traffic use, the Contractor shall providc and maintain tcmporary traffic diversions. 'I'he &version shall generally consist of 200 mm thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any additional earthworks are requlrcd for this purposc that will be provided under the appropriate payment items.
(ii) Where the cxecution of thc works requircs single-lane operation on publ~c road, the Contractor shall provrdc and maintain all ncccssary barriers, warn~ng signs and traffic control signals to the approval of the Bngneer.
(hi) With the exception of tcmporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to the Engineer for approval not less than 4 weeks prior to the tcmporary arrangement or &version being required. Details of tcmporary arrangements or diversions for approval as soon as possible after the date of the I>cttcr of Acceptance.
-- -- Page I of4
(iv) 'I'he color. configuration. size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or fol- any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed b!. the Supervising ICnginccr (Sl:).
(v) The (:ontractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provldc, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marlung, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engnccr for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an a p e d phased programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up in consultation with the SE.
(vi) At the points where traffic is to deviate from its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width of the carriagcway) the lane width path for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement marlungs, painted drums or a s d a r device to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lantcrns or other suitable light source.
(vii) One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the carriagcway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sidcs during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and green flags and lantcrns / lights.
(viii)On both sidcs, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the PIU-rlPRDC shall be installed for the guidance of road users. O n each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one dose to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The s i p s shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by the Engineer.
(ix) Upon completion of the works for which thc tcmporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall removc all tcmporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engneer.
7. HEALTH AND SAFETY
The contractor shall takc all mcasures and precautions necessary to ensure the hcalth, safety and welfare of all pcrsons entitled to be on the sitc. Such precautions shall include those that, in the opinion of the Engneer, are reasonable to prevent unauthorized entry upon the site and to protect members of the public from any activities under the control of the contractor. The contractor's responsibhties shall include but not be limited to:
(i) The provision and maintenance of the Contractor's llquipment in a safe worlung condition and the adoption of methods of work that are safe and without risks to the hcalth of any person entitled to be on the sitc
(ii) 'l'he execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of risks to health in connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and hsposal of articles and substances,
(iii) The provision of lighting, induhng standby facilities in the event of failure that, in the opinion of the Engneer, is adequatc to ensure the safe cxccution of any works that are to be carried out at right.
(iv) 'l'he provision of protective clothng and safety equipment, with such personnel and cquipment and such information, instruction, training and supervision as are necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of all pcrsons employed on or entering on the site in connection with the works, including the L:npneer's supervisory staff, all in accordance with the laws.
(v) Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits shall be securely fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with lights at night to avoid accidents. Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do not affect or damage adjoining structures.
(vi) The contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the works, which are hazardous to the health of pcrsons, animals or vegetation. Where it is necessary to use some substances, whch can cause injury to the health of workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to h s workers.
(vii) The contractor will takc all measures necessary to safeguard the health; safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on site and will ensure that works arc carried out in a safe and efficient manner.
(viii)The contractor w d provide, and ensure the utilization of appropriate safety cquipment for all workmen and staff employed directly or inhrectly by the contractor. Such safety equipment w d include but not be limited to the safety helmets, goggles and other eye protectors, hearing protectors, safety harnesses, safety cquipment for worlung over water, rescue cquipment, fire extinguishers and first-aid cquipment. The personnel worlung at vulnerable locations at site will wear safcty helmcts and strong footwear.
(ix) The contractor w d provide an adequatc number of latrines and other sanitary arrangements at areas of the sitc where work is in progress and ensure that they are regularly cleaned and maintained in a hygienic condition.
8. FIRST AID
(i) ?'hc provision and rnaintcnancc of suitably equipped and staffed first aid stations throughout the extent of the works to the satisfaction o t the Engineer. The contractor shall allow in his prices and the rcsponsiblc for the costs of all such site welfare arrangements and requirements.
(ii) Injuries might occur during the construction period. It is theretore pertinent to provide fust aid facdities For all the construction workers. . i t construction camps and at all workplaces fust aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided. Since many of the workplaces may be far away from regular hospitals, an indoor health unit having one bed facility evcry 150 workers needs to bc provided.
(iii) Adcquate transport facdities tor moving the injured pcrsons to the nearest hospital must also be provided in ready to move condition.
(iv) The fust-aid units apart from an adcquate supply of stcriiized drcssing inaterial should contain othcr ncccssary appliances as per the factory rules.
9. MAINTENANCE
(i) All buildmgs, rooms and cquipmcnt and the grounds surrounding them shall be maintained in a clean and operable condition and be protected from rubbish accumulation.
(ii) Each structure made avdable for occupancy shall be of sound construction, shall assure adequate protection against weather, and shall include essential facilities to permit maintenance in a clean and operable condition. Comfort and safety of occupants shall be provided for by adcquatc hcating, lighting, ventilation or insulation when necessary to reduce excessive heat.
(iii) Each structure made available For occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. This shall not apply to tent camps.
10. MAINTENANCE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition dl such time they are required as chected by the EOIEngneer. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications O F water, if necessary.
APPENDIX 8.8: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE A N D EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
Al. REFUELING/MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
'Truck or suitable containers will bring in all fuel and fluids. There will be no storage of fuel, oil or fluids within lOOm (or 50m) of the permanent water line.
Pnor to re-fueling or maintenance, drip pans and containment pans will be placed under the equipment. ,.\bsorbent blankets may also be required to be placed under the equipment and hoses where therc is a possibility of spdagc to occur.
All used oils or fluids w~l l be properly contained and transported to appropriately licensed (authorized) disposal fachties;
I'ollowing re-fueling and maintenance, the absorbent blankets (if any) and spill pans w d be picked up and the fuel truck or container moved outside of the 100m (or 5Om) wide area.
Emergency Spill Procedure
Should a s p d occur, either though spillage or equipment failure, the applicable emergency spill procedure outlined in sections :I-2 to 11-4 must followed.
A2. SPILL PROCEDURE (INSIDE T H E STREAM)
In the case of a splll, overflow or release fluid into the stream waterway (whether water 1s flowing during the spill or not), do what is practical and safely possible to control the situation. thcn get help.
Stop the flow
o Stop the release into the stream waterway
o Shutdown equipment
o Close valves and pumps
o Plug hoses
Remove Ignition Sources
o Shut off vehicles and other cngincs
o D o not allow tigcr torches, vehicles, smohng or other sources of ignltion near the area. Keep a lice extinguisher on hand but keep lt a safe distance away from the potential ignition source (lf a fire starts, the extinguisher must bc easily accessible).
Contract the environmental Officer and initiate Emergency Response
o Notify thc site supervisor and the Contractor's Environmental Officer as soon as possible
o 'I'he Lnvlronmental Officer w d review the situation and decide if Emergency Services like Fire Brigade are required
o Appropriate parties to bc notified of the spill are
The contractor's Project Manager
The Engneer through his designated Environmental Officer
'i'he Client
Regulatory Agencies like Pollution Control Board, Municipal Authorities. as applicable.
Site Safety Officer
Cleanup and Disposal
o Emergency Services d be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release into the environment
Reporting
o The contractor's Environmental Officer will document the cvcnt and submit reports to the EO/I<ngnecr, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution ControI Board (s).
Page 1 of3
Procedure Review
o 'l'he Ikgnccr will re\.~cw thc report, determine if changes are rccluirc~l t o procedures and recommend implementation of all required changes.. ..
A3. SPILL PROCEDURE ( O N LAND)
In the case of a spdl, overflow or rclease fluid onto land, do what is practical and sakty possible to control the situation, then get help.
Stop the flow
o Stop the release into the water body
o Shut down equipment
o Close valves and pumps
o Plug hoses
Remove Ignition Sources
o Shut off vehicles and other engines
o D o not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition sources (if a fire starts the extinguisher must be easily accessible).
Contain the Spill
o Dike around the spdl to contain the material
o Spread absorbent or place a spill blanket on the spill
o Enlist the help of personnel on site
o Notify your supervisor as soon as possible
Notification
o Appropriate partles to be notified of the spill are:
'I'he Contractor's Projcct hlanagcr
l 'he Engneer through his designated Environmental Officer
The Client
Regulatory ilgencies like Pollution Control Board, hlunicipal ;\uthorities, as applicable
Site Safety Coordinator
Cleanup and Disposal
o The Engineer's Environmental Officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and dlsposal method is determined.
Reporting
o The Contractor's Environmental Officer WIU document the event and submit reports to the Engineer, thc Clicnt and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control Board (s).
Procedure Review
o The Engneer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures are recommend implementation of all required changes.
A4. SPILL PROCEDURE (WITHIN PONDS)
In the case of a spill, overflow or relcase fluid due to equipment or hose fdure, do what is practical and safely possible to control the situation, then get help
Stop the flow
0 Stop the release
o Shut down equipment
Page -7 of 3
o ( : l o ~ ~ \lalvcs and pumps
o Plug hoscs
Remove Ignition Sources
o Shut off vehcles and other engines
o D o not allow tiger torches, vehcles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition sources (if a fire starts the extinguisher must be easily accessible).
Contain the Spill
o Stop any pumps that may be moving the water from the area where the spill occurred
o Enlist the help of personnel on site
o Notify your supervisor as soon as possible
Notification
o Appropriate parties to be notified or the spill are:
The Contractor's Project hianager
The Engneer through his designated Environmental Officer
The Client
Replatory ~lgencics Like Pollution Control Board, hlunicipal Xuthoritics, as applicable
Site Safety (:oordtnator
Cleanup and Disposal - 3 o Ihe Engneer's Environmental Officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and disposal method is determined. Absorbent pads will soak up the spilled material. The pads will be contained and removed from site for disposal at a Licensed (authorized) fachty.
Reporting
o The Contractor's Environmental Officer wlll document the event and subrmt reports to the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencics like the Pollution Control Board (s)
Procedure Review
o The Engmcer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures ad recommend implementation of all required changes.
4 - - 1 . -
APPENDIX 8.9: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
,\ll materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the l{nk&eer before being used in the work.
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Prior to the start of the relevant construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, his schedules for carrying out temporary and permanent erosion/sedimentation control works as are applicable for the items of clearing and grubbing, roadway and drainage excavation, embankment/sub-gradc construction, bridgcs and other struc- tures across water courses. pavement courses and shoulders. I-Ic shall also submit for approval h s proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control on service road and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion/sedimentation control schedules and methods of operations for the applicable construction havc been approved by the Engineer.
The surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and fill operations shall be limited to the extent practicable. 'l'he Contractor may be directed to provide immedate control measurcs to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation that will adversely affect construction operations, damage adjaccnt properties, or cause contamination of nearby streams or other watercourses. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, fabrics, mats, seeding, or other control dcvices or mcthods as necessary to control erosion and sedimentation. . , I he Contractor shall be rcquued to incorporate all pcrmanent erosion and sedimentation control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outhned in h s accepted schedule to minimize the necd for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measurcs. . . 1 emporary erosion/sedmentation and pollution control measures wdl be used to control the phenomenon of erosion, sedimentation and pollution that may dcvclop during normal construction practices, but may neither be foreseen during design stage nor associated with permanent control features on the Project.
Where erosion or sedimcntation is likely to be a problcm, clearing and grubbing operations should be so scheduled and perfonncd that gradng operations and pcrmancnt erosion or scdimentation control features can follow immedately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion or scdimentation control measurcs may be requircd between successive construction stages. Under no conditions shall a large surface area of credible earth material be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing or excavation without prior approval of the l<O/Engincer.
The Engneer may h t the arca of excavation, borrow and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progrcss in keeping the finish grading, mulching, s c c h g and other such permanent crosion, sedimentation and pollution control measures, in accordance with the accepted schedule.
Temporary erosion is somctiies causcd due to the Contractor's negligencc, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls. Scdimentation and pollution control measures then become necessary as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer, and these shall bc carried out at the Contractor's own expensc. Temporary crosion, scdimentation and pollution control work requircd, which is not attributed to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness or failure to install pcrmanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the EO/Enginecr.
Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control may includc construction work outside the right of way where such work is necessary as a result of road construction such as borrow pit operations, scrvice roads and equipment storage sites.
l'he temporary erosion, sedtmentation and pollution control fcaturcs installed by thc Contractor shall bc maintained by him all these are needed, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer.
APPENDIX 8.10: ARRANGEMENT WITH FOREST DEPARTMENT
REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
Thc :\PRDC under the provisions of the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 will submit a diversion proposal in thc prescribed format through the State I'orest Department to the concerned Reg~onal Office of the hlinistr!. of linvironment and Forests, of the Govt. of India. The Regional Office is the competent authority to dispose of such proposal irrespective of the area involved. While issuing such approval, the Regional Office may stipulate a condition that for cvery tree cut at least two trees have to bc planted.
Forcst Ilepartment of the Government of i iP after having identified the lands on the embankment and toes of the road w d delineate the proposed arca of compensatory afforestation on a suitable map. The Department of Forest will thereafter prepare an afforestation scheme providing therein thc details of work schcdulc, the cost structurc and proposed monitoring mechanism.
FUNDING MECHANISM
'She Ministry of Ihvironment and Forests under their ordcr dt. the 24'h, Apnl, 2004 have constituted an authority known as Compensatory Afforestation Fund Management and Planning Authority, CAMPA for the purposc of management of money rcccived from user agencies for compensatory afforestation. The APK(:II being the user agency in this project will be rcquircd to deposit the money as cstimatcd by thc Statc Forest Department to the C.\hfP;\
C.\hIl'.\ shall release funds to thc Statc in prcdctcrmined ~nstallments through the State 1,evcl hlanagcment Commttcc as per the Annual Plan of Operauons drawn by thc State 1:orest Department
SELECTION OF TREE SPECIES
Trccs to be selected for planting should be site-specific t a h g lnto account the type of soil, featurcs of the planting slte e.g for saline and alkallnc soils and watcr loggcd arca will rcquire special attention.
Hrowsc hardiness, good growth rate, resistance to insects/pests d~scasc and biotic interferencc etc should bc gvcn appropriate weightagc in selection of species.
I'vcrgrccn / scmi-evcrgccn spccics should be preferred to deciduous spccics
In urban /semi-urban stretches of road, flowcnng trccs should be prcfcrrcd to add to aesthetics of the surround.
'I'rccs having Iargc tomentose leaves may be included in strctchcs wherc particulates are hkely to bc high
In the matter of selection of spccies for planting, stakeholdcrs need be consulted and their views accomrnodatcd keep~ng view thc sitc- specifics.
PLANTING PATTERN
;2fonoculturc planting should bc avoidcd. hlixed culturc of shadc-ping, flowering and fruit-bearing species should bc preferred.
'I'hc fust row may be composcd of a mix of spccics of flowering trecs; such mix may consist of trees coming into flowers in different scasons.
The second row may have representation of middle-sizcd evergreen and fruit-bearing spccies
'I'hc thud row wherevcr feasible should be of broad-leaved evergrecn specics; thc species should bc so chosen as to make sure that they grow taller than trcss planted in the first and sccond rows.
MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING
Strip plantations should bc properly fcnccd to prevent damagcs by biotic interferencc
Wherever possiblc live- hedges may be prov~dcd; in such stretches live-hedgcs need be grown a year ahcad of actual plant~ng; such hcdgcs may be reinforced by weaving with split bamboos.
It may also be explored as to whether communities along the roads can be involvcd in protection and maintenance of such plantations through a mcchanism of sharing of usufructs.
120cal voluntary organlsaaons, sports/youth dubs may also be encouraged for protection of such plantations through provision of incentives.
Page I of 1
-
APPENDIX 8.11: GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION OF TREE SPECIES
IIighway-side plantation may be of various spccics. somc of which arc not appropriate. In many placcs in Andhra Predcsh, one may find giant trccs with strong stems and horizontally spreading roots. Somc trees branch out carly and have short stems. Some trees without deep roots systcm ovcrturn whcn old in rain or wind.
1. TREES TO BE AVOIDED: On all account, the following trees should be avoidcd along the roadside:
S Trees Name Characteristics No.
1 Eucalyptus (all spccics), All these trce specics have vcry wcak wood and consequently hWlenglonia ffortensis, brcak casily in windstorm. Aftcr a hcavy storm, roads bccomc Eugenia jambolana, Albizzia blocked and traffic is stopped for a considerable lcngth of timc. . .
lebbek, Iluring a storm, these trees are threats to vehcles plying and pedestrians on the road. Hesides the euca&tw has a fcw other
Cassia siamca and ncgativc environmental impacts. Ficus (all species).
il Modesta and Zizyphus thorns are nuisances for thc pneumatic tyres of small vehicles.
~- ~ ~~
'rhc Ficu depth of root systcm is 1.5m). Therefore, thesc, when mature, may overturn in strong-wind, storm, etc. Even thc existing trees may bc recommendcd for removal from safety points of view
2. TREES TO BE SELECTED: On the other hand, some trees arc appropriate for hghway landscaping. These includc trees, whch have thiner stem but dense foliage; that absorb/retain dust and othcr atmospheric pollutants; those, which erosion resistant spccics, etc. These spccies should be preferred for replanting. These trees include
S Trees Name Characteristics No.
1 Alzard~racta indlca (Ncem) 'I'he Icavcs, barks arc uscd for medicinal purposes, and the seeds yield valuable oil. It can grow on alkaline usar soil
~ ~ ~
dust of roads very well. Its f ~ l t
6
roadside trec.
3. DUST RESISTANCE: Many of the species resists pollution. illmost all trees havc capabhty to absorb dust. Available data (from CPCH) shows that dtffercnt species have diffcrent dust collection efficiency, although dust collection depends on the total leaf area.
S " . Dust Collection Total leaf Area Mean Dust Species
No. Efficiency (g/m2-d) (m2/tree) Collection (g/tree-d) 1 Ficus benealensis 3.59 107-125 416.44
Page l of 3
S Dus t Collection Total leaf Area Mean Dus t Species No. Efficiency (g/m2-d) (mZ/ tree) Collection (g/ tree-d)
5 I ,aperstrocrma 4.04 28-32 121.20
4. P O L L U T I O N RESISTANCE: Sirmlarly, available data from CPCB shows d~fferent species have different capacities of absorbing gases. Data for particular gases were not available. However, some plants are known to absorb (10 and COI (white dwarj'Oleanded, SO2 (Bet& vermcosa, Fugus #vesfn's, cutpinus Iretda), etc.
S No. Species Absorbance Index
1 , \ l b l ~ s ~ a lebbek 62
2 Cassla 141stula
3 f41cus glomcrata
4 .\nthoccphalus ~ndlcus
5 Polyalth~s longfol~a
6
5. CHARACTERISTICS O F T R E E SPECIES F O U N D ALONG PROJECT CORRIDOR
c No. of % no. of a Species Characteristics
No. Existing existing trees trees
1 Azadirachta Category of wood is 1;. It is dust resistant, gas absorbent. 249 22% indica-Neem Controls erosion, is drought resistant and supports
wildlife. Seeds yield maRosa oil, which has medicinal properties includtng being extremely effective In treatment of leprosy and skin diseases.
. .. .
I3. P
Bag resistant, gas absorbent. Controls erosion, is drought resistant and supports wildlife. The pod fed to cows is bekeved to increase the quantity of rmlk.
4 Delonix regia - Category of wood is B. Ornamental plant. It is dust 197 17% ;\gg Pdla resistant, gas absorbent. Controls erosion, is drought
resistant and supports wildlife. Flowers and buds are often used as pot-herbs.
5 Pongarnia Category of wood is 1;. Dust resistant, gas resistant. 52 5% pinnata - Controls erosion. Drought resistant. Seeds are effective Karanj in treating bronchitis. Seeds/oil have
antiseptic/antiparasitic properties
wildlife.
E.% cumini - Jamun It is dust resistant, gas absorbent. Controls erosion, is
drought resistant and supports wildlife. Bark of the tree is used for tanning of leather. Fruits are very nourishing for diabetic patients.
Page 2 of 3
6 . USE CHARACTERISTICS OF TREE SPECIES FOUND ALONG PROJECT CORRIDOR
The following table lists thc predominant species found along project corridor along with the use characteristics.
TREE SPECIES
rlzard~rachta indica
7. RECOMMENDED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION ALONG PROJECT CORRIDOR
Based on the above findings about the use and characteristics of the predominant tree species found along the project corridor. The order of priority of species to be planted is
TREE SPECIES UsefuInesa Recommendation
Xzardrachta indica 1 30% J J J J J
Page 3 of 3
-- -
APPENDIX 8.12: G U I D E L I N E F O R A V E N U E PLANTATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Avenue plantation is suggested all along the ~ r a l stretches of the project corridor
The selecnons of specles agreelng a l th the general landscaping of the area are suggested/recommended in APPENDIX 8.11 GUIT>I'I,INIIS IqOR 'I'IlE SELECTION O F TREE S1'I:CIES
Planting should generally be done at the height of the monsoons in the month of July
It is felt that a weighted emphasis should be paid to protection, maintenance and safety of the plantcd trees. Suitable full-timers should be employed for thts purpose.
'I'he species to be planted would be to enhance the visual expcrience of the road corridor. Onc/ two / three rows of trces arc recommcnded m accordance to the varying width available of differcnt sections. Trec spacing in casc of broad canopy should not bc less than 10m, and in casc of medium canopy should not be lcss than 7m. (Rcfcr Figurc below)
Conceptual Plan for Avenue Plantation
Thc plants will bc at spacing of 10 mcters and sizc of the pits for planting wlll be 0.6m /0.75m dia and deep. Thereforc, total no. of plants per km d bc 200 in casc where singlc row is proposed and 400 in casc of m o row.
'l'hc species recommended for avcnue plantation should be able to withstand extrcmc temperature and c h a t c condtions and also has low requiremcnts of water. These spccics have becn proposed considering the climatic conditions, rcquuements of water and future management. Howcvcr other spccies may also be uscd, aftcr approval from EO/Ilngineer.
The surfacc for the avenue plantation should bc well prcpared. Thc misses of loose dcbris and any convcxitics will bc rcmoved and similarly and concavities are to bc filled by good soil. 'l'he surface should have sufficient layer of good quality of soil so as to have a better growth and survival of trees, grasses and saplings.
The height of the plants d not bc lcss than 1.5m. and need to be in polythene bags until the planting
iU1 plants supplied must be plantcd within three days of removal from the nursery.
The contractor/agency hircd wlll be rcquued to water the area in case of sufficient rains water after planting.
Size of the pits for planting saplings - 75x75~75 cm
No. of Plant per km 200
Usc of compost of manure 1/3 of volume of pit mixed with soil, and refitled
1.16 Table-1: Activities schedule for Plantation along the Road
1.15 'l'hc total no. tree saplings to be planted along the corridor
I year 1 Month
S.No.
1
2
3
I SI No. I Activities to be done
Ilcscription
,\venue Plantation
Realignment Sections
Cultural Propemes
I I I I
No. of sapling Required
1" Year
2
3
2 1 Brick/lron etc. guard for Is' row
i\ren for 1,andscaping (sclm)
Nil
Iligging of Pits
Procurement of i\ngles lron and Barbed wire (or other fencing material), and erecting the fence
I I I I
Jan to Afar
I I 1 3 / Watering
Purchase of 1;arm yard manure 2"d Year
July to August
1
I I I I Sept to Nov ( 1 I Weeding of I Ioeing
Surveying & Clearing of the area
April to June
3.
4
1
2
I I I
1
Plantation along the road
Fdhng up of pits with Farm yard manure and soil
Transportation of Plants
Planting of Sapling
4
I I I DCC to Feb 1 1 Weeding of lloeing
Weeding and 1-Ioeing
I I I
2 Watering 4 times a month
I I I
1 3" Years I i lpnl to June I 1 I I I I Watering 6 timcs a month
2 I I I I
I I I I July to August I 1 I Casualty Replacement (20°/0 of the total plants)
Maintenance
I hiarch
I I I
2 I Weeding
1 I Watering 4 timcs a month
I I I 1 Sep to Nov 1 1 I Watering 3 times a month
I I I
I I I
1 1 2 I hlaintenancc by Mali
3 Maintenance by hiali
I I I 1 hiarch 11 1 Watering 4 times a month
I I I
I I I
1 2 I Maintenance by Mali
I Dcc to Feb
I I I I 4th Year I Apnl to hlarch / 1 I Watering
I I I I
2 I Casualty Replacement (10% of the total plants) i
I 1 hiaintenancc by hlali
2 PLANTATION
I 1 I
Scope
3 hlaintenance by Mali
(:ontractor/ agency hued to furnish all matcrials, labor and rclatcd items necessary to complete thc work ind~cated on drawing and specified herein.
2.1 Materials
Saplings
Saplings/Seedlings shall be well-formed and free from defects such as knots, sun-scaled, windburn, injuries, abrasion o r disfigurement. ; \U saplings shall be healthy, sound, free from plant diseases, insect's pests, of their egg and well-developed root systems.
No plant will be accepted. if branches are damaged or broken. All the plant material must be protected from the sun and weather until planted.
Any nursery stock shall have been inspected and approved by the EO-Al'RDC.
1\11 saplings will bc delivered with legible identification labels
The root system shall be conducive to successful transplantation. Whde neccssary, the root-ball shall be preserved by suitable material. O n soils where retention of a good ball is not possible, the roots should be suitably protected in some other way, which should cause any damage to roots.
Topsoil/Good Earth
Topsoil or ,good earth shall be a friable loam, typical of cultivated topsoil of the localiv containing at least 2% of decayed organic matter (humus).
Stored topsoil will be used for plantation at mcdian and also for roadside plantation. Otherwise it could be taken from a well-drained arable site.
It shall be free of subsoil, stones, earth skids, sticks, roots or any other objectionable cxtraneous matter or debris.
It shall contain no toxic material
No topsoil shall be delivered in a muddy condition
Manure
Only organic manurc will be used for plantation. Composts from municipal solid wastes and distillery waste may be used.
hlanure shall be free from cxtraneous matter, harmful bacteria insects or chemicals (Subjected to safety norms).
General Condition
Saplings shall be substantially free from pests and hseases, and shall be materially undamaged. Torn or lacerated roots shall be pruned beforc dispatch.
No roots shall be subjected to adverse conditions such as prolonged exposure to drying winds or subjection to water logging, between lifting and delivery.
Supply and Substitution
Upon submission of evidcnce that certain materials including plant matcrials are not available at time of contract, the contractor shall be permitted to substitute other and plants, with an equitable adjustment of price. :Ill substitutions shall be of the nearest equivalent species and variety to the original specified and shall be subjected to the approval of the 1,andscape Architect. Packaging shall be adequate for the protection of the plants and such as to avoid heating or drying out.
I3ach specimen of tree, or each bundle, shall be legibly labclcd with the following particulars:
Its name (Both common and Scientific)
The name of the supplier, unless otherwise agreed.
The date of dispatch from the nursery
- Page 3 of 7
2.2 Planting
Plants and Saplings
All saplings should be supplied with adequate protection as approved. After delivery. if planting is not to be carricd out immediately, b d e d plants should be placed and the ball covered with sand to prevent drying out. Bare rooted plants can be heeled in by placing the roots in prepared trench and covering them with earth, which should be watered into, avoid air pockets round the roots. Saplings shall be planted as suggested by Environment officer.
Digging of Pits
Tree pits shall be dug a minimum of three weeks prior to backfilling
'I'he pits shall be 60 to 90cms in diameter and 90 to 120cms deep.
K'hile d imng the pits, the topsoil upto a depth of 3Ocms may be kept aside, if found good (depending upon site conditions), and w e d with the rest of the soil.
If the soil is normal it shall be mixed with manure.
'I'he bottom of the pit shall be forked to break up the subsoil
Back Filling
l'he sod back filled watered through end gently pressed down, a day previous to planting, to make sure that it may not further settle down after planung. The soil shall be pressed down f d y by treading it down, leaving a shallow depression all round for watering.
Planting
No pits shall be dug until final position has been pegged out for approval.
Care shall be taken that the plant sapling when planted is not be buried deeper than in the nursery, or in the pot.
Planting should not be carried out in waterlogged soil.
l'lant saplings at the original soil depth; soil marks on the stem is an indication of this and should bc maintained on the finished level, dowing for setting of the soil after planting.
All plastic and other imperishable containers should be removed before planting.
Any broken or damage roots should be cut back to sound for healthy growth.
'The bottom of the planting pit should be covered with 50mm to 75mm of soil
Bare roots should be spread evenly in the planting pit; and small mound in the center of the pits on which the roots are well aid on and evenly spread.
Soil should be placed around the roots, gently shalung the saplings to allow the soil particles to shtft into the root system to ensure close contact with all roots and prevent air pockets.
Back fill soil should be fumed as filling proceeds, layer by layer, care being taken to avoid damagtng the roots.
Staking
Newly planted saplings must be held f d y although not rigidly by stalung to prevent a pocket forming around the stem and newly formed fibrous roots being broken by mechanical pulling as the tree rocks.
Methods:
The main methods of stahng shall be:
A single vertical shake, 900mm longer than the clear stem of the saplings driven 600mm to 9OOmm into the soil.
Two stakes as above driven tirmly on either side of the saplings with a cross bar to whtch thc stem is attached. Suitable for bare- rooted or Ball material.
i\ single stake driven in at an angle at 35 degrees and leaning towards the prevailing wind, the stem just below the lowest branch being attached to the stake. Suitable for small bare- rooted or Ball material
-
Page 4 of 7
I;or plant materlal 3m to 4.5m high with a single stem a three- wire adjustable guy system may bc used in exposed situations.
'L'he end of stake should be polnted and the lower l m to 1.2m should be coated with a non-injurious wood preservative allowlng at least 150mm above ground levc1.
Tying
Each saplings should be firmly secured to the stake so as to prevent excessive movement. Abrasion must be avoided by using a buffer, rubber or I-Iessian, between the saplings and stake. The saplings should be secured at a point just below its lowest branch, and also just above ground level; normally two ties should be used for saplings. These should be adjusted or replaced to allow for growth.
Watering
The Landscape Contractor should allow for the adequate watering in of all newly planted trees and saplings immediately after planting and durlng the growing season, keep the pIant material well watcrcd.
Manure/Fertilizer usage
The fcrthcrs/manurc usage should be such that the turn of all the fertilizers comes after, every 15 days from the bcgnning of thc monsoon till thc end of winter:
Organic well-rotted dry farm yard manure: 0.05 cum or tussle.
1. Urea 2 5 p
1. i\mmonium sulphate 25gm.
3. Potassium sulphate 25gm.
A11 saplings, which are supplied pot grown, shall be well soaked prior to planting.
K'atcring in and subsequent frequent watering of summer planted container- grown plants is essential
Application of inorganic manure should as for possible be avoided. Form yard manure as bioferdzer with for better option.
4. COMPLETION
O n completion, the ground shall be formed over and left tidy
Special Conditions and Particular Specifications:
1. Wherever applicable, work shall be donc according to C.P.W.D. specifications
2. At the time of invitation of tender.
3. Water shall be made available, near the tube well at one point. Contractors shall make thcir own arrangement for drawing water from there. Water charges as per the value of work donc shall be deducted from the contractors Bas .
4. If clectricity is required for the works, the same shall bc made available at one point withln the site of works, for which recovery at the prevailing rate pcr unit shall bc dcducted from the contractors' bill.
5. The work mentioned in the schedule of Quantitics include grassing as well as planting of trees and saplings. 'Contractors' quotcd rates shall lnclude cxccution of these works at different levels. N o extra cost shall be paid for any item, for worlung at these levels.
6 . The Contractor shall provide all facilities to subcontractor (plantation) / Environment Officer / or his authorized represcntatives to make frequcnt inspection of their Nursery and ascertain the process / quality of various categories of trecs/plants ctc., grown by them.
7. ' lhe safc custody and up-keep of various categories of plants brought to site is thc sole responsibhty of the contractor and he shall employ sufficient supervisory personnel to ensure the safcty of these items.
8. The site of work may be handed over to the contractors for cxccution of work in phases, as soon as thc same arc available. Nothing cxtra shall bc payable for such phased execution of work.
9. Whde excavating / executing the work the contractors shall ensure that existing cables / pipe lines / structures / fittings are not damagcd.
10. The Contractor shall co-ordtnate his work with othcr agencies employed by the Clicnts and ensures that the work of othcr agencies is not hampered in any way during the duration of contract.
--
Page 5 of 7
- . - . - -
11. The Contractor shall keep the sitc of works neat and clcan during the execution of the work. ,\ny d c l ~ r ~ s found at or near t l ~ c sitc of work shall be rcsciicd ~mmcdiately as and when so required by thc (:ontractor.
12 O n completion of the work, the a t e of work shall be thoroughly cleaned and all dcbns removed bcforc thc work 1.: handed over >atisfactorlly
13. The Contractors shall, without any additional charge to the clients, rencw or replace any dead or defective p l an t~ /~ ras s and shall fully maintain the whole landscape for a period of 12 months aftcr the certified date of completion.
14. Saplings/srnall tree shall be of minimum length straight and symmetrical with a crown and having a persistent main stem. 'l'he sizc of crown shall be in good over all proportion to the height of the tree.
15. Small trees and saplings shall be well formed with the crown typical of the specics or varicty.
16. Gencral Kcquircmcnts of I'lants:
Plants shall bc typical of thcu spccics and varicty, well-developed branches, and well foliated with fibrous root system. Plants shall be frec from dcfccts and injuries. Plants shall not be pruned bcforc planting.
Plants shall bc frec from dcfccts and injuries,
I'lants shall not be pruned bcforc planting.
Plants shall not be frcshly dug and nursery grown.
Nursery grown plants shall have bccn at least once transplanted. . Bark shall be free from abrasion
,\ll trees, soon aftcr planting, shall be properly supported with bamboo stocks to ensure their safety against winds or an!. othcr factor, which may affect ~t adversely.
Page 6 of 7
1 , 1 , - -
I'ormat h i t h ~ monltorlng o t the tree plantation and landscaplng is p e n below
Format EM7: Tree Plantation and Landscavinp
(:onstruction Stage: Quarterly Report -Date- Month Year
.ill landscape works to be as per Landscape Plan
Certified that the above information is correct
Assistant Conservator of Forests
Page 7 of 7
No
1
2
3
Target
Reason for
Delay if any
Date
Financial
Total (lakhs)
Activity
'Tree Plantation along roadside
1,andscaping ofRoad Junctions
l'lantation at Incidental Spaccs
Illantation at 1,ocations identified for enhancement
'l'urfing on I<mbanhcnt
Saplings on I7mbanhcnt
Completion
Date of Targetcompletion
/% completed
Budget Spent
% of task completed
Target (tree/saplings to
be planted in Package) for this
Quarter
unit
h-h
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
h-h
h-h
Target
% used
Physical Target
Target Achieved
No. of
Trees
Survival, Rate
(%)
APPENDIX 8.13: GUIDELINES FOR TRANSPLANTATION OF FULL-GROWN TREES
If trees arc not very old they can be transplanted casd!.. 'l'he percentage of survival can be hundred per cent if the work is done properly and during the rainy season. The following steps arc involved:
1 . 'The sites where the trees are to be shifted should be selected fust. l'he sites should be free of overhcad telephone or power lines Large pits should be dug at these sites to comfortably accommodate the 'tree roots' ball of carth.
2. Distance between pits dcpcnds on the variety. In case of short varieties with a small spread, the distance should be 10 ft. to 15 ft. I;or tall varieties with spreads of between 15 ft. and 20 ft. on either side, the distance should not be less than 30 feet.
3. When pits arc dug at the selected sites, their sizes would depend on the dmensions/age of the tree. I;or trees of medium size the pit size will be around 8 feet in diameter and 5 feet deep. The actual pit size for different trees can be adjusted with experience. The point to be kept sight of is that 'trees roots' ball of earth should fit in comfortably with at least 6 to 12 inches clearance all around. Usually the pit size in feet should be duectly proportional to the g r th of the trees in inches.
4. Adequate quantity of soil and manure mixturc @ 4:l is necessary for each pit. A little bone meal can also be added. T o start with only about 60cm soil mixture is to bc filled in each pit and watered well to form a puddle before the actual transplantation. The total quantity of soil and manure required for all the pits should be mixed and arrange before the start of the actual operation.
5. Before transplantation, the trees should be 'extensively pruned'. That is, the foliagc should be completely removed and all the branches should be cut off with a pruning saw. No other implement should be used. The cut surfaces should be painted with non-synthetic wh te paint to anaesthesise these portions. 'Extensive pruning ' helps in easier 'replanting balance' and handling, thereby reducing the shock effect. This also aids the plant roots in recovering and adhering to the new soil and reduces transpiration and/or loss of moisture.
6. The trees are now ready for lifting or uprooting. i\ deep trench of at least up to 5 feet in depth is to be dug around the base of the tree at least 2 to 3 feet away from the trunk in the case of trees with a g r th of up to 6Ocm. The depth of the trench and its distance from the trunk would therefore vary with the size of the tree. The trench should be dug to gradually converge towards the base of the tree so that 'tree roots' ball of earth can ultimately be ditached from the ground.
7. The trees are then to be llfted with the help of a crane of suitable size. Before lifting, a piece of guny should be wound round the trunk, with a few wooden batons secured around the gunny pack on the outside by a steel wire rope. This will facilitate lifting without injuring the bark. Immediately the 'trees roots' ball should be sprayed with potassium phosphate solution and then wrapped and tied with a piece of very wet gunny.
8. Before replanting the soil at the base of the pit should be watered heady after which the uprooted tree along with the 'tree roots' ball should be lowered carefully into thc new pit with the help of the crane.
9. The empty space in this pit is to be filled with the previous prepared mixture of soil, bone meal and manure and thoroughly rammed in tightly, so that no air gaps are left inslde the soil. llir gaps could result in fungal infection to the roots. Sand can also be added which will fill up the air gaps when watered.
10. The trunk can now be sprayed with Blytox, a copper sulphate compound whose action is anti-fungicidal in nature.
11. 'lhe transplanted tree should be watered heavily at the base.
12. Guy ropes, angle iron or bamboos should be used for a few days to secure the tree ttll the soil hardens around the transplanted tree to hold it erect.
13. Four to five days after transplantation the trunk can be sprayed with potassium nitrate solution for facilitating the initiation of new shoots.
14. If rains are inadequate watering should continue for three months.
The heavily pruned transplanted tree is not a pretty sight, but thls should not deter the optimist, as the chances of survival are maximum without the branches and foliagc.
Page I of 1
Appendix 8.14
List of Sensitive Cultural Properties
I
Location (Left / Right)
Rlght
Rlght
Left
1,eft
Left
Rlght
Left
Rlght
Right
Left
Rlgh t
Rlgh t
Rlght
Left
Left
Left
Left
Right
Name of Cultural Property
Mosque With Neem Tree 'Ianuman Tcmple
Statue
Temple i\rch
Temple Cum Ashramam
Kasi le
Vinayaka Temple
Temple
Church
Hanuman Temple Side Tree
Gangamma Stone
Mosque With Tree
Renuka EUamma Temple
Swamiji Temple
Penta Coastal Church
Dargh
Ashramam
Church
SI. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Chainag e (Km.)
153/800
41/300
160/840
160/840
162/375
165/450
167/350
167/450
168/200
168/350
168/433
168/450
169/350
170/040
170/920
170/940
181/740
182/090
Impact
No Ilirect Impact
Direct Impact
No Direct Impact
No Impact
No Direct Impact
No Ilirect Impact
No Direct Impact
Direct Impact
Ilucct Impact
Direct Impact
Direct Impact
Direct Impact
Direct lmpact
No Ilirect Impact
No Direct Impact
No Direct lmpact
No Direct Impact
No
Mitigation/ Enhancement
Specific Enhancement as per LBG/APRDC/CP/Ol
Will be relocated
Specific Enhancement as per I,BG/;IPRDC/CP/02 Generic Enhancement
Generic Enhancement
Generic Enhancement
Specific Enhancement as per LBG/LiPRDC/CP/03
Will be relocated
Will be relocated
Will be relocated
Will be relocated
Will be relocated
Will be relocated
Specific Enhancement as per LBG/APRDC/CP/O4
Generic Enhancement I
Specific Enhancement as per LBG/APRDC/CP/O5 Generic Enhancement
Generic Enhancement
I Village Name I hlydukuru I I
I Impact I No direct impact I- I I
DWG N o I LBG/APRDC/CP/Ol
DWG N o ( LBG/APRDC/CP/OZ
Village Name
Distance from ECL
I
DWG N o I LBG/APRDC/CP/03
1 Chainage 1 170+040 1
I
Side (Left/Right) I Lcft
I Structure ID N o
1 Village Name
Swamiji 'I'emplc
Proddutur
Distance from ECL
Length x Breadth
Proposed Widening
11.5
Eccentric on RIiS ( 2 . 0 4 I
Impact I No direct impact 1 I I
DWG N o LBG/APRDC/CP/04
Chainage
Structure ID N o
Village Name
Side (Left/Right)
Distance from ECL
Length x Breadth
Proposed Widening Impact
DWG No
l70+920
I'entacosral church
Pn~ddutur
Left
11.5
Eccentric on RHS (0.85m)
No d~rect impact
LBG/APRDC/CP/05
APPENDIX 8.15: GUIDELINES FOR M O N I T O R I N G PROGRAM
1.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan
The monitoring programme is devised to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the projcct is acheved and results in
the desired benefit to the target population. T o cnsurc thc effective implcmcntation of the EhIP, it is csscntial that
an effectivc monitoring programme be designed and carried out. Broad objectivcs of the monitoring programme
arc:
T o cvaluatc thc pcrforrnance of mitigation measures proposed in thc Ilhll'
'To suggest improvements in the managcmcnt plans, if rcqulred
T o satisfy the statutory and community obligat~ons
The monitoring programme contains monitoring plan for all performance indicators, reporting formats and
necessary budgetary provisions. hionitoring plan for performance indicators and reporting system is prcsented in
the following sections.
1.1.1 Performance Indicators
Physical, biologcal and environmental management components identified as of particular significance in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as I'erformancc Indicators (PIS). The Performance
Indcators shall bc cvaluatcd under threc heads as:
Environmental condtion indicators to determine efficacy of environmental management measures in
control of air, noise, water and soil pollution;
Environmental management indcators to determine compliance with the suggcstcd environmental
management measurcs
Operational performance indicators have also been devised to determine efficacy and utility of the
mitigation/enhanccmcnt designs proposed
The Performance Indicators and monitoring plans prepared for Prqect I#ementation are presented in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Performance ~ n d i c a t o i for Project Implementation I I I I 1 . 1 Indicator 1 Details I Stage I Responsibility I
1 A
I I I
Ilnvironmental Condtion Indicators and hionitoring Plan
1 Prc Construction I PU through approved
Construction
'Shc parameters to be monitored, frcqucncy and R&B through approved Operation
duratlon of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitorcd wdl be as per the hlonitoring Plan
prcpared (Refer Table 1.2) Construction monitoring agcncy
monitoring agency
Operation R&B through approvcd
monitoring agency
Page 7 aj8
Construction
Operation
monitoring agency.
R&B through approvcd monitoring agency
I 1 Indicator I Details I Stage I Responsibility I I I I I I
1 H 1 Environmental hlanagement Indcators and hlonitoring Plan
'l'he l<nvironmental monitoring of the parameters involved and the threshold limits specified are dscusscd below:
1
2.
3
4
C 1
2
3
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)
'The air quality parameters viz: Sulphur Dioxide (SO?), Oxides of Nitrogen (NO\-). Carbon hlonoxide (CO), Hydro-
Carbons (HC), Suspended Particulate hlatter (SPM), and Respirable Particulate hlatter (RPhQ shall be regularly
monitored at identified locations from the start of the construction activity. 'l'hc air quahty parameters shall be
monitored in accordance with the National Ambient Xu Quality Standards as given in Table 1.W. The duration
and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsiblc institutional arrangements are detailed out in the
Environmental hlonitoring Plan Table 1.3 and specific details in chapter on baseline environment.
1.1.2 Monitoring Parameters and Standards
Location of construction camps have to be Construction identified and parameters indicative of Pre-construction
Camps environment in the area has to be reported --
Borrow Areas
Is,,,,d'dIUd, Particulatc hlattcr
Table 1.24 National Standard of Air
IAocation of borrow areas have to be identified and parameters indicative of environment in the
area has to be reported. Refer Gxidelines 7.2
Pollutant
Sulphur Dioxide (SO?)
Oxides of Nitrogen (Noli)
(Guzdebn~s for Borrow Areas Manogemeni)for i h ~ idenifid Borrow Areas.
Progress of tree removal marked for cutting is to Tree Cutting Prc-construction Forest Department to PU be reported
Progress of measures suggested as part of the Tree Plantation Construction Forest Department
--
. . - I * - (SPXP) 1 24 hours**
Kcspuable I
Page 2 of8
Pre-construction
Survival Kate of 'Trees
Status Kegar&ng Kehabhtation of
Borrow Areas
Soil Erosion
T i m e Weighted Average
Annual*
24 hours**
Annual*
24 hours**
Particulate Matter
( R P q Sk~e < 1 Opm
PU
70 pg/m3
100 pg/m3
hlanagement & Operational Performance Indcators
Sensitive Area
15 pg/m3
30 pg/m3
15 pg/m3
30 pg/m3
Annual*
24 hours**
The number of trees surviving during each visit will be compared with the number of saplings
planted The PU will undertake site visits to determine how many borrow areas have been rehabhtated in line
with the landowner's request and to their full satisfaction.
Visual monitoring and operation inspection of embankments will be carried out once in three
months.
360 N/m3
500 pg/m3
Industrial Are a
80 pg/m3 120 pg/m3
80 pg/m3 120 pg/m3
50 pg/m3
75 pg/m3
Operation
Operation
Operation
140 pg/m3
200 pg/m3
Forest Department/ K&R
The K&B/I\PRDC will be responsible for a period of
three years.
The K&B/APRDC will be responsible for a period of three years.
Residential, Rural &
Other Areas
60 pg/m3
80 pg/m3
60 pg/m3
80 pg/m3
High (Average flow rate not less than 1.1 m3/minute) Kcsoirable Particulate hIattcr
120 pg/m3
1 50 pg/m3
Method of Measurement
Improved West and C;aeke Method Ultraviolet I~luorcscence Jacob & Hochheiser &lo&tied
method Gas phase Chemilumincsccncc
60 pg/m3 100 pg/m3
Sampler
Pollutant
Lead
(Dl
**24 hour!y/8 hourly values should be met 98% of thc time in a year. Ilowevcr, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days. Source: CentralPollntion Control Board 1997Gazette Notification dated 4/94, Part 11 Scc 3 (ii)
Carbon hfonoxide
(cO)
Noise Quality Monitoring
T ime Weighted Average
Annual*
24 hours**
The noise levels shall be monitored at already designated locations in accordance with the Ambient Noise Quality
standards gven in Table 1.2B. The duration and the noise pollution paramctcrs to be monitored and the
responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental hionitoring Plan Table 1.3 and specific
details in chaptcr on baseline environment.
* Annual arithmetic mean of min~mum 104 measurements in a ycar takcn tw~ce a week 24 hourly at uniform interval
8 hours**
1 hour
Table 1.2B National Standard of Noise
Sensitive Are a
0.50 pg/m3
0.75 pg/m3
1.0 mg/m3
2.0 mg/m3
I B I Comrncrcial I 65 I 55 I
Industrial Area
1.0 pg/m3
1.5 pg/m3
Area Code 1 Category of Zones I Limits of Leq in dB(A) Day* I Night*
5.0 mg/m3
10.0 mg/m3
x Dqiime ~hallmeanfmm 6.00am to 10.00,bm andNight ~hallmeanfmm 10.00pm to 6.00 am ** Silence zonc is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, cducational institutions and
courts. Use of vehicles horns, loud speakers and bursting of craclung are banned in these zones.
Residential, Rural &
Other Areas
0.75 pg/m3
1.00 pg/m'
70 X I Industrial
C D
Water Quality Monitoring
Method of Measurement
;US Method aftcr sampling using El'hl 2000 or equivalent fdter
2.0 mg/m3
4.0 mg/m3
7 5
Water quality parameters such as pH, BOD, COD, D O coliform count, total suspended solids, total dissolved
solids, Iron, etc. shall be monitored at all identified locations during the construction stage as per standards
prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board and Indian Standard Drinking water specifications IS 10500, 1991,
presented in Table 1.2C. 'l'he duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan Table 1.3 and specific dctails in
chapter on baseline environment.
paper Non-dispersive infrared S P ~ C ~ ~ O " O P Y
Residential
1 PH 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 pH mcter
DO-Azidc modification of Wrinkler's method
NS NS . .
3 Tem~crature t ;<:) 1 hermometer
55
Table 1.2C: National Standard of Water
45 Silence Zone **
Sr. N o
--
Page 3 $8
Parameters 1 1 IS:lO500 I Method Adopted (Class C)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
50 40
-
Dissolved oxygcn
Color (Hazen)
Fluoridcs (Q
Chlorides (Cl)
Total Dissolved Solids
Sulphates (SOJ)
Iron (PC)
Oil and Creasc
Nitratcs
4
300
1.5
600
1500
400
50
0.1
50
NS
NS
1.0 (1.5)
250(1000)
500 (2000)
200 (400)
0.3 (1.0)
NS
45 (100)
Azide Modification of Wrinkler's method
Visual Comparison method
SPXNDS method
rlrgentometric Titration
Gravimetric Analysis
Barium Chloride method
Phenanthrolin method
Partition - Gravimetric method
Chromotropic acid
NS: Not specified; Brackets ([ I) indicates extended Limits. All the values in mg/l if otherwise mentioned
1.1.3 Monitoring Plans for Environment Condition
For each of the environmental components, the monitoring plan specifies thc parameters to be monitored; location of the monitoring sites; frcqucncy and duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibhties. The monitoring plan for the various environmental c o d t i o n indicators of the project in construction and operation stages is presented in Table 1.3. hionitoring plan does not include the requirement of arising out of Keplation Provision such as obtaining NOC/ consent for plant site operation.
Page 4 of8
Monitoring Plan
Frequency
Three seasons per year
Two seasons in a year for thrcc years
Four seasons per year
four seasons for three years
Three seasons per year
l 'hree seasons per year for three years
1;our seasons per year
four seasons for three years
Once in a month
Quarterly
1.3: Environmental
Standards
Air (prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, CPCB, 1994
Indian Standards for lnland Surface Waters (IS: 2296, 1982) and
for Drinlung Water (IS : 10500 - 1991)
hlolil' Noise Rules, 2000
Threshold for each contaminant set by
IRIS database of USEPA until national
standards are promulgated
Attribute
Air
Water
Noise
Soil
Borrow area
Tree plantation I
Project Stage
Construction
Operation
Construction
Operation
Construction
Operation
Construction
Operation
Construction
Operation stage
Duration
24 hours Sampling
Grab S a m p h g
1,eq in dB (A) of day time
and night tune
Grab Sampling
Implementation
EhlU-A\T'l<Sl'
EhlU-iZPRSI' EMU-API<SP
EhlU-IZPRSP
Eh,lU-API<SP
l<hlU-~Zl'I<Sl'
EhIU-APKSl'
EMU-APRSP
Contractor
lihlU-LII-'RSP
Location Along the road
(refer table no 4.2) IIot mix / batchng
plant Along the road (refer
table no 4.3) Along the road
(refer table no 4.8)
Surface water sources Table 4.8
Along the road (refer table no 4.1 2) I lot mix / batching
plant
Along thc road (refer table no 4.12)
Along the road (refer table no 4.6) Ilot mix / batching
plant Along the road
(refer table no 4.6)
Borrow area location
Areas where plantation is being
done
Parameter
C O , NOx, SPM, RI'M, and SO*
All essential characteristics and some of desirable characteristics as decided by the Environmental Specialist of the
CSC and i\l'lZD(:
Noise levels on dB (-4) scale
Monitoring of l'b, SrZR and Oil &
Greasc
As per Guidelines
As per Rehabilitation Plan
I
1 8
Table
Special Guidance IIigh volume sampler
to be located 50 m from the plant in the downwind direction. Use mcthod specified by CPCB for analysis
Grab sample collected from source and
analyse as per Standard hlethods for
Examination of Water and Wastewater
Equivalent noise levels using an integrated
noise level meter kept at a &stance of 15 from
edge of pavcmcnt l<quivalcnt noise levels
using an integrated noise level meter kept
at a distance of 15 from cdge of pavement
Sample of soil collected to acidfied and analysed using
absorption spectrophotometer
Visual Observation
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING LOCATIONS
In addition of the critical locations sclccted during design stage, the environmental monitoring will also bc done at thc construction camp site and an!; other plant sitc during construction stage. List of critical locations for caring out monitoring is prcscnted in chapter 4: Hasclinc en~ironmcnt.
REPORTING PROCEDURES
hlitigation and enhancement measures adopted in the final dcsign have bccn idcntified in the contract documents and Rdl of quantities so that performancc and completion is cffective. The periodic site visits of the f<O/Engneer/EE of the PU will kecp a record of progress as well as the sitc-specific EhlP implementation rccords. Thc frcqucnt meeting of thc EO/Engneer with the Contractors will ensure any information and communication gap with regard to the Construction phase environmental management at construction site; labour and construction camps quarry and borrow areas ctc. It is necessary that the 11O/Englnccr should visit the sites for evolving a concept for- the Environmental hlanagement with regard to the siting of various construction requuemcnts. Thc various reporting guidclines and arrangements are prcsentcd in TABLE 1.4. DESIRED MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCESS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
.- --
Page 6 Of8
upo~!uom iuei1nsuo3 dSxdv LnJ43 :~ue!~duxo~ dSxdV 'n3 uo!s!~adng v~ 01 8u!i~odax 01 xup~odax 01 8u!i~odax
plard a a s ~ a ~ o pue uo!ieiuauxa1dux1 a8eis PIJOM 0 1 3CIXdV
FORhlS 'TO Bb: l~II,I,IiIl HY PU/CS(:
Form for keeping records of (:onsent PUI obtained by contractor (To be filled by Construction 1 Quarterly I
Reporting from
Oversee Field APRDC to World Reporting to
Compliance Monitoring EMU, APRSP
7 7
Twice a year I wice a ycar Prc and Post l're and Post
monsoon monsoon
Quarterly Quarterly I-Ialf Yearly
Format No.
O2
CSC Consultant
'l'he reporting formats are presented in the end of thc EMP Document
Supervision
l'U2
PU3
Page 8 of8
Contractor
Implementation and Reporting to T A
Consultant
rp
I tem
Monitoring of culvert opening and longitudinal drains
Reporting to
CU'
Stage
13uring Operation
Supervision Consultant)
Chcchst for Environment Inspection
Summary Sheet cro be filled by PU) Construction Quarterly Half Yearly
APPENDIX 8.16: TRMNING PROGRAMME ON ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
X comprehensive training programme has becn planned for the project by l'CC & 1'IU intendcd to address all components of the project. The programmc has becn intendcd for all Contractors. Suprevision Consultants and the Package Unit -APSFIP. As and when found necessary PIU in consultation with P(:C will select appropriate modules for the training of contractors and for the training of cngineers responsible for supervision and maintenance work. List of appropriate training modules and their time frames is d~scusscd in subsequent paragraphs..
Training Module Details
The training components may be broadly dvided into the following categories:
Principles and policies for (natural and soaal) environmental mitigation in devclopment projects;
LC$ and institutional aspccts; project mandates;
Probable (natunl and soaal) environmental impacts and losses in road stnrngthening and wideningprojects;
The EI\L-\P in Al'SIiP consistq of
i) the construction stage environmental concerns;
ii) the environmental designs and implementation plans;
iiii the project entitlement framework;
iv) types and aspccts of vulnerabilig of the EPs;
v) counselling and pevancc redressal mcthods and mechanisms and
vii h l n u a l control mechanisms;
M o n i t o q , evaluation and reporting mcthods and mechanisms and,
Inter-sectoral and inter-agency collahration, etc.
Table 1.1 - Training Programme for the EMU
Introduction to the designs, implementation schedule for APSI-IP.
and social) environmental impacts and Project widening projects;
Basic features of the I',hb\P and the lL\P in I \PSI~P.
Training Sessions
Iviodule I Initiation
stage environmental concerns includng hot-spot mitigation matrices EIvIAP
Environmental designs and implementation plans; Location-wise and class-wise;
Training Components
Principles and policies tor (natural and social) environmental mitigation in development projects;
1,egal and institutional aspccts; projcct mandates including the WE3 operational guidelines;
Project entltlemcnt framework including group, indwidual or community entitlements; the verification procedure; con&tions/circumstances under which additional persons may be considered affectcd/entitlcd;
Vulncrabllig of the El's; spcclal measures or additional supports proposed in the cntitlement framework to assist vulnerable groups to protect their livelihood;
Counsehng for cach category of entitled persons, households or groups; method and scope of counselling; Completion and distribution of cntitlement photo identity cards;
grievance redrcssal mcthods and mechanisms; market value assessment method and mechanisms proposed in /\PSHP;
Financial control mechanisms includng disbursement of compensation/assistancc payments in a transparent method.
I I 1 Module IV 1 Laws and other statutes associated with the proposed project such as the Labour I.aws, the 1
Page 1 of 2
I I lifficient construction activity monitoring compliance monitoring I
Training Sessions
Construction stage issucs
Training Components
various pollution control acts, Ilnvironmcntal (Protection) ;k t , hfining I Iazardous i2Jaterials (Flandhng) Act, Forest (Conservation) k t , lmnd ,icquisition Act. Draft National Rchab.tation ~ I'olicy, etc; I
hlodulc \' Operation
issues
I 1 . contract documents and incorporation of environmental clauses; I
l<nvironmental clauses in Al'SHP contract documents and their implications.
hlonitoring requirements; monitoring techniques;
Environmental evaluation tcchruques;
hlodule \'I Long term issues
I I community consultation and participatory technology generation methods; I
Reporting requirements and mechanisms for APSHP.
. environmental surveys includng ambient air, noise, biologccal and water q u a l i ~ surveys;
social surveys, survey questionnaire design, sampling techniques;
data storage, analysis and retrieval;
legal or statutory requirements for environmental, social and forestry clearance of road projects and,
contingency planning and management, etc.
I'hc above arc the major areas of training and discussion and is not an exclusive list. The addtional arcas of training, in order to dcvelop long tcrm capacity in the EhlU will also be arranged, as dcsired/planed.
Page 2 of 2
APPENDIX 9.1: MODIFICATIONS T O M O R T H CLAUSE 111, MEASURES FOR SAFEGUARDING ENVIRONMENT
The Contractor shall abide by the regulation and other stipulations made by the AfoEF and PCB at the time of according Environmental Clearance of the Project for implementing purpose.
Sub-clause 111.1 General
Delete the second sentence of the first paragraph. Lldd the following after the first paragraph: "The Environmental Management Plan (EhP) has been prepared by Independent Review Consultant for the Employer to provide the Contractor with measures to be taken to manage environmental matters during the Contract period. The enhancement measures are given in the drawings under Chapter 8: Mitigation & Enhancement of E M P (Part A: Main Report). The issuance of the Environmental Management Plan does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to ensure total compliance with current laws, rules and regulations in force governing pollution and environmental protection applicable to the State of Andhra Pradesh or where the Works are situated. This total compliance is required during the construction phase for construction related activities. The Contractor must carry out the requirements of the E h P and as listed under Sub-clause 111.15.
In all situations where the Contractor is required to obtain approval or a license, from Statutory Authorities or Landowners independent of the Employer, for any activity associated with the Works to be executed under the contract, evidence of the approval or license must be provided to the Engineer for his consent prior to commencement of any operation associated with the work which necessitated this approval or license.
All costs associated with environmental protection during the construction phase (for construction related activities only) including obtaining the necessary approvals and licenses, shall be deemed to be included in the rates for items of work included in the Bill of Quantities. The items mentioned in Bill No. I@), which have been covered in hfoRT&H specifications or Section ITI of Bid document pechnical Specifications) will not be paid separately.
The Contractor shall preserve existing trees, plants, and other vegetation that are to remain within or adjacent to the Works and shall take all precautions necessat). to prevent damage or injury thereto. Any accidental clearance shall be replanted to the satisfacuon of the E n p e e r and at the cost of the Contractor.
On completion of the Works, all areas disturbed by the Contractor's construction activities (such as areas of compounds, material storage, access and haul roads) shall have been restored to their o r i p a l condition, and agreed as having been restored by the relevant property owner or as may be acceptable to the Engineer. Restoration of an area shall include clearing excess material, scarifying the surface, top s o h g , seedtng and planting. The cost of this work shall be deemed to be included in the rates generally.
The Contractor's on-site establishment shall include a nominated environmental representative, available at any time, who will be responsible for all environmental matters associated with the Works. The nominated person shall have a w o r h g knowledge of National and State current laws, ndes and regulations in force that relate to the protection of the environment with respect to the Works to be undertaken as part of h s Contract.
If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall on two weeks notice, nominate and make available site staff of foreman level and above for training in the environmental aspects of road construction. The staff to be included in the training shall be chosen by the Engineer. The costs of providing personnel for the environmental training are deemed to be included in the rates generally."
Sub-clause 111.2 Borrow Pits for Embankment Construction.
Add the following after the first sentence:
'?IYllere borro\v material (including subgrade and sub-base) IS required to complete the Works, details of the location and estraction methods of the borrow sltes shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engneer for his consent. The submission to the Engmeer shall include the required approvals, licences, terms and condtions for estracting the material from the relevant Statutory -iuthorities, and landowners, responsible for the area in which the proposed borrow area is to be located. The edges of borrow sites shall be no closer than 3 metres from any fence line or boundary. Adequate clearance shall be pro~lded for the construction catch drains. Borrow sites shall have adequate drainage outlets unless the relevant landowner has agreed that the borrow area is to create a permanent tank or dam.
Cut batter slopes shall not be steeper than 3 to 1 and shall be left by the Contractor in a tidy and safe condition to the satisfaction of the landowner and the Engmeer.
Written clearance from the landowner/village head shall be obtained before leaving a site from whlch borrow material has been extracted. Copies of such clearances shall be provided to the Engineer prior to issuance of the Taking-Over Certificate.
Site preparation for borrow areas shall be in accordance with Section 201, Clearing and Grubbing, of this specification. Topsoil is to be stripped and stockpiled in accordance with Sub-clause 301.3.2. \%ere it is required to replace the topsoil as part of the reinstatement of borrow areas, the topsoil d be replaced and seeded in accordance with Sub-clause 308.3, immediately after the area is no longer required for borrow.
Access roads and tracks to borrow areas shall be maintained during use and left in good condition after closing down the borrow areas.
The guidelines Borrow -ireas Management are gven in Appendix 8.2 of EMP. The cost of maintaining and reinstating/redevelopment of borrow areas in accordance with the requirements of this Clause shall be deemed to be included in the rates for the borrow material."
Sub-clause 111.3 Quarry Operations.
Add the following after the first paragraph: "Where the Contractor intends to operate his own quarries, whether it be for obtaining naturally occurring materials or manufacturing product, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to o b t l n the necessary approvals and licenses from the relevant ,luthorities and subsequent operations will be in accordance with the requirements of these Authorities.
The costs associated with setting-up and maintaining a quarrying operation is deemed to be included in the rates for the supply of material."
Sub-clause 111.5 Pollution from Hot Mix Plants and Batching Plants.
*idd the following after the first paragraph: "Siting and operation of Hot Mix and Batchmg Plants shall be undertaken in accordance with all current rules and regulations for protection of the environment. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining relevant approval from the Authorities responsible for administering the environmental rules and regulations."
Sub-clause 111.6 Substances Hazardous to Health.
Add the following after the first paragraph: "The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical shall be subject to the approval of the relevant Authorities and strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Engineer will be given at least six (6) workmg days notice of the proposed use of any herbicide or toxic chemical.
X register of all herbicides and other toxlc chemicals delivered to the site, shall be kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor. The register shall include the trade name, physical properties and characteristics,
chemical ingredients, health and safety information, safe handling and storage procedures, and emergency and first aid procedures for the product."
Sub-clause 111.8
Add the following after the first sentence: ",it the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide for laying of dust palliative on, or watering of, the works and of roads, and other areas immediately adjacent to the Works. The materials and methods used for dust control will be subject to approval of the Engneer."
Sub-clause 111.11
Delete and replace with the following: "Any structural damage caused to public or private property attnbutable to the Contractor's construction equipment or method of working, shall be made good without delay and to the acceptance of the affected party without any extra cost."
Sub-clause 111.12
Delete and replace with the following: "Compliance with the sub-clause 11 1.1 1 wdl not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for complying with the requitements of any Public or Statutory Authority in respect to use of their property or services. The costs of compliance with Clause 111 shall be deemed to be included in the rates for items included in the Bdl of Quantities."
Sub-clause 111.13.
Add new Sub-clause:
"The Contractor's attention is drawn to the Discharge Standard promulgated under the Environment Protection Act, 1986, and the Contractor's responsibility to adhere to these h i t s , All waste arising from the project is to be disposed of in a manner which is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board and the Engmeer."
Sub-clause 111.14
Add new Sub-clause:
"The Contractor shall plan and execute the work so as to minimize the possibility of pollution of areas adjoining the construction work sites or any area utilized by the Contractor for the project, from contaminants such as petroleum products, trade waste, garbage and other noxious substances. Impervious bunds shall be constructed around all fuel, oil and liquid material storage areas large enough to contain at least 120% of the total storage volume.
Drainage of these bunded areas shall be provided with lockable gate valves. The gate valves shall remain closed and locked at all times except during the controlled removal of storm water from the bunded area. The valves shall be manned at all times when they are unlocked or open."
Sub-clause 111.15
Add new Sub-clause:
"The Contractor must carry out the following as part of the Works. The cost of carrying out these works must be contained in the rates submitted by the Contractor in the bds of quantities.
Sub-clause 111.15.1 Flora and Fauna Management
Action during construction Potential impact Action Timing ... .. -
Unnecessary Provide a clearing programme for Engineer's Prior to start of clearance of trees approval. The clearing programme will tnclude: construction. and vegetation
Schedule of activities,
Assignment of responsibilities,
Training of Contractor's personnel,
Field ma s or survey drawings at a scale of not less than 1:2&0 delineating areas to be cleared.
Identify and mark road construction boundaries on- For duration o f site m t h the Engineer and advise construction construction activities. workers. Delineate limits of access tracks, stockpiles and Prior to start of borrow pits, so as to minimize the impacts on construction vegetation. - Transplant trees in cleared area where practical. Prior to construction.
Accidental clearance
Review design for each road section and construction For duration of camp. construction activities.
Should excessive clearing inadvertently occur, replace Without delay topsoil, replant with appro riate local species undertakq any other practic$ reinstatement, and fence to limit further incursion.
Sub-clause 111.15.2 Water resources, Drainage, Flood control and Sediment control
Action during construction
Potential impact Action Timing Haulage of material to embankments or other areas At all times of fill-shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plant is operating at the place of de~osi t ion
Sub-clause 111.15.3 Waste Management
Action during construction 0
Potential Action Timing
imvact
.Accidental Clean up any accidental spillages of Pollutants Immediately on Spillages occurrence
Ensure the required dispersants and persons trained in At all times the use of the materials are available on site to clean up any accidental spillages. Ensure that the wastes generated from the clean up of Immediately on spillages are disposed of in an approved way. occurrence Clean and maintain all silt traps. Regularly (frequently
during wet season) Environmental A11 employees shall be obliged to maintain a clean work nuisance and site and an inspection made at the end of each work visual intrusion day to ensure that the work site is left tidy and rubbish-
free.
Sub-clause 111.15.4 Air Quality Management
Action Dur ing Construction
Potential i m ~ a c t Action T imine 0
_Air Pollution Cleared vegetation, timber and other combustible waste material shall not be burned. Dispose of waste materials other than by burning AAt all times
Sub-clause 111.15.5 Noise Control
Action dur ing construction
Potential impact Action Timing
Increased ambient AU, work shall be carried out without unreasonable At all times noise levels notse and dtsturbance.
Increased ambient Limit construction and equipment operation near Duration of noise levels dwellin s and sensitive areas such as schools and constructton
hos itak to the hours that the Contract specifies. ~ e i r to Sub-clause 45.2 of Section 5 Part I1 - Conditions of Particular Application.